Home

Emerson FIELDVUEDVC6200f Instruction Manual

1. yi LA yi tenet FIELD_VAL_D Alarm Detection Invert Option SIMULATE MODE 177 Detailed Setup DI Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Modes The Discrete Input function block supports the following modes e Manual Man The block output OUT_D 8 is disconnected from the field and set manually e Automatic Auto The block algorithm determines output Out of Service OOS The block is not processed The OUT_D 8 status is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK_ERR 6 parameter shows Out of Service Block Initialization The Fieldbus Foundation specification requires that certain parameters in the function blocks have initial values of uninitialized In addition to setting the Resource block mode to AUTO the control system or the user must change those parameters from their uninitialized value to a valid value in order for the function block to move from the Out of Service mode For the DI function block the CHANNEL 15 parameter must be initialized Status Handling Under normal conditions a Good Non Cascade status is passed through to OUT_D 8 The block also supports the Status Action On Failure and BLOCK_ERR 6 indications When SIMULATE_D 9 is enabled FIELD_VAL_D 7 PV_D 7 and OUT_D 8 change to the simulated status When the block is set to Manual mode OUT_D 7 is set to Good Non cascade Constant status
2. 226 suy s Zaa um hasa aaa ta ssp pats d 226 COMMON oue tx eee en ES 226 Module Base 227 I P Converter Assembly 227 Relay LLL 227 Terminal BOX coca o EE VENE ESI TEE 227 PWB Assembly 228 DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller January 2015 Pressure Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valve Assemblies DVC6215 Feedback Unit Appendix A Principle of Operation Digital Valve Controller Operation Appendix B Field Communicator Menu Appendix PlantWeb Alerts Alert Conditions PlantWeb Alerts Alert sre 2x deus puk kuy usuyku Alert Reportin PlantWeb Alerts Set Block Status Setting PlantWeb Alerts Using PlantWeb Alerts Appendix D Founpation Fieldbus Communication Function Block Overview Function Blocks ooo ly u Susu ka Instrument Specific Blocks Resource Blocks Transducer Blocks Block Modes Explanation of Modes Examples of Modes for Various Operation Statuses Device DESCrIDUONS 24 60
3. U 3 WWmwwwnr NA _ _ _ _ Simulate Active Indicates that the simulation jumper is in place on the aux terminals This is not an indication that the I O blocks are asing simulation data See AO block parameter SIMULATE 10 and DO block parameter SIMULATE_D 10 ee 6 Needs Maintenance Soon Indicates a Maintenance PlantWeb Alert condition sactve _ 9 Memoyfilwe mdksesspeningHshorRWWfaue OOOO OOOO y 10 Tost Static Data Indicates falre ofthe memarycontainngsateparmetes 7 Outof Service MSB resource block actual mode is Out of Service 195 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Device Diagnostics Resource Block Error RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Resource Block Error Field Communicator RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Resource Block Error Block Error BLOCK_ERR 6 indicates an error status associated with hardware or software for the resource block Table 6 1 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the resource block and are provided only for your reference Device State Field Communicator RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device State Device State RS_STATE 7 indicates the state of the function blocks Four states are possible O Initialization The instrument enters this state upon restart or failure The function blocks are
4. squa 195 Resource BlOCIC v 195 Device Diagnostics 196 Device Variables 198 Transducer Block 199 Device Diagnostics 200 Device Variables 205 DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller January 2015 Figure 1 1 FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller k FIEL Mage 71 W9713 fieldbus Section 7 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 209 Replacing the Magnetic Feedback Assembly 210 Module Base Maintenance 210 Tools Required 210 Component Replacement 211 Removing the ModuleBase 211 Replacing the Module Base 212 Submodule Maintenance 213 HP CONVENED uae xS 213 Printed Wiring Board PWB Assembly 215 Pneumatic Relay 216 Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valves 217 Terminal BOX 217 Removing the TerminalBox 217 Replacing the TerminalBox 218 Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output 218 Instrument Troubleshooting 219 Sections Parts 225 Parts Ornderifig euer odas Qe deme sth Veen Vids 225 acp KIDS T sms 225 Hs
5. Resource Block For detailed information on the parameters that are changed via the resource block refer to the Detailed Setup section of this manual Refer to figures F 2 F 3 and F 4 for information on accessing resource block parameters WU N TRANSDLICER1200 last synchronized 6 25 2007 11 39 16 AM Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F 2 and left click Locate the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane and right click once on the block icon or name Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left click to bring up the Device Connection View Locate Configure Setup in the Actions menu see figure F 3 and left click to access Configuration and Setup parameters 6 Left click on Resource RESOURCE to access the resource block parameters Refer to table F 2 for the resource block configuration menu Note To access diagnostic parameters left click on Device Diagnostics and then on Resource RESOURCE See fiqure F 4 To access device variables left click on Device Variables and then on Resource RESOURCE See figure F 4 290 Instruction Manual Operating with a DeltaV System D103412X012 January 2015 Bringing the Device On Line To completely configure the digital valve controller for use in a fieldbus loop the following conditions must be met
6. Configuration Alerts Output Block Timeout Blocks Set to Default Alert Key Blocks Set to Default Sensor Alerts Travel Sensor Pressure Sensors Pressure Fallback Temperature Sensor Y Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor Alert Temperature Sensor Alert Enable Environment Alerts Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Temperature Limit Supply Supply Pressure Hi Alert Temperature Temperature Hi Alert Temperature Hi Alert Enable Temperature Hi Alert Point Temperature Limit Supply Pressure Lo Alert Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point Temperature Lo Alert Temperature Lo Alert Enable Temperature Lo Alert Point Program Memory Alert Program Memory Alert Enable Program Memory Shutdown Program Memory Manual Recovery Static Memory Alert Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable Pressure Fallback Pressure Fallback Alert Pressure Fallback Alert Enable Field Communicator Menu Structure January 2015 Drive Current Drive Current Drive Current Alert Drive Current Alert Enable Drive Current Shutdown Drive Current Manual Recovery Drive Current Alert Point Drive Current Alert Time Drive Signal n Drive Signal Processor Impaired Processor Impaired Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert Drive Signal Alert Enable Static Memory Alert Enable Static Memory
7. ID 25 which the instrument is mounted Select from the drop down list or enter the manufacturer s identification number as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation For Fisher the manufacturer ID hex value is 005100 Valve Model Number Enter the valve model number VALVE MODEL NUM 26 design letter or type number for the valve on which the instrument is mounted Valve Serial Number Enter the serial number of the valve VALVE SN 27 on which the instrument is mounted Valve Style Enter the type of valve VALVE TYPE 28 sliding stem or rotary on which the instrument is mounted Valve Size Enter the size of the valve VALVE SIZE 83 1 on which the instrument is mounted Valve Class Enter the valve pressure class rating VALVE CLASS 83 2 Rated Travel Enter the valve rated travel RATEDTRAVEL 83 3 in inches or mm for sliding stem valves or in degrees of rotation for rotary valves Actual Travel Enter the actual travel ACTUAL TRAVEL 83 4 in inches or mm for sliding stem valves or in degrees of rotation for rotary valves Shaft Stem Diameter Enter the valve stem diameter SHAFT STEM DIA 83 5 in inches or millimeters Packing Type Enter the valve packing construction PACKING TYPE 83 6 Inlet Pressure Enter the valve inlet pressure INLET PRESSURE 83 7 Outlet Pressure Enter the valve outlet pressure OUTLET PRESSURE 83 8 in psig kPa Bar inHg inH2O or kg cm2 Trim
8. AN INPUT STATUS MAY BAD GOOD OR UNCERTAIN IF BAD THE INPUT IS NOT USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS BAD WITH SUBSTATUS NON SPECIFIC IF GOOD IT IS USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS GOOD NON CASCADE IF UNCERTAIN AND STATUS_OPTS IS USE UNCERTAIN AS GOOD THEN THE INPUT IS USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS GOOD NON CASCADE OTHERWISE IT IS NOT USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS BAD WITH SUBSTATUS NON SPECIFIC 125 Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 STATUS_OPTS Supported In the STATUS_OPTS 10 parameter you can select from the following options to control the status handling Use Uncertain as Good sets the OUT 7 status to Good when the selected input status is Uncertain e Uncertain if in Manual mode sets the OUT 7 status to Uncertain when the mode is Manual Note The block mode must be Out of Service to set STATUS OPTS 10 Input Selection The ISEL function block reads the values and statuses of as many as eight inputs IN 1 11 IN 2 12 IN 3 13 IN 4 14 IN 5 25 IN_6 26 IN 7 27 IN 8 28 To use any of the six selection algorithms to select the output OP SELECT 22 must be 0 To specify which algorithm to use configure the selector type parameter SELECT TYPE 19 as follows e Maximum selects the input with the highest value from the inputs that are not bad and not disabled e Minimumc selects the input with
9. 0 Invalid 1 Normal Shed Normal Return 2 Normal Shed No Return 3 Shed to Auto normal return 4 Shed to Auto no return Target mode changes to Auto on detection of a shed condition Shed Options 5 Shed to Manual normal SHED OPT return 6 Shed to Manual No return Target mode changes to MAN on detection of a shed condition 7 Shed to retained target normal return 8 Shed to retained target no return Change target to retained target Data Type DS 65 Block setpoint and status after ramping filtering and limiting that is provided to a supervisory host NIA Dynamic for back calculation to allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change Used when mode is RCAS Data Type DS 65 Block output that is provided to a supervisory host N A Dynamic for a back calculation to allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change Used when mode is RCAS 100 Data Type DS 68 MAN The high and low scale values engineering units 005 code number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with the external tracking value TRK_VAL Data 05 66 Discrete input that initiates external tracking of the block output to the value specified by TRK_VAL Data Type Uint8 Defines action to be taken on remote control device timeout Normal Return actual mode changes to the next lowest priority non remote mode permitted but 0 Invalid returns to the target remote mode when th
10. e Travel Open Deadband Travel Open Deadband TVL_OPEN_DB 77 9 is the travel in percent of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Open alert once it has been set Travel Closed This alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Closed Alert Point e Travel Closed Alert This alert is active is the Travel goes below the Travel Closed Alert Point e Travel Closed Alert Enable When enabled Travel Closed Alert Enable activates the Travel Closed Alert e Travel Closed Alert Point The Travel Closed Alert is set when the value of the travel in percent 75 of ranged travel goes below the Travel Closed Alert Point TVL CLOSED ALRT PT 77 10 e Travel Closed Deadband Travel Closed Deadband TVL CLOSED DB 77 11 is the travel in percent 25 of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Closed alert once it has been set Proximity e Proximity Hi Hi Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Hi Deadband e Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable When enabled Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable activates the Proximity Hi Hi Alert e Proximity Hi Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Deadband e Proximity Hi Alert Enable When enabled Proximity Hi Alert Enable activates the Proximity Hi Alert e Proximity Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the
11. of pre characterized setpoint Above this cutoff the travel target is set to 123 0 of the ranged travel Travel Cutoff Hi is deactivated by setting it to 125 0 e Travel Cutoff Lo Travel Cutoff Lo FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_LO 16 defines the low cutoff point for the travel in percent of pre characterized setpoint Below this cutoff the travel target is set to 23 A Travel Cutoff Lo of 0 5 is recommended to help ensure maximum shutoff seat loading Travel Cutoff Lo is deactivated by setting it to 25 0 e Pressure Cutoff Open Pressure Cutoff Open PRESS_CUTOFF_HI 47 1 defines the high cutoff point for the pressure in percent of pre characterized setpoint Above this cutoff the pressure target is set to 123 0 A Pressure Cutoff Open of 99 5 is recommended to ensure valve goes fully open Pressure Cutoff Hi is deactivated by setting it 125 e Pressure Cutoff Closed Pressure Cutoff Closed PRESS_CUTOFF_LO 47 2 defines the low cutoff point for the pressure in percent of pre characterized setpoint Below this cutoff the pressure target is set to 23 A Pressure Cutoff Closed of 0 5 is recommended to help ensure maximum shutoff seat loading Pressure Cutoff Closed is deactivated by setting it to 25 0 e Pressure Range Hi Pressure Range Hi PRESS RANGE HI 42 7 is the high end of output pressure range Enter the pressure that corresponds with 100 valve travel when Zero Power Condition is closed or 0 valve travel w
12. 2 Restart resource ALL 3 Restart with defaults 4 Restart processor Data Type Unsigned8 Allows a manual restart to be initiated For details see Restarting the Instrument in this section Restart RESTART 1 Reports supported 2 Fault State supported ALL 3 Software Write lock supported 10 Reannunciation supported Data Type Bit String 0 Inactive 1 Active Features FEATURES Shows the supported resource block options Options are turned on and off via FEATURE_SELECT Continued 31 Detailed Setup Resource Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Continued Initial EU Range Description Value 1 Reports Supported 2 Fault State supported 3 Software Write lock Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO PARAMETER NAME Number RW Features Selected FEATURE SEL Data Type Bit String 0 Inactive 1 Active Shows the selected resource block options For details see Device Features in this section oo supported 10 Reannunciation supported Data Type Bit String 0 Inactive 1 Active Identifies the block execution methods available for this resource may be scheduled completion of block execution Data Type Bit String 0 Inactive ALL 0 Scheduled 1 Active Identifies the block execution method selected for this resource Data Type Unsigned32 Time duration of the shortest cycle interval in 3200 3200 1
13. Application Information The configuration of an AO function block and its associated output channels depends on the specific application A typical configuration for the Analog Output involves the following attributes PV SCALE Set the range and engineering units to values that correspond to the operation range For the digital valve controller PV SCALE 11 is typically set between 0 and 100 BKCAL OUT If you are using the CAS IN 17 connector wired from another block wire the BKCAL OUT 25 attribute to the other block s BKCAL IN 27 attribute IO OPTS Set the type of tracking and action upon fault state SHED OPT Set the action to be taken when the set point or output are not updated in a remote mode Block Errors Table 4 24 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the AO block and are provided only for your reference 95 Detailed Setup AO Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 24 BLOCK_ERR Conditions Condition Number Condition Name and Description Link Configuration Error N A Simulate active Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution Local Override Device in fault state Actual mode LO 5 Device Fault State Set AO block in fault state after FSTATE_TIME because of Bad status or IFS substatus on CAS_IN or Resource block commanded fault state Device Needs Maintenance Soon Indi
14. Average value 0 056 normal m hr 2 1 scfh At 5 5 bar 80 psig supply pressure Average value 0 184 normal m hr 6 9 scfh Maximum Output Capacity 2 3 At 1 4 bar 20 psig supply pressure 10 0 normal m hr 375 scfh At 5 5 bar 80 psig supply pressure 29 5 normal m hr 1100 scfh Introduction and Specifications January 2015 Table 1 1 Specifications continued Operating Ambient Temperature Limits 1 4 40to 85 C 40to 185 F 52 to 85 C 62 to 185 F for instruments utilizing the Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers 52 to 125 C 62 to 257 F for remote mount feedback unit Independent Linearity 5 Typical Value 0 50 of output span Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets EN 61326 1 First Edition Immunity Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326 1 standard Performance is shown in table 1 2 below Emissions Class A ISM equipment rating Group 1 Class A Lightning and Surge Protection The degree of immunity to lightning is specified as Surge immunity in table 1 2 For additional surge protection commercially available transient protection devices can be used Vibration Testing Method Tested per ANSI ISA 75 13 01 Section 5 3 5 A resonant frequency search is performed on all three axes The instrument is subjected to the ISA specified 1 2 hour endurance test at each major resonance Humidity Testing Method Tested per IEC 61514 2 Electrical Classificat
15. Configure Setup Setup Resource Block Mode Field Communicator RB Configure Setup Setup Resource Block Mode Modes The resource block can be in one of two modes MODE BLK 5 O Automatic Auto This is the operational mode for this block When the resource block is in the Auto mode all other function blocks are allowed to function normally O Out of Service OOS Placing the resource block in Out of Service mode stops all function block execution by setting their modes to Out of Service as well The actual mode of the function blocks is changed to Out of Service but the function block target modes are retained Placing the resource block in the Out of Service mode does not affect the mode of the transducer block Write Lock RB Configure Setup Write Lock e Write Lock Write Lock WRITE LOCK 34 determines if writes are permissible to other device parameters The Firmware Write Lock feature must be selected to be able to use Write Lock see Features When Write Lock is set to Locked no writes are permitted to any parameters within the device except to set Write Lock to Not Locked When locked the device functions normally updating inputs and outputs and executing algorithms When Write Lock is set to Not Locked the Write Alarm WRITE ALM 40 alert is active 21 Detailed Setup Resource Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 e Write Priority Write Priority WRITE PRI 39 sets the pr
16. IIP CONVERTER KEY 41 5 BOOTS W9328 KEY 210 SOCKET HEAD SCREWS 4 KEY 23 Maintenance and Troubleshooting January 2015 3 Install the I P converter key 41 straight into the module base key 2 taking care that the two electrical leads feed into the quides in the module base These quides route the leads to the printed wiring board assembly submodule 4 Install the shroud key 169 over the I P converter key 41 5 Install the four socket head screws key 23 and evenly tighten them in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 1 6 Nem 14 Ibfein 6 After replacing the I P converter calibrate travel or perform touch up calibration to maintain accuracy specifications Printed Wiring Board PWB Assembly Refer to figure 8 2 or 8 4 for key number locations The PWB assembly key 50 is located on the back of the module base assembly key 2 Note The DVC6200f PWB assembly must be firmware revision 2 0 or later Note If the PWB assembly submodule is replaced calibrate and configure the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications Removing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly 1 Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure Remove three screws key 33 2 3 Lift the PWB assembly key 50 straight out of the module base key 2 4 Ensure that the O rings key 40 remain in the pressure sensor bosses on the module base assembly
17. Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 36 PID Function Block View 4 1 2 Table 4 37 PID Function Block View 4 2 x 6 BM Instruction Manual D103412X012 FieldCommunicator Menu Structure PID FUNCTION BLOCK Quick Config Alert Key Control Options Deviation High Limit Deviation Low Limit Gain High High Limit High Limit Low Limit Low Low Limit Output Scale EU at 100 Output Scale EU at 0 Output Scale Units Index Output Scale Decimal Process Value Scale EU at 100 Process Value Scale EU at 0 Process Value Scale Units Index Process Value Scale Decimal Reset Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit Common Config Alarm Hysteresis Alert Key Control Options Deviation High Limit Deviation Low Limit Gain High High Limit High Limit Low Limit Low Low Limit Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output High Limit Output Low Limit Output Scale EU at 100 Output Scale EU at 0 Output Scale Units Index Output Scale Decimal Process Value Filter Time Process Value Scale EU at 100 Process Value Scale EU at 0 Process Value Scale Units Index Process Value Scale Decimal Rate Reset Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit Advanced Config Back Calculation Hysteresis Feed Forward Gain Feed Forward Scale EU at 100 Feed Forward Scale
18. Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME EJ RW d Ms escription TRAVEL_CAL_RUN 1 2 Autocalibrate 3 Not Used by DVC6200f 4 Mark Full Open 5 Mark Full Closed 6 Manual Calibrate Final 7 Abort 8 Clear Cal Status 9 Manual Calibrate Init 10 Manual Calibrate Restore 11 Reset Travel Sensor Error Travel Calibration Command Data Type Enum Uint8 TVL_CAL_CMD L psl sting after bn 13 Execute Performance Tuner 14 Execute Performance Tuner Graphite Packing 16 Execute Performance Tuner Booster 17 Execute Performance Tuner Graphite Packing and Booster 19 Autocalibration Set Filter 20 Autocalibrate Extended Set Filter Travel Calibration Prog 0 auto cal complete calibration complete auto cal in progress manual cal in progress Not Used by DVC6200f upper position marked lower position marked NOE Data Type Bit String 2 bytes Performance Tuner Travel Calibration Status NIA All bits set to 0 when mode changes TVL_CAL_STATUS from OOS 0 FALSE 9 Performance Tuner _ 1 Success 10 Performance Tuner Error No movement 11 Performance Tuner Error Accessories unstable 12 Performance Tuner Error Other Reserved Reserved TVL_CAL_RESERVED j Continued 9 UJ UJ NJ 70 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 Janu
19. PD Controller Block PD PID PI Controller Block PID Ratio Station Block RA Analog Output Block AO and Discrete Output Block DO Function blocks perform process control functions such as analog input Al and analog output AO functions as well as proportional integral derivative PID functions The standard function blocks provide a common structure for defining function block inputs outputs control parameters events alarms and modes and combining them into a process that can be implemented within a single device or over the fieldbus network This simplifies the identification of characteristics that are common to function blocks The Fieldbus Foundation has established the function blocks by defining a set of parameters used in all function blocks called universal parameters The Fieldbus Foundation has also defined a standard set of function block classes such as input output control and calculation blocks Each of these classes have a set of parameters established for it Additionally they have published definitions for transducer blocks commonly used with standard function blocks Examples include temperature pressure level and flow transducer blocks Fieldbus Foundation specifications and definitions allow vendors to add their own extended parameters as well as their own algorithms This approach permits extending function block definitions as new requirements are discovered and as technology advances Each blo
20. Pressures e Supply Supp SUPPLY PRESSURE VALUE 35 2 shows the value of the supply pressure in psi bar kPa inHg inH2O or kg cm e Pressure Pressure A PRESSURE A VALUE 36 2 shows the value of Output Pressure A in psi bar kPa inHg inH2O or kg cm2 e Pressure B Pressure B PRESSURE B VALUE 37 2 shows the value of Output Pressure B in psi bar kPa inHg inH2O or kg cm2 e AMinus B A Minus B PRESSURE DIFF VALUE 38 2 shows the value of the output pressure differential in psi bar kPa inHg inH5O or kg cm2 208 Instruction Manual Maintenance and Troubleshooting D103412X012 January 2015 Section 7 Maintenance and Troubleshooting The DVC6200f digital valve controller enclosure is rated Type 4X and IP66 therefore periodic cleaning of internal components is not required If the DVC6200f is installed in an area where the exterior surfaces tend to get heavily coated or layered with industrial or atmospheric contaminants however it is recommended that the vent key 52 be periodically inspected to ensure it is fully open If the vent appears to be clogged it can be removed cleaned and replaced Lightly brush the exterior of the vent to remove contaminants and run a mild water detergent solution through the vent to ensure it is fully open Allow the vent to dry before reinstalling A WARNING Personal injury or property damage can occur from cover failure due to overpressure Ensure that the housing vent op
21. 100 130 1066SR Piston Sgl w Spring instrument Away from the top of the instrument Spring amp Diaphragm cL Window mount Away from the top of the instrument For Pg operating mode air opens Towards the top of the instrument For P operating mode air closes Away from the top of the instrument 30 30E 3024 34 34E 40 40E Spring amp Diaphragm Air to Open Air to Close Towardsthetop Awayfrom the top of the of the instrument instrument Towards the top of the instrument Away from the top of the instrument Specify Spring amp Diaphragm Air to Extend Air to Retract Baumann Spring amp Diaphragm Rotary gt NOTE Refer to table 4 10 for feedback connection magnet assembly information 1 X Expert Tuning Proportional Gain 4 2 Velocity Gain 3 0 Minor Loop Feedback Gain 18 0 2 Travel Sensor Motion in this instance refers to the motion of the magnet assembly 3 Values shown are for Relay A and C Reverse for Relay B 17 Basic Setup Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Typically Device Setup determines the required setup information based upon the actuator manufacturer and model specified However if you enter OTHER for the actuator manufacturer or the actuator model then you will be prompted for setup parameters such as e Actuator Style Select spring amp diaphragm piston double acting without spring piston single acting with spring piston doubl
22. 12 identifies the device revision number It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device Firmware Revision Firmware Revision FIRMWARE REV ALL 47 6 shows all device firmware revisions currently in operation Standby Firmware Revision Standby Firmware Revision STBY FIRMWARE REV ALL 55 6 shows all device firmware revisions currently in standby Hardware Revision Hardware Revision HARDWARE REV 48 identifies the electronic hardware revision ITK Version ITK Version ITK VER 41 identifies the major version of the Interoperability Tester used by the Fieldbus Foundation in certifying the device as interoperable This device revision meets the requirements of version 5 Options Field Communicator RB Device Variables Options The following parameters are contained in the the Options menu of the resource block Diagnostic Options Diagnostic Options DIAG OPTIONS 45 shows the diagnostic options available in the instrument Function Block Options Function Block Options FB OPTIONS 44 shows which function blocks are licenced and enabled in the instrument Miscellaneous Options Miscellaneous Options MISC OPTIONS 46 indicates which miscellaneous licensing options are enabled Features Available Features FEATURES 17 shows the supported resource block options DD Information Field Communicator RB Device Variables DD Information DD Information contains informat
23. 24 Limit Propagation ISEL Function Block 123 Transducer Block 268 Index January 2015 Link Active Scheduler LAS 269 Lower Bench Set 60 M Magnetic Feedback Assembly removing 210 MAI Channel Map 61 MAI Function Block parameters 161 Maintenance Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valves 217 I P Converter 213 Module Base 210 211 Pneumatic Relay 216 PWB Assembly 215 Resource Block 197 Terminal Box 217 Tools Required 210 Manual Calibration 190 Manufacturer Identification 24 199 Maximum Notify 24 Maximum Output Capacity Specification 7 Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure 204 Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time 204 Maximum Recorded Temperature 204 Maximum Recorded Temperature Time 204 Maximum Supply Pressure 57 Methods 274 Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure 204 Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time 204 Minimum Recorded Temperature 204 Minimum Recorded Temperature Time 204 Miscellaneous Options 23 199 Mode Handling AO Function Block 91 DO Function Block 167 PID Function Block 104 Modes Al Function Block 147 AO Function Block 90 Blocks 265 DI Function Block 178 DO Function Block 166 Explanation of 266 ISEL Function Block 121 305 Index January 2015 MAIFunction Block 159 OS Function Block 137 PID Function Block 104 Resource Block 21 Transducer Block 38 Module Base removing 211 replacing 212 Mounting Troubleshooting 219 Multiple Analog Input MAI Fu
24. 6 Table 4 84 DI Function Block View 3 index Number 5 5 2 5 3 5 4 7 17 BLOCK ERR EO 5x BLK NORMAL MODE 8 f ALARM SUM CURRENT ALARM SUM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM SUM UNREPORTED 1 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE ALARM SUM DISABLED Table 4 83 DI Function Block View 2 10 XD STATE 11 OUT_STATE GRANT_DENY GRANT GRANT_DENY DENY 186 Table 4 85 DI Function Block View 4 3 DCUM 1 3 4 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Field Communicator Menu Structure DISCRETE INPUT FUNCTION BLOCK Quick Config Alert Key Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete Value Common Config Alert Key Discrete Limit I O Options Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Process Value Filter Time Advanced Config DI Channel Output State Simulate Discrete Simulate Status Simulate Discrete Simulate Value Simulate Discrete Transducer Status Simulate Discrete Transducer Value Simulate Discrete Simulate En Disable Static Revision Status Options Transducer State Connectors Output Discrete Status Output Discrete Value Strategy Online Block Error Field Value Discrete Status Field Value Discrete Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output Discrete Status
25. Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Inlet Pressure gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Input Characterization gt Input Characterization TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt Input Characterization TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status Integrator Limited Hi TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status Integrator Limited Lo TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status Integrator Suspended TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status IOP Failure gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Input Characterization gt Last Valid Point TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Leak Class gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Units Length Units Continued Instruction Manual Operating with a DeltaV System D103412X012 January 2015 Table F 1 Transducer Block TB Parameters Configuration Index Continued Parameter Label MAI Channel VAI Channel VAI Channel MAI Channel VAI Channel MAI Channel Nominal Supply Pressure gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Nominal Supply Pressure Out of Service TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Transducer Block Error Out of Service Outlet Pressure TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Val
26. Device State Device Type Diagnostics Options Discrete Alarm Disabled Discrete Alarm Automatically Acknowledge Electronics Serial Number Factory Serial Number Fault State Features Available Features Selected Field Serial Number Firmware Revision Function Block Options Hardware Revision ITK Version Limit Notify Manufacturer Maximum Notify Miscellaneous Options Resource Block Error Shed Remote Cascade Shed Remote Out Standby Firmware Revision Strategy Tag Description Write Alarm Alarm State Write Lock Write Priority 248 D103412X012 Structure gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Alert Key RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Block Alarm gt Alarm State RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Block Alarm gt Unacknowledge RB gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Block Alarm Disabled gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Block Alarm Automatically Acknowledge gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Confirm Time RB gt Device Variables gt DD information gt Configure Setup gt Identification Device ID or RB Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Device ID gt Configure Setup gt Version gt Device Revision or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Version gt Device Revision RB gt Display gt Resource Status gt Device State RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device State gt Configure Setup gt Identification
27. Device Type or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Device Type RB gt Configure Setup gt Options gt Diagnostics Options gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Discrete Alarm Disabled RB gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Discrete Alarm Automatically Acknowledge gt Configure Setup gt Identification gt Elect S N or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Electronics Serial Number gt Configure Setup gt Identification gt Factory S N or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Factory Serial Number gt Device Diagnostics gt Maintenance gt Fault State gt Configure Setup gt Options gt Features Available or RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Features Available gt Configure Setup gt Options gt Features Selected gt Configure Setup gt Identification Field S N or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Field Serial Number gt Configure Setup gt Version gt Firmware Revision or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument Version gt Firmware Revision gt Configure Setup gt Options gt Function Block Options or RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Function Block Options RB gt Configure Setup gt Version gt Hardware Revision or RB Device Variables gt Instrument Version gt Hardware Revision gt Configure Setup gt
28. Output Discrete Value Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete Value Status Block Error Other Tag Description Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled Acknowledge Option Discrete Alarm Unacknowledged Discrete Alarm Alarm State Discrete Alarm Time Stamp Discrete Alarm Subcode Discrete Alarm Discrete Value Detailed Setup DI Function Block January 2015 All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete Value Output Discrete Status Output Discrete Value Simulate Discrete Simulate Status Simulate Discrete Simulate Value Simulate Discrete Transducer Status Simulate Discrete Transducer Value Simulate Discrete Simulate En Disable Transducer State Output State Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Options Status Options DI Channel Process Value Filter Time Field Value Discrete Status Field Value Discrete Value Update Event Unacknowled
29. PD Detail 3 Active PD Detail 4 Active PD Detail 5 Active PD Detail 6 Active This provides a way to simulate these alerts for testing In order to enable PWA Simulate the Aux Terminal must be jumpered PlantWeb Alert Simulate is cleared on a power cycle It can also be cleared manually or by removing the Aux terminal jumper Simulate Active Alerts e Failed Active Permits simulating an active Failed alarm FAILED ACTIVE 59 e Maintenance Active Permits simulating an active Maintenance alarm MAINT ACTIVE 60 e Advise Active Permits simulating an active Advisory alarm ADVISE ACTIVE 61 PlantWeb Alert Handling e PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status When selected PlantWeb alerts will set the PV status according to table 4 11 e Block Error Reporting When enabled the AO or DO BLOCK ERR 6 parameter will report PlantWeb Alerts the same as Block Error in the resource block Block Error bit 6 Device Needs Maintenance Soon will report any active PlantWeb Maintenance Alert Block Error bit 13 Device Needs Maintenance Now will report any active PlantWeb Failed Alert Block Errors Table 4 13 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 and XD ERR 11 parameters Conditions in italics are not applicable for the transducer block and are provided only for your reference Table 4 13 Transducer Block BLOCK ERR and XD ERROR Conditions Condition Number Condition Name and Description O Other NI Block Configura
30. Refer to figures F 2 F 3 and F 4 for information on accessing transducer block parameters 1 Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu 2 Locate the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane and right click once on the digital valve controller icon or name 3 Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left click to bring up the Device Connection View 4 Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F 2 and left click 5 Locate Configure Setup in the Actions menu see figure F 3 and left click to access Configuration and Setup parameters 6 Left click on Digital Valve Controller TRANSDUCER to access the transducer block parameters Refer to table F 1 for the transducer block configuration menu 288 Instruction Manual Operating with a DeltaV System D103412X012 January 2015 Figure F 3 Actions Menu ACTIONS CONFIGUREJSETUP Compare Device Diagnostics EEUU a RESOURCE BLOCK El Scan Device SDLCE SMAP ON Linked Apps F s j Calibration Management PF etup Wizard inia to configure and calibrate _ Methods Restart Options i DD Information dps Basic Setup k mcs Response Control k Stabilize Optimize TRANSDUCER Calibrate k Performance Tuner BLOCK METHODS Audit Trail PlantWeb Alert Handling Tvl Deviation Fallback Optimize response Eo control signal Record Manual Event Stroke Valve A
31. Run AUTO 1 PD On _ Data Type Enum PD_COMMAND 2 PD Off NONE Controls whether PD will run or not PD Status 1 Not Running NONE Data Type Enum PD_STATUS 2 Running Status of performance diagnostics Data Type Bit String PD Configuration ORE o Ra and options Data Type Uint32 ote RW NONE Extra 32 bit integer for sending PD_EXTRA values to PD Temperature Units C 1001 TEMPERATURE_UNITS ce F 1002 lt s Pata Type ENUS ints kPa 1133 bar 1137 Pressure Units psig 1143 PRESSURE UNITS inHg 1155 kPa SETUP Data Type Enum Uint8 inH2O 1146 Kg cm2 1145 cm 1012 Data Type Enum Uint8 Travel Units mm 1013 SETUP Travel units for spec sheet TVL UNITS in 1019 i ACTUAL TRAVEL and RATEDTRAVEL deg 1005 only I Data Type Enum Uint8 ee ieee mm SETUP Not used for spec sheet in ACTUAL_TRAVEL OR RATEDTRAVEL Area Units AREA UNITS e SETUP Data Type Enum Uint8 Spring Rate Units Nag 1165 95 Data Type Uint16 This defines MAI_CHANNEL_MAP which transducer block channels will MAI Channel 1 MAN be sent to each of the 8 MAI VT as VETT conversion will be done Values will anne I i 952 RW 1through 13 2 SETUP be sent in the currently defined MAI_CHANNEL_2 s2 mw toy wee 2 sme units If set to 0 then no output to MAI Channel 3 MAN MAI status will be set to BAD 2 TRAVEL_TARGET 95 4 Rw MAN 4 through 13 4 SETUP 3 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE MAI_CHANNEL_4 OOS A TRAVEL MAI Channel 5 MAN 5 SUPPLY_PRESS MAI Channel 6
32. Selection To select the I O associated with the discrete measurement configure the value of the CHANNEL 15 parameter In the digital valve controller the four classes of channels are e Valve travel e Open Closed limit switch e Variable limit switch based on transducer block travel alarm settings e Proximity position detection based on transducer block travel alarm settings The CHANNEL 15 parameter for each of the four DI blocks available in the digital valve controller may be set independently to achieve the desired position detection The DI block CHANNEL 15 definitions are listed in table 4 77 Refer to the following descriptions for details of the operation of these channels Valve Travel Channel 23 provides valve travel 0 Closed 1 100 open 5 5 open 10 10 open 15 15 open etc 178 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup DI Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 77 Channel Selection for the Discrete Input Function Block x 1 Refer to table 4 14 for parameter descriptions 2 See pages 50 and 52 Travel ALerts and Prox Alerts for information on accessing these alerts Refer to Appendix F for information on accessing these alerts through DeltaV Selection 3 Open Closed Limit Switch Channels 24 and 25 provide valve open and closed limit switch functionality for the DI block These channels will detect if the valve position is more than the Trave
33. Single Acting Direct Relay The single acting direct relay is designated by Relay C on a label affixed to the relay itself Relay C requires no adjustment Single Acting Reverse Relay The single acting reverse relay is designated by Relay B on a label affixed to the relay itself Relay B is calibrated at the factory and requires no further adjustment Supply Pressure Sensor Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Calibration Supply Pressure Note The pressure sensor is calibrated at the factory and should not require calibration To calibrate the supply pressure sensor connect an external reference gauge to the output side of the supply regulator The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure Select Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to calibrate the instrument s supply pressure sensor 1 Select a Zero Only or b Zero and Span gauge required a If Zero Only calibration is selected adjust the supply pressure requlator to remove supply pressure from the instrument Press OK Once calibration is complete go to step 5 b If Zero and Span calibration is selected adjust the supply pressure regulator to remove supply pressure from the instrument Press OK Adjust the supply regulator to the maximum instrument supply pressure Press OK Proceed with step 2 192 Instruction Manual Calibration D103412X012 January 2015 2 The following message appears Use the
34. Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D ti PARAMETER_NAME Number RW nitial Value Category escription Update Event UPDATE_EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined Data Type DS 73 Alert generated by change to static UPDATE_STATE 1 Updated reported 2 Update Not reported TIME_STAMP STATIC_REVISION RELATIVE_INDEX Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged O Undefined 1 Clear reported ALARM_STATE 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported Data Type DS 72 4 Active not reported Used to report the BLOCK_ERR TIME STAMP m sumi s es 12908 alarm to the host system Subcode Bit Number in Value f parameter at alarm time for a single oF NA alarm 0 for multiple 5 Transducer Directory 11 Data Array 2 of Unit16 TRANSDUCER_DIRECTORY Not used Transducer Type Data Type Uint16 TRANSDUCER TYPE Identifies the type of the transducer Transducer Error Valid Numbers 0 No Data Type Uint8 XD ERROR or TDC ERROR Error Error code for the transducer block Collection Directory 111 11 11 11 Data Type Array 5 of Unit32 COLLECTION_DIRECTORY 05 65 In Travel Control Setpoint for valve Setpoint Status MAN NONE travel in prior to characterization STATUS OOS In Pressure Control Setpoint for implied valve tr
35. The Output Block PV Status is determined by the value of the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status parameter in the transducer block PWA SET STATUS 97 the Transducer Block mode and enabled Active PlantWeb alarms Refer to table 4 11 169 Detailed Setup DO Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Block Errors Table 4 71 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the DO block and are provided only for your reference Table 4 71 BLOCK_ERR Conditions Condition Number Condition Name and Description Block Configuration Error SHED_OPT CHANNEL set 0 uninitialized 2 Link Configuration Error N A Simulate active Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution Local Override Device in fault state Actual mode LO Device Fault State Set DO block in fault state after FSTATE_TIME because of Bad status or IFS substatus on CAS_IN_D or Resource block commanded fault state Device Needs Maintenance Soon Indicates a Maintenance PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is enabled See page 62 7 Input failure process variable has Bad status PV has bad status and Feature Select in the Resource block has the Out Readback bit set orthe transducer block mode is Out of Service Ouputalwe RVhasbadstatusorthetonsdurerbockmodeiOutofSenkg OC o Readback Che
36. and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10 0 1 0 and 0 1 respectively to the travel feedback movement Selecting Next will implement the adjustment If another adjustment is required repeat step 1 Otherwise select Done and go to step 2 2 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change required to set the travel to 10075 move the valve to open If another adjustment is required repeat step 2 Otherwise select Done and go to step 3 3 Enter the name of the person performing the calibration procedure 4 Enter the location of the calibration procedure 5 Enterthe date of the calibration procedure 6 Place the Transducer Block Mode in Manual and verify that the travel properly tracks the setpoint changes 190 Instruction Manual Calibration D103412X012 January 2015 Relay FieldCommunicator gt Configure Setup gt Calibration gt Relay Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to check relay adjustment Replace the digital valve controller cover when finished Note Relay B and C are not user adjustable Double Acting Relay The double acting relay is designated by Relay A on label affixed to the relay itself For double acting actuators the valve must be near mid travel to properly adjust the relay The Field Communicator will automatically position the valve when Relay is selected CAUTION Care should be taken during relay adjustment as the adjustmen
37. gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Lo Alert Enable Travel Lo Alert Point TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Lo Alert Point Travel Lo Deadband TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Lo Deadband Travel Lo Lo Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Lo Lo Alert Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable Travel Lo Lo Alert Point TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Lo Lo Alert Point Travel Lo Lo Deadband gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Lo Lo Deadband Travel Tuning Set TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Tuning Set Travel Velocity Gain TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Velocity Gain gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Travel Pressure Select gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Travel Pressure State Travel Pressure S
38. key 2 after the PWB assembly key 50 has been removed Replacing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly 1 Apply silicone lubricant to the pressure sensor O rings key 40 and install them on the pressure sensor bosses in the module base assembly 215 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 2 Properly orient the PWB assembly key 50 as you install it into the module base The two electrical leads from the I P converter key 41 must guide into their receptacles in the PWB assembly and the pressure sensor bosses on the module base must fit into their receptacles in the PWB assembly Push the PWB assembly key 50 into its cavity in the module base Install and tighten three screws key 33 to a torque of 1 Nem 10 1 Ibfein Reassemble the module base to the housing by performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure Setup and calibrate the digital valve controller ou Uu Note Calibration is required for either Travel or Pressure Control after PWB Assembly replacement Note that only one calibration is needed depending on control selection Pneumatic Relay Refer to figure 8 2 or 8 4 for key number locations The pneumatic relay key 24 is located on the front of the module base Note After relay submodule replacement calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications Removing the Pneumatic Relay 1 Loosen the four screws that attach the relay key
39. may be set manually e Automatic Auto The SP 8 may be set manually and the block algorithm calculates OUT 9 Cascade Cas The SP 8 is calculated in another block and is provided to the PID block through the CAS_IN 18 connection RemoteCascade RCas The SP 8 is provided by a host computer that writes to the RCAS_IN 32 parameter e RemoteOutput ROut The OUT 9 is provided by a host computer that writes to the ROUT_IN 33 parameter e Local Override LO The track function is active OUT 9 is set by TRK VAL 39 The BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows Local override e Initialization Manual IMan The output path is not complete for example the cascade to slave path might not be open In IMan mode OUT 9 tracks BKCAL IN 27 e Out of Service OOS The block is not processed The OUT 9 status is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows Out of service You can configure the Man Auto Cas and OOS modes as permitted modes for operator entry Mode Handling Shed Options RCAS Mode Only Shed from or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED_OPT 34 A block climbs and sheds through the same path For example if SHED_OPT 34 specifies that a block should shed to Auto then if the block target mode is set to RCas the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas You can confiqure the shed option as follows Shed With Return Options Remote cascade or remot
40. permits enabling or disabling Manual recovery from Self Test Shutdown When not enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when Travel Sensor Shutdown clears If enabled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled Pressure Sensors e Pressure A Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Port A Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range e Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable When enabled Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable activates the Pressure A Sensor Alert 48 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Pressure A Sensor Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER 76 1 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the Port A Pressure Sensor Alert is active the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function e Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 2 permits enabling or disabling Manual recovery from Self Test Shutdown When not enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when Pressure A Sensor Shutdown clears If en
41. the left panel and right click once on the digital valve controller icon or name Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left click to bring up the Device Connection View Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F 2 and left click Locate Methods in the Actions menu as shown in figure F 3 and right click once cou Uu Select the desired method from the the Actions menu and left click to start the method Resource Block The Restart Options method and the DD Information method are available via the resource block Refer to figure F 3 and the following steps to access these methods 1 Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu NJ Locate the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane the left panel and right click once on the digital valve controller icon or name Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left click to bring up the Device Connection View Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F 2 and left click Locate Methods in the Actions menu as shown in figure F 3 and right click once cu Uu Select the desired method from the the Actions menu and left click to start the method Accessing Parameters Transducer Block For detailed information on the parameters that are changed via the transducer block refer to the Detailed Setup section of this manual
42. 0 0 MODE_BLK TARGET PERMITTED NORMAL CHANNEL OUT_1 OUT_2 OUT_3 OUT_4 OUT_5 OUT_6 OUT_7 OUT_8 DO Block ST_REV TAG_DESC STRATEGY ALERT_KEY MODE_BLK TARGET PERMITTED NORMAL SP_D OUT_D PV_STATE XD_STATE IO OPTS STATUS OPTS CAS IN D Status Value CHANNEL FSTATE TIME FSTATE VAL D RCAS IN D Status Value SHED OPT SP RATE UP SP RATE DN ST REV TAG DESC STRATEGY ALERT KEY MODE BLK TARGET PERMITTED NORMAL PROTECTION Out of Service OOS MAN AUTO Auto TB FINAL VALUE TB TRAVEL TARGET TB FINAL POSITION VALUE TB TRAVEL TB SUPPLY PRESS TB ACT PRESS A TB ACT PRESS B TB ACT PRESS DIFF 0 spaces 0 0 Out of Service OOS MAN AUTO CAS RCAS AUTO CAS 0 0 All off All off BAD NoComm NoVal const 0 All off Out of Service AUTO MAN OOS Auto None 29 Detailed Setup Resource Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Resource Block Parameter List e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO Ranae Initial De cription PARAMETER_NAME Number RW g Value p Data Type Unsigned16 The revision level of the static data Increments Static Revision 0 to 65535 by one each time a static parameter changes ST_REV The value is reset to 0
43. 0 Discrete alarm oe CURRED sag 7 Block Alarm DE D Data Type DS 74 0 Discrete alarm O clear acknowledged reported enabled UNACKNOWLEDGED 37 2 NA 7 Block Alarm All bits 0 Current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states of the UNREPORTED na 7 a dE All bits 0 alarms associated with the function block The Resource block only has two alarms Write Alarm DISABLED All bits 0 and Block Alarm 7 Block Alarm Data Type Bit String 0 Discrete Alarm 0 Disable ALL Write Lock off 1 Enable 7 Block Alarm Selection of whether alarms associated with the Acknowledge Option ACK_OPTION block will be automatically acknowledged Data Type Unsigned8 ALL Priority of the alarm generated by setting WRITE_LOCK to Unlocked Write Priority WRITE_PRI Continued 34 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Resource Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Initial R D Write Alarm WRITE_ALM Data Type DS 72 0 Undefined This alarm is generated when Unlocked in the UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged O Undefined WRITE LOCK parameter is set This alarm has a 2 Unacknowledged priority of WRITE_PRI For a WRITE_ALM to be 0 Undefined broadcast to the host the following conditions 1 Clear reported must be met ALARM_STATE 2 Clear not reported s ndefined The feature Re
44. 11 for rotary actuators Effective Area Enter the actuator effective area EFFECTIVE AREA 85 2 in in2 cm2 or mm2 Air Select Opens or Closes indicating the effect of increasing air pressure AIR 85 3 on the valve travel Upper Bench Set Enter the upper actuator operating pressure UPPER BENCH SET 85 5 Lower Bench Set Enter the lower actuator operating pressure LOWER BENCH SET 85 4 Nominal Supply Pressure Enter the nominal instrument supply pressure NOMINAL SUPPLY PRESSURE 85 6 e Spring Rate Enter the actuator spring rate SPRING RATE 85 7 in Ibsein or Nem Reference e Trim Style 1 Enter the valve trim style TRIM STYLE 1 84 9 e Trim Style 2 Enter the valve trim style TRIM STYLE 2 84 10 e Stroking Time Open Enter the time required to stroke the valve from closed to open STROKING TIME OPEN 85 8 e Stroking Time Close Enter the time required to stroke the valve from open to close STROKING TIME CLOSE 85 9 60 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 11 Output Block PV Status PW Alarms Set PV Status Actual Alarms PV Status 2 PV Substatus Limit Substatus 1 cabled O ad ad S an Maintenance Not Enabled Maintenance no Fail Non Specific See table 4 12 Nita Advisory no Fail no Maintenance Good Non Specific See table 4 12 NOTES X No Effect 1 PV limit substatus reflects only READBACK limit subst
45. 11 is the minor loop feedback gain for the pressure control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert Pressure Integral Gain Pressure Integral Gain PRESS INTEG GAIN 47 4 also called reset is the ratio of the change in output to the change in input based on the control action in which the output is proportional to the time integral of the input Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert Pressure Integral Dead Zone Pressure Integral Dead Zone PRESS INTEG DEADZ 47 6 is a window around the Primary Setpoint in which the integral action is disabled The dead band is configurable from 0 to 225 Pressure Integral Limit Hi Pressure Integral Limit Hi PRESS INTEG HI LIM 47 7 provides an upper limit to the integrator output The high limit is configurable from 0 to 100 of the I P drive signal Pressure Integral Limit Lo Pressure Integral Limit Lo PRESS LO LIM 47 8 provides a lower limit to the integrator output The low limit is configurable from 100 to 0 of the I P drive signal Travel Pressure Control Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Response Control Travel Pressure Control e Travel Pressure State Travel Pressure State TVL_PRESS STATE 41 2 indicates if the instrument is being used for travel control position control or as an I P pressure control e Travel Pressure Select CAUTION When using Pressure Fa
46. 24 to the module base These screws are captive in the relay 2 Remove the relay Replacing the Pneumatic Relay 1 Visually inspect the holes in the module base to ensure they are clean and free of obstructions If cleaning is necessary do not enlarge the holes 2 Apply silicone lubricant to the relay seal and position it in the grooves on the bottom of the relay as shown in figure 7 5 Press small seal retaining tabs into retaining slots to hold relay seal in place Figure 7 5 Pneumatic Relay Assembly RELAY SEAL W8074 216 Instruction Manual Maintenance and Troubleshooting D103412X012 January 2015 3 Position the relay with shroud on the module base Tighten the four screws in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 2 Nem 20 7 Ibfein 4 Using the Field Communicator verify that the value for Relay Type parameter matches the relay type installed 5 After replacing the relay and verifying the relay type calibrate travel or perform touch up calibration to maintain accuracy specifications Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valves Depending on the options ordered the DVC6200f will be equipped with either gauges key 47 pipe plugs key 66 or tire valves key 67 Single acting direct instruments will also have a screen key 236 figure 8 3 These are located on the top of the module base next to the relay Perform the following procedure to replace the gauges tire valves or pipe plugs Refer to figure 8 2and 8 3
47. 32 millisecond of which the resource is capable In the digital valve controller this value is fixed at 3200 100 milliseconds Date Type Unsigned16 Memory in kilobytes available for additional 45 45 function blocks Because no additional function blocks may be added to DVC6200f instruments this parameter value is fixed at 45 Cycle Type CYCLE_TYPE WO Cycle Selection CYCLE_SEL N e Minimum Cycle Time MIN CYCLE T Memory Size MEMORY_SIZE z Nonvolatile Cycle Time NV_CYCLE_T Date Type Unsigned32 This parameter identifies the minimum time interval in 1 32 milliseconds between copies of NV class data to NV memory NV memory is updated only if there has been a change in the dynamic value The last value saved in NV memory will be available for the restart Positive 576 000 procedure or a power cycle A non zero value regulates the frequency of writes thus protecting the life span of the device If the value is zero data will never be automatically copied Changes made by other than publishing to NV parameters will be copied to non volatile memory immediately For DVC6200f instruments this parameter value is fixed at 576 000 18 seconds Data Type Float Percent of memory available for additional 0 to 100 function blocks see also MEMORY_SIZE Because no additional function blocks may be added to DVC6200f instruments this parameter value is fixed at 0 Data Type Float Percent of bloc
48. 50 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Travel Deviation Alert Point The Travel Deviation Alert Point TVL_DEV_ALRT_PT 77 1 is the alert point for the difference expressed in percent between the travel target and the actual travel When the difference exceeds the alert point for more than the Travel Deviation Time the Travel Deviation Alert is set e Travel Deviation Time Travel Deviation Time TVL_DEV_TIME 77 2 is the time in seconds that the travel deviation must exceed the Travel Deviation Alert Point before the alert is set e Travel Deviation Deadband Travel Deviation Deadband TVL_DEV_DB 77 3 is the travel in percent threshold of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Deviation alert once it has been set See figure 4 2 Figure 4 2 Travel Hi Alert Deadband ALERT IS SET TRAVEL ALERT HIGH POINT _ F TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND ALERT IS CLEARED Travel Limit Travel Hi Hi Alert This alert is active if the Travel exceeds the Travel Hi Hi Alert point e TravelHi Hi Alert Enable When enabled Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable activates the Travel Hi Hi Alert e Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Hi Alert Point TVL_HI_HI_ALRT_PT 77 18 is the value of the travel in percent of ranged travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Alert Hi Hi alert e Travel Hi Hi Deadband Travel Hi Hi Deadband TVL HI HI DB 77 19 is the travel in percent
49. 58 Seat Type Enter the valve seat type SEAT_TYPE 84 1 Leak Class Enter the valve leak class LEAK_CLASS 84 2 Port Diameter Enter the valve port diameter PORT_DIAMETER 84 3 in inches or mm Port Type Enter the valve port type PORT TYPE 84 4 Flow Direction Enter the flow direction FLOWDIRECTION 84 5 through the valve Push Down To Enter the effect on valve movement when the stem is moved down PUSH DOWN TO 84 6 Flow Tends To Enter the effect on valve travel with increasing flow FLOW TENDS TO 84 7 Unbalanced Area Enter the valve unbalanced area UNBALANCED AREA 84 8 in in or mm2 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Actuator e Actuator Manufacturer Enter the manufacturer s identification number ACT_MAN_ID 22 of the actuator on which the instrument is mounted Select from the drop down list or enter the manufacturer s identification number as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation For Fisher the manufacturer ID hex value is 005100 e Actuator Model Number Enter the type number for the actuator ACT_MODEL_NUM 23 on which the instrument is mounted Actuator Style Select the Actuator Style ACTUATOR_STYLE 42 1 spring amp diaphragm piston double acting without spring piston single acting with spring or piston double acting with spring e Actuator Serial Number Enter the serial number ACT_SN 24 for the actuator on which
50. 7 31 and DISABLE 8 32 to disable the corresponding inputs An input that is disabled will not be used by any of the selection algorithms The status of the disable parameter must be Good Good_Cascade or Uncertain with a STATUS OPTS 10 of Use Uncertain as Good in order to be evaluated If the status of the disable parameter is Bad its last usable value is maintained and acted upon If the device restarts losing the last usable value the last usable value is set to disabled 126 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 IN_1through IN_8 and DISABLE_1 through DISABLE_8 are non volatile type parameters so if they are Linked they will automatically have Bad status until connections are re established If they are not Linked they will be restored with the previous value from NVM across device restarts Direct Selection of Inputs The parameter OP_SELECT 22 can be used to select a particular input If OP_SELECT 22 is non zero the selection algorithm is bypassed and the value of OP_SELECT 22 is interpreted as the input number to select If the OP_SELECT 22 value is greater than the number of inputs then the highest input is selected The status of OP SELECT 22 must be Good Good Cascade or Uncertain with a STATUS OPTS 10 of Use Uncertain as Good in order to be evaluated If the status of OP SELECT 22 is Bad then the OUT 7 status is Bad Ide
51. 75 of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Hi Hi alert once it has been set See figure 4 2 e Travel Lo Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Lo Lo Alert point e Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable When enabled Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable activates the Travel Lo Lo Alert e Travel Lo Lo Alert Point The Travel Lo Lo alert is set when the value of the travel in percent 75 of ranged travel goes below the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point TVL LO LO ALRT PT 77 12 e Travel Lo Lo Deadband Travel Lo Lo Deadband TVL LO LO DB 77 13 is the travel in percent 75 of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Lo Lo alert once it has been set See figure 4 3 51 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Figure 4 3 Travel Lo Alert Deadband ALERT IS CLEARED TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND GRE TRAVEL ALERT ALERT IS SET LO POINT A6532 1 Travel Hi Lo e Travel Hi Alert This alert is active if the Travel exceeds the Travel Hi Alert point e Travel Hi Alert Enable When enabled Travel Hi Alert Enable activates the Travel Hi Alert e Travel Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Alert is set if the ranged travel rises above the Travel Hi Alert Point TVL HI ALRT PT 77 16 Once the alert is set the ranged travel must fall below the alert high point set by the Travel Hi Deadband before the alert is cleared See figure 4 2 e Travel Hi Deadband Travel Hi Deadband TVL
52. 80808 CG 3 G To further customize the output configure the following supported I O options SP tracks PV in Man SP tracks PV in LO SP Track retained target in Man or LO Fault State to Value Use Fault State value on restart Target to Man if Fault State activated and US PV for BKCAL_OUT Note You can configure the supported I O options in Out of Service mode only The SP_PV Track in Man option permits the set point to track the process variable when the block is in Manual mode With this option enabled the set point SP_D 8 becomes a copy of the process variable PV D 7 and a manually entered SP D 8 value is overwritten on the block s next execution cycle This option can prevent a state change when transitioning from Manual to Automatic mode You can disable this option in Manual or Out of Service mode only The Invert option inverts the set point at SP D 8 before it is stored in OUT D 9 With this option enabled OUT D 9 becomes an inverted copy of SP D 8 where non zero values of SP D 8 are considered a logic 1 With this option disabled OUT D 9 is a direct copy of SP D 8 The readback value is processed through the Invert option to become PV D 7 The Use PV for BKCAL OUT option specifies that BKCAL _OUT equal the value of the process variable PV D 7 instead of the set point SP D 8 If you do not enable this option BKCAL OUT will equal SP D 8 Output Block PV Status
53. Alarm State RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Block Alarm Block Alarm Disabled gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Block Alarm Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Write Alarm Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Alarm Handling gt All Alarms Confirm Time RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Device ID gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification Device ID RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Version gt Version Information Device Revision gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Version Information Device Revision RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Device State gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Device Type gt Device Variables gt Identification Device Type RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Version gt Version Information DD Revision gt Device Variables gt Identification DD Revision RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Options gt Diagnostic Options RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Diagnostics Options gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Electronics S N gt Device Variables gt Identification Electronics S N RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification Identification Factory S N gt Dev
54. Alert Category and do not enable the Self Test Shutdown Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category Set the Alert Point to which ever is lower of a the maximum instrument pressure of 145 psig or b the maximum actuator casing pressure The pressure sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor The temperature sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor A travel sensor failure or large travel deviation has resulted in fallback to pressure control The supply pressure has exceeded the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point Alert Point 145 psig Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category Double Acting Actuators Set the Alert Point above the minimum required for valve shutoff and no greater than 1 psig below the supply regulator setting Single Acting Actuators Set the Alert Point above the minimum required for valve shutoff and no greater than 1 psig below the supply regulator setting This is generally about 3 psig above the actuator upper bench set stroking pressure The supply pressure is lower than the Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point Alert Point 19 psig Continued 255 PlantWeb Alerts Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table C 2 Setting PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Related Parameters Default Alert Condition Default What the Alert is Detecting Guidelines
55. Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Alarm Summary Alarm Summary Alarm Summary Alarm Summary Current Unacknowledged Unreported Disabled Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis High High Priorit Alarm Summary Current T Ugain Process Value Scale EU at 0 High High Limit Alarm Summary Unacknowledged T Uperiod Process Value Scale Units Index High Priority Alarm Summary Unreported T Psgain Process Value Scale Decimal High Limit Alarm Summary Disabled T Ptimec Output Scale EU at 100 Low Priority Acknowledge Option T Pdtime Output Scale EU at 0 Low Limit Low Low Priority y High High Alarm Alarm State T Hyster Output Scale Decimal Low Low Limit High High Alarm Time Stamp T Relayss Grant Deny Grant Deviation High Priority High High Alarm Subcode T Gain Magnifier Grant Deny Deny Deviation High Limit High High Alarm Float Value T Auto Extra DT Control Options Deviation Low Priority Deviation Low Limit High High Alarm High High Alarm High High Alarm High High Alarm High High Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value High Alarm Unacknowledged High Alarm Alarm State High Alarm Time Stamp High Alarm Subcode High Alarm Float Value Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Alarm Alarm State Low Alarm Time Low Alarm Subc Low Alarm Float Stamp ode Value Low Low Alarm Unacknowledge
56. Block Alarm Lost NV Data Configure Setup sa Maintenance Now Device Diagnostics Device Variables Maintenance Out of Service Restart Actions Fault State Write Lock RESOURCE BLOCK ue E Mite Alarm State DEVICE VARIABLES ara Top Level Block Alarm Block Alarm Alarm State Identification Block Alarm Unacknowledged Version Configure Setup Device Diagnostics Device Variables Device Variables Instrument Identification Options DD Information Function Block Options Device ID Electronics Serial Number Factory Serial Number Field Serial Number Tag Description Strategy Manufacturer Device Type Options Diagnostics Options Function Block Options Miscellaneous Options Features Available Features Available Miscellaneous Options Reports Firmware Download Fault State Travel Control Capable Version Device Revision Firmware Revision Standby Firmware Revision Hardware Rev ITK Version Soft W Lock Pressure Control Capable Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support Pressure Fallback Capable 249 Field Communicator Menu Structure Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 250 Instruction Manual PlantWeb Alerts D103412X012 January 2015 Appendix C PlantWeb Alerts Instrument Alert Conditions Instrument Alert Conditions when enabled detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest To view these alerts the user must open the
57. Cycle Counter 15 Performance Critical 16 Performance Reduced 17 Performance Information 18 Shutdown Alert Same as for FAILED ACTIVE above Same as for MAINT ACTIVE above Same as for ADVISE ENABLE above Same as for FAILED ACTIVE above All bits O Enabled Bits 0 Drive Current 2 Processor Impaired 4 Blocks Set to Default 5 Travel Sensor 15 Performance Critical 18 Shutdown Alert Enabled Bits 1 Drive Signal 3 Output Block Timeout 6 Outlet Pressure Sensor 9 Supply Pressure 11 Travel Deviation 13 Travel Accumulator 14 Cycle Counter 16 Performance Reduced Enabled Bits 7 Supply Pressure Sensor 8 Temperature Sensor 10 Temperature Limit 12 Travel Limit All bits O N A ALL ALL ALL ALL Instruction Manual D103412X012 Data Type Bit String 4 byte O 2 inactive 1 active Advise Alert Status Data Type Bit String 4 byte O disable 1 enable Failed alert enable Enable allows detection of alert All alerts can be disabled Data Type Bit String 4 byte O disable 1 enable Maintenance alert enable Enable allows detection of alert All alerts can be disabled Data Type Bit String 4 byte O disable 1 enable Advise alert enable Enable allows detection of alert All alerts can be disabled Data Type Bit String 4 byte 0 disable 1 enable Failed alert mask MASK controls whether an alert is reported If alert is enabl
58. EU at 0 Feed Forward Scale Units Index Feed Forward Scale Decimal Shed Options Setpoint Rate Down Setpoint Rate Up Static Revision Status Options Strategy Tracking Scale EU at 100 Tracking Scale EU at 0 Tracking Scale Units Index Tracking Scale Decimal Tracking Value Status Tracking Value Value Connectors Back Calculation Input Status Back Calculation Intput Value Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Feed Forward Value Status Feed Forward Value Value Input Status Input Value Output Status Ouput Value Tracking Input Discrete Status Tracking Input Descrete Value Tracking Value Status Tracking Value Value Detailed Setup PID Function Block January 2015 Online Back Calculation Input Status Back Calculation Intput Value Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Block Error Bypass Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Feed Forward Value Status Feed Forward Value Value Gain Input Status Input Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output Status Output Value Process Value Status Process Value Value Remote Cascade Input Status Remote Cascade Input Value Remote Cascade Output Status Remote Cascade Output Value Remote Out Input Status Remote Out Input Value Remote Out Output Status Remote Out Outp
59. Features Available 199 Function Block 199 Miscellaneous 199 Overview 21 parameters 30 Restart Actions 197 Set Fault State 198 Strategy 198 Tag Description 198 View Lists 37 Device Diagnostics 196 Write Lock 196 Resource Block RB Menu Structure 248 Menu Tree 249 Resource Block Error 196 Resource Block Mode 21 Response Control 39 Restart Actions Resource Block 197 Restart Processor Resource Block 198 Restart with Defaults parameters affected by 26 Resource Block 198 Reverse Action PID Function Block 107 S Scheduled Transfers Device Communication 270 Seat Type 58 308 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Self Test Status 202 Sensor Alerts 48 201 Pressure Fallback 49 201 Pressure Sensors 48 201 Temperature Sensor 201 Travel Sensor 201 Travel Sensor Alert 48 Serial Number Actuator 59 Electronics 24 198 Factory 24 198 Field 24 198 Valve 58 Set Block Status PlantWeb Alerts 253 Set Fault State Resource Block 198 Set Point Selection and Limiting AO Function Block 93 Set Point Tracking PID Function Block 106 Setting the Output AO Function Block 92 DO Function Block 168 Output Block PV Status AO Function Block 93 Shed Options RCAS Mode Only DO Function Block 167 Shed Options RCAS Mode Only AO Function Block 91 PID Function Block 104 Signal Conversion Al Function Block 150 Simulate Active Alerts Alert Handling 62 SIMULATE EN
60. Fieldbus Device Properties General Alarms Displays W Enable Device Alarms W Enable Device Alert Re annunciation All device alarms associated with area AREA Displays Primary control Browse Facenlate FFD EV fp Browse The Enable Device Alarms configuration option modifies the device configuration Thus changing this setting requires a download to the device Devices that are migrated from older DeltaV systems will have their device alarms disabled Note 1 Use the default setting of device alarms enabled If the user does not want notification of device alarms this can be configured on each individual alarm Later on you can modify the alarm configurations without downloading the device Disabling device alarms disables all of the alarms including the device communication failure alarm 2 Use the same control display for the device as for the control module 3 If you suspect a rogue device is generating extra H1 bus traffic from device alarms disabling device alarms stops the device from sending the alarms 4 If the Alarms and Displays tab is not shown then you either do not have an MD controller or the device is on a Series 1 H1 card 292 Instruction Manual Operating with a DeltaV System D103412X012 January 2015 Area Assignment Controllers use this area assignment to report node status e g not communicating Devices and control modules use this area assignment to determ
61. Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO ma Rane Range Initial Value Description parameter Name Number Ru Mode Range witialvalue Description Output 1 OOS Channel assigned by Data Type DS 65 OUT_1 eee TB MAI_CHANNEL_MAP The block output value status Output 2 OOS Channel assigned by Data Type DS 65 OUT_2 5 TB MAI_CHANNEL_MAP TE TRAVEL TARGET The block output value and status Output 3 10 OOS Channel assigned by TB FINAL POSITION VA Data Type DS 65 OUT 3 MAN TB MAI CHANNEL MAP LUE The block output value and status Output 4 11 OOS Channelassigned by TB TRAVEL Data Type DS 65 OUT_4 MAN TB MAI_CHANNEL_MAP The block output value and status Output 5 OOS Channelassigned by Data Type DS 65 OUT_5 a TB MAI_CHANNEL_MAP The block output value status Output 6 OOS Channel assigned by Data Type DS 65 OUT_6 TB MAI_CHANNEL_MAP TRACI REDO The block output value and status Output 7 OOS Channel assigned by Data Type DS 65 OUT_7 3e ed TB MAI_CHANNEL_MAP TRACT PRESS The block output value and status Output 8 OOS Channelassigned by Data Type DS 65 OUT_8 EE TB MAI CHANNEL MAP TRACT PRESS DIPE The block output value and status Update Event UPDATE_EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 73 0 Undefined This alarm is generated whenever a static UPDATE STATE 1 Update reported 0 Undef
62. HI DB 77 17 is the travel in percent 75 of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Hi Alert once it has been set See figure 4 2 e Travel Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Lo Alert point e TravelLo Alert Enable When enabled Travel Lo Alert Enable activates the Travel Lo alert e Travel Lo Alert Point The Travel Alert Lo alert is set when the value of the travel in percent 25 of ranged travel goes below the Travel Lo Alert Point TVL LO ALRT PT 77 14 e Travel Lo Deadband Travel Lo Deadband TVL LO DB 77 15 is the travel in percent 75 of ranged travel required to clear a travel lo alert once it has been set See figure 4 3 Proximity Alerts Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Prox Alerts Note See page 179 for additional details on using Proximity detection Travel Travel displays the actual position of the valve in percent 75 of calibrated travel 52 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Travel Open Travel Open Alert This alert is active if the Travel is greater than the Travel Open Alert Point Travel Open Alert Enable When enabled Travel Open Alert Enable activates the Travel Open Alert Travel Open Alert Point Travel Open Alert Point TVL_OPEN_ALRT_PT 77 8 is the value of the travel in percent or ranged travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Open Alert
63. High Priority Data Type Unsigned8 High Limit 40 ALL Data Type Float HI LIM Value of analog input which will generate an alarm Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 High High Priority HI HI PRI Low Limit LO LIM High High Alarm HI HI ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM STATE TIME STAMP SUBCODE 132 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged reported Continued 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not EN mM EM 1 pope 42 ALL Data Type Float Value of analog input which will generate an alarm Low Low Priority Low Low Limit LO LO LIM Data Type Unsigned8 Priority of the alarm Data Type Float Value of analog input which will generate an alarm Data Type DS 71 The high high alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm Instruction Manual Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 40 Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued High Alarm HI_ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_STATE TIME_STAMP SUBCODE Low Alarm LO_ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_STATE TIME_STAMP SUBCODE Low Low Alarm LO_LO_ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_STATE TIME_STAMP SUBCODE Output Discrete OUT_D Alarm Select ALM_SEL View Lists 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Ac
64. I ere SP WRK N A Dynamic The working set point of the block after limiting and filtering is applied EU of PV_SCALE Data Type Float The time constant of the first order SP filter It is Positive the time in seconds required for a 63 percent change in the IN value Applied after SP rate limiting Math Form 5 Data Unsigned8 MATHFORM 1 Series Selects equation form series or standard Continued Data Type DS 71 VALUE Data Type Float Data Type Float 115 Detailed Setup PID Function Block January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 32 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Structureconfig STRUCTURECONFIG UGamma GAMMA ugamma UBeta BETA ubeta IDeadBand IDEADBAND T Request T REQUEST Hr I O PID terms on error 1 terms on error D term on PV 27 terms on error PD term on PV 3 PD terms on error 4 P term on error D term on PV 5 ID terms on error 6 I term on error D term on PV 7 2 Deg of Freedom PID Data Type Unsigned8 Defines PID equation structure to apply controller action 0 PID terms on error Data Type Float Fraction of derivative action taken on error versus PV For a value of 0 6 then 60 of the derivative action will be based on error and 40 on PV The value of GAMMA may be changed over a range of 0 1 if STRUCTURE
65. If aninputis disabled or its status is Bad and is selected via OP SELECT 22 then the status of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Bad If the quality of the input is Uncertain and the selection for the STATUS OPTS 10 parameter is Use Uncertain as Good then the status of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Uncertain Otherwise the status of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Good Noncascade 122 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 When the block is in the Manual mode the status and substatus of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be as follows e Substatus will be non specific and the limit will be constant Quality of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Uncertain if STATUS_OPTS 10 is Uncertain if in Manual mode Otherwise the quality of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Good Noncascade Limit Propagation Refer to figure 4 14 When SELECT_TYPE 19 is Average Not Limited is propagated unless all inputs have the same limit status If ll inputs have the same limit status the limit status of the inputs is propagated If SELECT TYPE 19 is Middle and the number of inputs used by the algorithm is greater than one Not Limited is propagated unless all selected inputs have the same limit status in which case the limit status of the inputs is propagated If SELECT TYPE 19 is Middle and a single input or if Maximum or Minimum then If the selected input is a constant and Middle Cons
66. Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Process Value Status Process Value Value Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Output Status Output Value Simulate Simulate Status Simulate Simulate Value Simulate Transducer Status Simulate Transducer Value Simulate Simulate En Disable Process Value Scale EU at 100 Process Value Scale EU at 0 Process Value Scale Units Index Process Value Scale Decimal Transducer Scale EU at 100 Transducer Scale EU at 0 Transducer Scale Units Index Transducer Scale Decimal Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny I O Options Status Options Readback Status Readback Value Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Setpoint Rate Down Setpoint Rate Up Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit AO Channel Fault State Time Fault State Value Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Remote Cascade Input Status Remote Cascade Input Value Shed Options Remote Cascade Output Status Remote Cascade Output Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value StdDev Cap StdDev 101 Detailed Setup PID Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 PID Function Block
67. Linear NM 2 Equal Input Characterization 3 Quick Opening 1 Linear SETUP Data Type Enum Uint8 INPUT_CHAR 4 Reserved 5 Custom Continued 71 Detailed Setup Transducer Block January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initi ital Value Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW gs tua ital Value Category escription Data Type Unit16 Array 43 Each item 2500 to 12500 First integrator is number of valid points Followed by up to 21 X Suto Points Hh Linear Y X SETUP eee ae CUSTOM_POINTS OOS Sd Y values must be increasing or same A value of 2050 represent 20 50 Custom Points can be written only if Input Characterization INPUT CHAR 50 is not custom Data Type Float TRAVEL DEVIATION mm mM s TAVELDA Contrais Al channel 10 Pavese pma oon A Gnetum E C eje e pe MLFB I Data Type DS 71 Used to report alerts to host system Failed Alarm FAILED_ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_STATE TIME_STAMP SUBCODE UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_STATE TIME_STAMP SUBCODE 72 Data Type Float 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined NONE 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 0 Undefined 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported Data Type Float Value of parameter at alarm time for single alarm 0 for multiple alarms Maintenance Alarm
68. MAN 7 ACT_PRESS_B MAL CHANNEL 6 twous 6 serur_ acacr peeso MON T 7 SETUP 10 TRAVEL_DEVIATION MAI Channel 8 MAN 12 CYCLE_COUNT Data Type Enum Uint8 Output Block Selection MAN 1 AO Block Controls which output block OUTBLOCK_SEL i OOS 2 DOBlock SETUP DO the transducer block will respond to Data Type Enum Uint8 Controls whether the status of the Du 97 RW ike 1 No SETUP PV fed back to the output block from PWA_SET_STATUS OOS the transducer block will be affected by an active PlantWeb alert 85 Continued Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Imc es Protect a PARAMETER_NAME Number RW Value Category escription Bit 0 Travel feedback sensor detected Bit 1 Output Block Scheduled Block Information Bit 2 Trigger Capturing NET BLOCK INFO Bit 3 Output Block in Data Type Bit String 2 bytes Normal Mode Bit 4 Write Lock is on Bit 5 Resource Block in Auto Mode Reserved B qu Travel Always View Lists View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 an
69. O undefined Data Type Float The lowest SP value allowed Data Type DS 65 Target setpoint and status that is provided by a supervisory host Used when mode is RCAS Table 4 32 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Data Type Enum Bypass 17 MAN Used to override the calculation of the block BYPASS OOS When enabled the SP is sent directly to the output Rind Cascade Input 18 AT Status Data Type DS 65 CAS_IN a The setpoint value from another block J 0 Data Type Float Setpoint Rate Down 02 rate for downward SP changes When the SP_RATE_DN 1 ME POSITIVE TM ramp rate is setto zero the SP is used immediately PV per second Data Type Float Setpoint Rate UP M Ramp rate for upward SP changes When the ramp SP RATE UP 20 ue rate is set to zero the SP is used immediately PV per second Setpoint High Limit 21 ALL PV Scale 1025 must be 100 Data Type Float SP HI LIM greater than SP LO LIM The highest SP value allowed TM PV Scale Ens E 1025 must be less than SP_HI_LIM LE QNEM Lo E Type Float LE QNEM e Dang ae proportional gain value Reset Data Type Float Positive INF The integral action time constant Seconds per RESET repeat Data Type Float The specified time in seconds for the internal Baja Taine working value of bias to return to the operator set 25 ALL Positive bias Also used to specify the time const
70. OTHERWISE SPECIFIED GE40185 sheet 2 of 3 Figure 8 3 Gauge Configuration DOUBLE ACTING DIRECT ACTING FOR PIPE PLUG OPTION REPLACE 47 WITH FOR TIRE VALVE OPTION REPLACE 47 WITH APPLY LUBRICANT SEALANT OR THREAD LOCK APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED GE40185 sheet 3 of 3 230 a D AP PRE EAM K SECTION C C SCALE 2 1 em 259 SECTION SCALE 2 1 SECTION SCALE 2 1 REVERSE ACTING Instruction Manual Parts D103412X012 January 2015 Figure 8 4 FIELDVUE DVC6205f Base Unit Housing Assembly 3 Z 2 he 9 y AN KS S CN A E x A 2 ELE ng g EI NS 7 A LL e I ERI a A M k e A r ay Alig LA Will w r L EE s 4 CLL LLY 27229 MENS 262 263 SECTION B B 63 4 N PNI gt A 2 ANo A SK 2771 3 i moi i L 4 MS Y ik p N N i 1 1 Z 2 m h HN 37 uA Y DT SECTION A A APPLY LUBRICANT SEALANT OR THREAD LOCK APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED GE40181 231 Parts Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Figure 8 4 FIELDVUE DVC6205f Base Unit Housing Assembly continued x MET D m Sa T T
71. OUT OUT_RANGE EU 100 EU 0 Engineering Units Decimal Places STATUS_OPTS IN 1 Status Value IN 2 Status Value IN 3 Status Value IN 4 Status Value DISABLE 1 Status Value DISABLE 2 Status Value Continued 27 Detailed Setup Resource Block January 2015 Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Continued Index Parameter Name Initial Value Number ISEL Block continued 17 DISABLE 3 Status Defaults Continued HI HI LIM HI PRI HI LIM LO PRI LO LO LO PRI LO LO LIM OUT D ALM SEL Value DISABLE 4 Status Value SELECT TYPE All off MIN GOOD 0 OP SELECT Status DI Block ST REV TAG DESC STRATEGY ALERT KEY MODE BLK TARGET PERMITTED NORMAL OUT D XD STATE OUT STATE IO OPTS STATUS OPTS CHANNEL PV FTIME ALARM SUM DISABLED ACK OPTION DISC PRI DISC BAD NC constant Value IN 5 Status Value IN 6 Status Value IN 7 Status Value OS Block IN 8 Status ST REV TAG DESC STRATEGY ALERT KEY MODE TARGET PERMITTED NORMAL SP OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 1 RANGE EU 100 EU 02 Engineering Units Decimal Places OUT 2 RANGE EU 100 EU 02 Engineering Units Decimal Places STATUS OPTS CAS IN Status Value DISABLE 5 Status Value DISABLE 6 Status Value DISABLE 7 Status Value DISABLE 8 Status Value AVG USE ALARM SUM DISABLED ACK OPTION ALARM HYS
72. OUT_SCALE is normally the same as the transducer but if L_TYPE is set to Indirect or Ind Sqr Root OUT_SCALE determines the conversion from FIELD_VAL to the output 0 Undefined Data Type Float If calculated output is below this value the output is 0 Data Type Float Time constant of first order filter on PV in seconds Data Type DS 65 Value of the field device analog input with a status reflecting the Transducer condition Updated Event UPDATE_EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged O Undefined UPDATE STATE 1 Update reported 2 Update not reported 0 Undefined Data Type DS 73 This alarm is generated whenever a static parameter 0 Undefined is changed TIME_STAMP STATIC_REVISION RELATIVE_INDEX Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED N 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported ALARM_STATE 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported Data Type DS 72 The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field TIME_STAMP SUBCODE Continued 154 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup AI Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 57 Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index E Write Block Initial Alarm Simma Data Type DS 74 Current alert status ALARM_SUM
73. PWB assembly Damaging either the module base or guide surface may result in material damage which could compromise the instruments ability to maintain a pressure seal 3 Pull the module base straight out of the housing key 1 Once clear of the housing swing the module base to the side of the housing to gain access to the cable assemblies 4 The digital valve controller has two cable assemblies shown in figure 7 1 which connect the module base via the printed wiring board assembly to the travel sensor and the terminal box Disconnect these cable assemblies from the printed wiring board assembly on the back of the module base 211 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Figure 7 1 Printed Wiring Board Cable Connections TERMINAL MODULE BASE ASSEMBLY BOX em PRINTED WIRING W9924 1 W BOARD 4 gt OS E ASSEMBLY ote i 1 3 T thao Z J Uvan j D fa i HOUSING CABLE TRAVEL SENSOR TO TERMINAL BOX Replacing the Module Base Refer to figure 8 2 or 8 4 for key number locations Refer to figure 7 2 for a view of the back of the PWB assembly sub module Figure 7 2 Back View of PWB Assembly Sub Module TERMINAL BOX CONNECTOR GE39341 Note FOUNDATION fieldbus TRAVEL SENSOR Dvc z00t DVC6205 DVC603087 TERHINAL Dvceogst BD PINSREMOVED FOR TRAVEL SENSOR CO
74. Pressure Lo Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Lo Alert Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point Continued 282 Instruction Manual Operating with a DeltaV System D103412X012 January 2015 Table F 1 Transducer Block TB Parameters Configuration Index Continued Parameter Label Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable Supply Sensor Failure Temperature Maximum Temperature Minimum Temperature Temperature Lo Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Temperature Limit Temperature Lo Alert Enable Temperature Sensor Alert TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor Alert Temperature Units TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Instrument Units Temperature Units TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Proximity Travel Travel TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel gt Travel TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt AO Control Post Characterization Travel Travel D TB gt Device Variables gt Over
75. Priority Data Type Uint8 Recommended Action Data Type Uint16 RECOMMENDED ACTION m o NA 0 to 65535 Fix for most serious condition Data Type Uint32 Travel Accumulator Write Anything TRAVEL ACCUM 72 RW ALL Read Actual CAL Total travel expressed in integer 75 terms Controls AI channel 13 Data Uint32 Cycle Count Write Anything CYCLE_COUNT 18 ALL Read Actual Number of cycle transitions above a Continued Data Type Uint SERUP Failed alert priority certain threshold of movement Controls Al channel 12 75 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW nitial Value Category escription Electronics Active 0 Drive Current 1 Drive Signal 2 Memory Failure Pending Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive 1 5 ELECT ACTIVE 74 4 ROW ALL 3 Static Memory All bits 0 N A aun Electronics Alert status 5 I O Processor 6 Output Block Timeout 7 Block Set to Defaults 0 Travel Sensor 1 Port A Pressure Sensor Data Type Bit String 4 byte 2 Port Pressure Sensor 1 TM SENSOR_ACTIVE 742 ROO ALL 3 Supply Pressure All bits 0 N A 1 active Sensor Sensor Alert status 4 Temperature Sensor 5 Pressure F
76. Run Alert 56 Performance Alerts 55 202 PD Inside Status 55 PD Run 56 Performance Critical 56 202 Performance Information 56 Performance Reduced 56 Performance Critical Alerts 56 Performance Diagnostics PD 4 Performance Information Alerts 56 Performance Reduced Alerts 56 Performance Tuner 19 20 40 PESO CCOE India Certification 8 PID Equation Structures for Enhanced PID Block 107 PID Function Block 102 Alarm Detection 107 Alarm Priorities 108 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Application Information 108 Block Errors 108 Feedforward Calculation 106 Filtering 106 Mode Handling 104 Modes 104 Output Selection and Limiting 106 Output Tracking 106 parameters 109 Reverse and Direct Action 107 Set Point Tracking 106 Status Handling 105 PlantWeb Alert Enable 56 Advise Enable 56 Failed Enable 56 Maintenance Enable 56 PlantWeb Alert Handling Alert Handling 62 PlantWeb Alert Reporting 56 Advise Suppress 57 Failed Suppress 56 Maintenance Suppress 56 PlantWeb Alert Simulate Alert Handling 62 PlantWeb Alerts 45 Alert Handling 251 Alert Reporting 253 Conditions 251 Configuration 47 Electronics 45 Environment 49 in a DeltaV System 291 Mode Based 251 Performance 55 Proximity 52 Sensor 48 Set Block Status 253 Setting 253 Travel 50 Travel History 54 Using 253 257 PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status 62 Pneumatic Connections 3 Pneumatic Rela
77. SUBCODE Low Alarm LO ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ne Type DS 71 ALARM STATE EIE O0 The status of the lo alarm and its associated time Data Type DS 71 The status of the hi alarm and its associated time SUBCODE epo Co aa E EIU Continued 155 Detailed Setup AI Function Block January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 57 Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Write Block Initial Low Low Alani UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_ STATE te TIME_STAMP SUBCODE 355 RO Bat Type DS 71 O The status of the lo lo alarm and its associated time Pe M3 sme 5 Parameter Output Discrete i Data Type DS 66 OUT D OOS MAN OUT_STATE Discrete Output this is true 1 if any of the alarms A selected in ALM SEL are active 1 Hi Hi alarm 2 Hi Alarm Alarm Select 4 Lo Alarm Data Type Bitstring O unselected 1 selected Selected alarms that activate the alarm output All bits 0 StdDev MT Data Type Float STDDEV 39 m Positive float Standard deviation of the measurement Cap StdDev if View Lists Data Type Float Capability standard deviation the best deviation that can be achieved View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains st
78. Section 2 Wiring Practices 11 Quick Connect Cable Entry 11 Communication Connections 12 Simulate Enable Jumper 13 Section 3 Basic Setup 15 BASIC 3e UD sy d dicum oe b dade 15 Transducer Block Mode 15 PIOLGCUON aedi do arabi lena oae 15 dat uba tuta 16 Performance Tuner 20 Section 4 Detailed Setup 21 RESOUICE Block citet ox em Pere eee 21 Transducer Block 38 Analog Output Function Block 89 Proportional Integral Derivative Function Block 102 Input Selector Function Block 121 Output Splitter Function Block 136 Analog Input Function Block 147 Mulitple Analog Input Function Block 159 Discrete Output Function Block 165 Discrete Input Function Block 177 Section 5 Calibration 189 Calibration Overview 189 CalibratiOlnossse be ORE IR EU ENS 189 PUTO MNT MN 190 Mandal MEC 190 L ASA tamu eee 191 Supply Pressure Sensor 192 Pressure Aor B Sensor 193 Section 6 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics 195 VEW EISUS umasapa and
79. Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Pressure A Sensor Shutdown TB gt Device Variables gt Pressures gt Pressure B Pressure B Sensor Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Pressure B Sensor Alert Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable Pressure B Sensor Failure TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Pressure B Sensor Error Pressure Cutoff Closed gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Pressure Cutoff Closed Pressure Fallback Alert Pressure Fallback Alert Enable Pressure Integral Gain gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning gt Pressure Integral Gain Pressure Integral Limit Lo gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning gt Pressure Integral Limit Lo Processor Alert Enable 2 TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Program Memory Manual Recovery Proximity Hi Hi Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Hi Hi Alert Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt P
80. Shield Kit kit contains shield qty 3 and machine screws qty 6 Gasket Seal Kit for use with GX actuator kit contains insulating gasket key 287 and seal key 288 GE71982X012 GE71982X022 GG05242X022 GE45468X012 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Parts List Note Part numbers are shown for recommended spares only For part numbers not shown contact your Emerson Process Management sales office Parts with footnote numbers are available in parts kits see footnote information at the bottom of the page Key Description Part Number Housing see figure 8 2 and 8 4 DVC6200f and DVC6205f 1 Housing 11 Drive Screw 2 req d DVC6205f only 20 Shield DVC6205f only 52 Vent plastic 2 74 Mounting Bracket DVC6205f only 248 Screw hex head 4 req d DVC6205f only 249 Screw hex head 4 req d DVC6205f only 250 Spacer 4req d DVC6205f only 267 Standoff 2 req d DVC6205f only 271 Screen 7 287 Gasket Housing A only used for GX actuator DVC6200f only 288 Seal Housing A only used for GX actuator DVC6200f only Common Parts see figure 8 2 8 3 and 8 4 DVC6200f and DVC6205f 16 O ring 3 req d 29 Warning label for use only with LCIE hazardous area classifications 33 Screw pan hd SST 2 3 req d 38 Screw hex socket SST 2 6 3 req d 43 Cover Assembly includes cover screws Standard 38B9580X022 Extreme temperature option fluorosilicone elastomer
81. Transducer Block Status and Limit Propagation Status Propagation Limit Propagation Network Communication Instruction Manual D103412X012 Device Addressing 269 Link Active Scheduler 269 Device Communications 270 Scheduled Transfers 270 Unscheduled Transfers 271 Function Block Scheduling 272 Network Management 272 Appendix E Device Description Installation 273 GOVelVIeW das dam RP 2 3 Device Descriptions and Methods 274 Installing DD on a DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS Workstation 274 Installing DDs on Other Fieldbus Host Systems 276 Displaying the Device Description Revision 277 Appendix F Operating with a DeltaV System 279 Getting Start dl 279 Block Parameter Configuration Index 280 Resource Block Parameter Configuration Index 285 Inugersi as o p dT 286 Software Functionality System Requirements 286 Using AMS Device Manager 286 s essa ada oo a PE NUS S 288 Accessing Parameters 288 Bringing the Device On Line 291 PlantWeb Alerts 291 Setting up PlantWe
82. Type Visible String XD_CAL_LOC Where device was last calibrated Calibration Date Uniniialized Date XD_CAL_DATE OL of last calibration Calibration Person RW Null last XD_CAL_WHO i i P i calibration Continued 65 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Detailed Setup Transducer Block January 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW ra Value Category escription SETPOINT_D Setpoint D Status STATUS Setpoint D VALUE TRAVEL_D Travel D Status STATUS Travel D VALUE TRAVEL Travel Status STATUS SUPPLY_PRESSURE Supply Pressure Status STATUS Supply Pressure VALUE PRESSURE_A Pressure A Status STATUS Pressure A VALUE PRESSURE B Pressure B Status STATUS Pressure B VALUE 66 Data Type DS 66 SETPOINT_D is not updated unless the DO block is selected in FEATURE SEL MAN STATUS indicates the validity of 32 1 RW OOS NONE value set by the DO block OUT STATUS VALUE is the discrete value of MAN closed 1 open setpoint Only values of 0 1 or 32 2 RW OOS 5 10 15 d NONE increments of 5 up to 95 are allowed Written by DO channel 22 Data Type DS 66 STATUS indicates the validity of Cs VALUE 0 closed 1 open 5 10 15 Controls DI Channel Data Type DS 65 I
83. UN NON rj 11150 lt SECTION C C 23 SCALE 2 1 N y IS i He m TIP S SECTION E E SCALE2 1 DOUBLE ACTING SHOWN DOUBLE ACTING DIRECT ACTING REVERSE ACTING APPLY LUBRICANT SEALANT OR THREAD LOCK APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED GE40181 232 Instruction Manual Parts D103412X012 January 2015 Figure 8 4 FIELDVUE DVC6205f Base Unit Housing Assembly continued WALL MOUNTING PIPE MOUNTING APPLY LUBRICANT SEALANT OR THREAD LOCK APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED GE40181 Parts January 2015 Figure 8 5 FIELDVUE DVC6215 Remote Feedback Assembly PARTS NOT SHOWN 158 APPLY LUBRICANT SEALANT GE46670 B PARTS NOT SHOWN 158 E APPLY LUBRICANT SEALANT GE40178 B 234 Instruction Manual D103412X012 USED FOR GX ACTUATOR sS tZ NOOK SS USED FOR ALL ACTUATORS EXCEPT GX QUU WRS TA NUM SECTION A A AA 1 SECTION A A Instruction Manual Principle of Operation D103412X012 January 2015 Appendix A Principle of Operation Digital Valve Controller Operation The DVC6200f digital valve controller has a single module base that may be ea
84. acting with the valve off the stops Replace I P converter ass y if drive signal is continuously high or low see Replacing the I P Converter on page 214 14i Defective module base seal 14i Check module base seal for condition and position If necessary replace seal Refer to Module Base Maintenance on page 210 14j Defective relay 14j Depress relay beam at adjustment location in shroud look for increase in output pressure Remove relay inspect relay seal Replace relay seal or relay if I P converter ass y good and air passages not blocked refer to Replacing the Pneumatic Relay on page 216 Check relay adjustment refer to page 191 14k Defective 67CFR regulator supply pressure gauge 14k Replace 67CFR regulator jumps around 15 Instrument will not calibrate 15a Configuration errors 15a Verify configuration 15b Magnet assembly is not correctly installed 15b Check the mounting Ensure the correcting mounting kit has been selected and the magnetic array is properly installed 15c Cables not plugged into PWB correctly 15c Inspect connections and correct 16 ValveLink diagnostic tests provide 16a Defective pressure sensor s 16a Replace PWB see Replacing the PWB Assembly on erroneous results page 215 16b Pressure sensor O ring s missing 16b Replace O ring s 17 Cannot perform advanced 17a Instrument does not have proper tiering 17a Upgrade tiering diagnostics 18 A PlantWeb alert is active butnot 18 Pla
85. alert messages The number can be set lower to control alert flooding by adjusting Maximum Alerts Allowed LIM_NOTIFY 32 e Block Alarm Disabled The Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM 36 is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block Alarm Summary ALARM SUM 37 determines if the Write Alarm WRITE ALM 40 and Block Alarm BLOCK ALM 36 are disabled e Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge Acknowledge Option ACK OPTION 38 determines if the block alarm will be automatically acknowledged e Discrete Alarm Disabled The Write Alarm WRITE ALM 40 is used to alert when parameters are writeable to the device Alarm Summary ALARM SUM 37 determines if the Discrete Alarm is disabled e Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge Acknowledge Option ACK OPTION 38 determines if the Write Alarm associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged Identification Field Communicator RB Configure Setup Identification e Device ID The 32 character Device ID DEVICE ID 54 e Electronics Serial Number The Electronics Serial Number ELECTRONICS SN 49 set at the factory e Factory Serial Number The Factory Serial Number FACTORY SN 50 is the instrument serial number set at the factory e Field Serial Number The Field Serial Number FIELD SN 51 is the serial number of instrument assigned in field e Tag Description The Tag Description TAG DESC 2 is used to assign
86. appropriate status screen on a host such as a DeltaV system ValveLink software or a Field Communicator PlantWeb Alerts Some instrument alert conditions can also be used to trigger PlantWeb alerts that will be reported in Failed Maintenance or Advisory categories as configured by the user PlantWeb alerts when enabled can participate in the DeltaV alarm interface tools such as the alarm banner alarm list and alarm summary For specific information on setting up PlantWeb Alerts in a DeltaV system refer to the PlantWeb Alerts section in Appendix F When a PlantWeb alert occurs the DVC6200f sends an event notification and waits a specified period of time for an acknowledgment to be received This occurs even if the condition that caused the alert no longer exists If the acknowledgment is not received within the pre specified time out period the event notification is retransmitted This reduces the possibility of alert messages getting lost Mode Based PlantWeb Alerts Some PlantWeb alerts are not active unless the transducer block actual mode is Auto 1 Alerts which can be triggered by the activities of the service technician are reported only when the transducer block mode is AUTO 2 Alerts which are unrelated to service technician activities are reported in all transducer block modes Exceptions are as follows e Alerts can be simulated regardless of transducer block mode but must be enabled to be reported e When a shutdown cond
87. causing process fluid or pressure to be released To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of process fluid or pressure isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid Performance Tuner is used to determine digital valve controller tuning It will move the valve slightly and monitor the effects of small tuning changes until an optimum control response is achieved Because the Performance Tuner can detect internal instabilities before they become apparent in the travel response it can generally optimize tuning more effectively than manual tuning e Stabilize Optimize A WARNING During Stabilize Optimize the valve may move causing process fluid or pressure to be released To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of process fluid or pressure isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 If after completing initial setup and calibration the valve cycles or overshoots or is sluggish you can improve operation by running Stabilize Optimize Stabilize Optimize is included with the device description DD firmware Stabilize Optimize is accessible from the transducer block and permits changing the transducer block set point a small amount to see if the valve is unstable or unresponsiv
88. detection band set by the Travel Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Deadband e Proximity Lo Alert Enable When enabled Proximity Lo Alert Enable activates the Proximity Lo Alert e Proximity Lo Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Lo Deadband e Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable When enabled Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable activates the Proximity Lo Lo Alert 53 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Travel History Alerts Field Communicator gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts Cycle Counter Cycle Counter The Cycle Counter CYCLE_COUNT 73 records the number of times the travel changes direction The change in direction must occur after the deadband has been exceeded before it can be counted as a cycle See figure 4 4 You can reset the Cycle Counter by configuring it as zero Figure 4 4 Cycle Counter Deadband set at 10 Deadband exceeded and direction changed new Reference Point established Point at which Deadband Reference cycle is counted Point Deadband 5 6533 1 Cycle Counter Alert This alert is active if the Cycle Counter exceeds the Cycle Counter Alert Point It is cleared after you reset the Cycle Counter to a value less than the alert point Cycle Counter Alert Enable When enabled Cycle Counter Alert Enable
89. does not have responsibility for that area The default for device alarm annunciation sounds the horn and shown in the alarm banner can be modified for all operator maintenance stations Or unique settings can be defined for specific workstations Use the workstation name to adjust settings for specific workstations in UserSettings grf For example if an installation has a Maintenance Station named MAINT then the UserRef qrf then renamed to UserSettings grf would contain alarm settings for the MAINT workstation as appropriate for maintenance e g all device alarms in the alarm banner Note To easily find the device alarm configuration in UserRef or UserSettings open the display in the Standard directory right click and select EDIT SCRIPT then select Edit Find and type in DEVICE This will take you to the location in the file with the device alarm settings 295 Operating with a DeltaV System Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Deciding Device Alarm Priorities Each device alarm just like every process alarm has a priority assigned to it When a device is created the device alarms are assigned default alarm priorities as shown in figure F 9 Figure F 9 Default PlantWeb Alert Priorities Contents of Fieldbus Device Alarms Name Enabled Priority Ly ADVISE_ALM Yes ADVISORY Ls COMM ALM Yes WARNING FAILED_ALM Yes WARNING Ls MAINT_ALM Yes ADVISORY The priority of a device alarm defines whet
90. for key number locations 1 Remove the front cover key 43 2 Remove the gauge pipe plug or tire valve as follows For gauges key 47 the flats are on the gauge case Use a wrench on the flats of the gauge to remove the gauge from the module base For double acting instruments to remove the supply gauge remove one of the output gauges For pipe plugs key 66 and tire valves key 67 use a wrench to remove these from the module base 3 Apply zinc based anti seize sealant key 64 to the threads of the replacement gauges pipe plugs or tire valves 4 Using a wrench screw the gauges pipe plugs or tire valves into the module base Terminal Box A WARNING Refer to the Maintenance WARNING at the beginning of this section Refer to figure 8 2 or 8 4 for key number locations The terminal box is located on the housing and contains the terminal strip assembly for field wiring connections Removing the Terminal Box A WARNING To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion remove power to the instrument before removing the terminal box cover in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous 1 Loosen the set screw key 58 in the cap key 4 so that the cap can be unscrewed from the terminal box 2 After removing the cap key 4 note the location of field wiring connections and disconnect the field wiring from the terminal box 3 Separate the mod
91. gt Actuator gt Actuator Fail Action gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Manufacturer ID gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Model Number gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Serial Number gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Size gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Style gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Air TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Alert Conditions TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration gt Alert Key gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Units Area Units TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Transducer Block Error Block Configuration Error gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration gt Blocks Set to Default Block Set to Default Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration gt Blocks Set to Default Block Set to Default Alert Enable TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Calibration Calibration Date TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Calibration Calibration Location TB Configure Setup gt Detai
92. gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Drive Current Drive Current Manual Recovery gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Drive Current Drive Current Shutdown TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Drive Signal Drive Signal TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt Drive Signal TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Effective Area TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Feedback Connection gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Flow Direction gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Flow Tends To gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Processor Impaired I O Processor Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Processor Impaired I O Processor Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Processor Impaired I O Processor Man Recovery gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Processor Impaired I O Processor Shutdown TB gt
93. if it becomes necessary to gain control of them The examples shown in figure 4 19 do not show the full range of possibilities The lines could overlap like an X or both start from the origin but have different slopes The endpoints do not have to lie within 0 100526 Limits in the external 139 Detailed Setup OS Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 blocks may effect the useful range of a line Units of percent are used in the examples because the common application of this block is to valves but any units may be used to suit the application Figure 4 19 Split Range and Sequence Operation Split Range Sequencing X22 Y22 100 X12 Y12 X22 Y22 100 X11 Y11 076 X21 Y21 076 X21 Y21 X 076 5076 10076 SP SP The following parameters as paired coordinates are used to specify the output splitter operation X11 Y11 X12 Y12 X21 Y21 X22 Y22 Where X is the value of SP associated with OUT n and X and refer to the 1st and 2nd coordinates of the nth curve n nsn is the value of OUT n and and refer to the 1st and 2nd coordinates of the nth curve respectively By specifying the coordinates as shown in tables 4 45 and 4 46 the endpoints of the lines are defined The contents of the respective X s are held in the IN ARRAY parameter and the contents of the respective Y s are held in the OUT ARRAY parameter If a set of points are specified such that a region o
94. in Man Permits the SP 8 to track the PV 7 when the actual mode of the block is Man e SP PV Track in LO or IMan Permits the SP 8 to track the PV 7 when the actual mode of the block is Local Override LO or Initialization Manual IMan e SP PV Track in ROUT Permits the SP 8 to track the PV 7 when the actual mode of the block is RemoteOut ROUT e SP Track retained Target Causes the set point to track the RCAS or CAS parameter based on the retained target mode when the actual mode is MAN or LO 106 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup PID Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 e Act On IR If this option is true then when IR Initialization Requested is received on BKCAL IN 27 the SP 8 will be adjusted within setpoint limits to provide bumpless transfer when the cascade is closed If the setpoint required to provide bumpless transfer is outside the setpoint limits then any difference added to provide bumpless transfer will be removed in the BAL_TIME 25 When one of these options is set the SP 8 value is set to the PV 7 value while in the specified mode You can select the value that a master controller uses for tracking by configuring the Use PV for BKCAL_OUT control option The BKCAL_OUT 31 value tracks the PV value BKCAL_IN 27 on a master controller connected to BKCAL OUT 31 on the PID block in an open cascade strategy forces its OUT 9 to match BKCAL IN 27 thus tracking the PV from the slav
95. in the IMan mode During the initialization state all unreported function block alarms are automatically confirmed and acknowledged Once the instrument is considered operational block execution is scheduled and the instrument state moves to Online O Online The instrument will be in this state if it is operational The function blocks are initially in the Auto mode but can be changed to a higher level mode O Standby The instrument enters this state if the resource block mode is Out of Service OOS In this state all function block modes are forced to Out of Service The transducer block mode is not affected When the resource block mode is changed to Auto the instrument state moves to Online O Failure The instrument moves to this state whenever a hardware or memory failure is detected which would prevent reliable operation All function blocks and the transducer block modes are Out of Service Write Lock Field Communicator RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Write Lock e Write Alarm Alarm State e Write Lock Write Lock WRITE_LOCK 34 determines if writes are permissible to other device parameters The Soft Write Lock feature must be selected to be able to use Write Lock see Selecting Features When Write Lock is set to Locked no writes are permitted to any parameters within the device except to set Write Lock to Not Locked When locked the block functions normally updating inputs and outputs and executing algorithms When Writ
96. kit contains module base key 2 drive screws qty 2 key 11 shield label key 19 hex socket cap screw qty 3 key 38 self tapping screw qty 2 key 49 pipe plug qty 3 key 61 retaining ring qty 3 key 154 screen key 236 and flame arrestors qty 3 key 243 Aluminum Stainless Steel GE18654X012 GE18654X022 Spare Housing Assembly Kit kit contains housing key 1 vent assembly key 52 seal only included in Housing A kits key 288 seal key 237 O ring key 34 O ring only used with integrally mounted regulator key 5 Aluminum Housing A used for GX actuator Standard nitrile elastomers GE48798X032 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers GE48798X042 Housing B used for all actuators except GX Standard nitrile elastomers GE48798X072 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers GE48798X082 Stainless Steel Housing B used for all actuators except GX Standard nitrile elastomers GE48798X092 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers GE48798X102 225 Parts January 2015 Kit 2a 9 10 12 226 Description Spare I P Shroud Kit kit contains shroud key 169 and hex socket cap screw qty 4 key 23 Remote Mount Feedback Unit Kit see figure 8 5 Part Number GE29183X012 remote housing assembly key25 hex socket set screw key 58 1 2 NPT pipe plug key 62 wire retainer qty 2 key 131 terminal cover key 255 o
97. not functional e Proportional Integral Derivative PID Function Block The PID function block performs proportional plus integral plus derivative control e Input Selector ISEL Function Block The input selector function block selects from up to four inputs and may provide the selected signal as input to the PID block The input selection can be configured to select the first good input signal a maximum minimum or average value or a hot spare e Output Splitter OS Function Block The output splitter function block accepts the output from another function block such as a PID block and creates two outputs that are scaled or split according to the user configuration This block is typically used for split ranging of two control valves e Analog Input Al Function Block The analog input function block monitors the signal from a DVC6200f sensor or internal measurement and provides it to another block e Multiple Analog Input MAI Function Block The Multiple Analog Input MAI function block has the ability to process up to eight DVC6200f measurements and make them available to other function blocks e Discrete Output DO Function Block The discrete output function block processes a discrete set point and sends it to a specified output channel which can be transferred to the transducer block for actuator control In the digital valve controller the discrete output block provides both normal open closed control and the ability to
98. position the valve in 525 increments for course throttling applications If the AO block is selected the DO block is not functional e Discrete Input DI Function Block The discrete input function block processes a single discrete input from a DVC6200f and makes it available to other function blocks In the digital valve controller the discrete input function block can provide limit switch functionality and valve position proximity detection Introduction and Specifications Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Using This Manual Navigation paths and fast key sequences are included for procedures and parameters that can be accessed using the FieldCommunicator For example to access Resource Block Mode Field Communicator RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Resource Block Mode An overview of the resource and transducer block menu structures are shown in Appendix B Menu structures for the function blocks are included with each function block section in Detailed Setup Throughout this document parameters are typically referred to by their common name or label followed by the parameter name and index number for example Write Priority WRITE_PRI 39 However not all interface systems support the use of the parameter label and instead use only the Parameter Name followed by the index number when referring to the block parameters Specifications Specifications for the DVC6200f digital valve controller are shown in table
99. simulation you must first install the Simulate Enable jumper across the instrument AUX terminals see page 13 Next you must use the configuration tool to enable the parameter SIMULATE 9 With simulation enabled the actual measurement value has no impact on the OUT 8 value or the status Block Errors Table 4 55 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are inactive for the Al block and are given here only for your reference Table 4 55 BLOCK_ERR Conditions Condition Number Condition Name and Description Block Configuration Error the selected channel carries a measurement that is incompatible with the engineering units selected in XD_SCALE the L_TYPE parameter is not configured or CHANNEL zero Simulate Active Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution 7 0 1 2 14 15 151 Detailed Setup AI Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Troubleshooting Refer to table 4 56 to troubleshoot any problem that you encounter Table 4 56 Troubleshooting Symptom Possible Causes Corrective Action Mode will not leave OOS Target mode is not set Set target mode to something other than OOS BLOCK_ERR 6 will show the configuration error bit set The following are parameters that must be set before the block is allowed out of OOS CHANNEL 15 must be set to a valid value and cannot be left at initial val
100. table 4 32 e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 32 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Label Index RO Block R Initial Val Descripti PARAMETER_NAME Number RW Mode 2 5 Mr iu Data Unsigned16 The revision level of the static data associated with N 0 to 65535 the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static pa rameter value in the block is changed Data Type Octet String 7 bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended application of the block Data Type Unsigned16 0 to 65535 The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 0 to 255 The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Static Revision ST_REV Tag Description TAG_DESC IA RW ALL pom w au RW ALL Alert Key 4 ALERT_KEY Block Mode 5 MODE_BLK OOS until Data Type DS 69 block is Valid Bits 7 OOS 6 IMAN 5 LO 4 MAN 3 TARGET 5 1 SAE eee configured AUTO 2 CAS 1 RCAS 0 ROUT thenlast valid The actual target permitted and normal modes target of the block Target The requested block mode ACTUAL 52 JURO 909 GuaThecurentmodeoftheblock OOS MAN OO
101. than OOS The actual mode of the Resource block is OOS See Resource block I I Resource Block Diagnostics for corrective action Block is not scheduled and therefore cannot execute to go to Target Mode Typically BLOCK_ERR 6 will show Power Up for all blocks that are not scheduled Schedule the block to execute Block alarms will not work Feature FEATURES_SEL 18 in the resource block does not have Alerts enabled Enable the Alerts bit LIM NOTIFY 32 in the resource block is not high Notification enough Set equal to MAX NOTIFY 31 also in the resource block 160 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup MAI Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 MAI Function Block Parameter List table 4 64 e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 64 MAI Function Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO T NS Data Type Unsigned16 The revision level of the static data Static Revision associated with the input selector block ST REV I The revision value will incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed nee Data Type Octet String Teg pim 2 7 bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended TAG_DESC ere application of the block Data Type Unsigned16 Strategy The strategy field can be used to identify STRATEGY 1 9
102. that will make the device or some part of the device non operational Table C 2 lists the available PlantWeb alerts Maintenance Enable Maintenance Enable MAINT ENABLE 63 enables or disables conditions that can cause a maintenance alert A maintenance alert indicates the device or some part of the device needs maintenance soon Table C 2 lists the available PlantWeb alerts Advise Enable Advise Enable ADVISE ENABLE 64 enables or disables conditions that can cause an advisory alert An advisory alert indicates informative conditions that do not have a direct impact on the device s primary functions Table C 2 lists the available PlantWeb alerts PlantWeb Alert Reporting Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts PlantWeb Alert Reporting e Failed Suppress Failed Suppress FAILED MASK 65 determines which of the failed alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported Even if reporting is suppressed the bit in Failed Active FAILED ACTIVE 59 is still set e Maintenance Suppress Maintenance Suppress MAINT MASK 66 determines which of the maintenance alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported Even if reporting is suppressed the bit in Maintenance Active MAINT ACTIVE 60 is still set Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Advise Suppress Advise Suppress ADVISE_MASK 67 determines which of the advise alert co
103. the Foundation Fieldbus status of Setpoint Value FINAL_VALUE STATUS 13 2 Good Uncertain or Bad Travel DeChar Travel FINAL_POSITION_VALUE VALUE 17 2 shows the value of the travel in percent of ranged travel Travel always represents how far the valve is open AO Control Post Characterization e Travel Target Travel target is the output from the characterization function Travel Travel TRAVEL VALUE 34 2 displays the actual position of the valve in percent of calibrated travel Travel Status Shows the Foundation Fieldbus status of Travel Value TRAVEL STATUS 34 1 Good Uncertain or Bad DO Control Setpoint D Discrete Setpoint SETPOINT_D VALUE 32 2 shows the value of the setpoint in discrete values 0 closed 1 open 5 10 15 setpoint in 5 units This parameter will be written directly if the transducer block is in MAN mode or will be written automatically by the DO block if the transducer block is in AUTO mode e Travel D Travel TRAVEL_D VALUE 33 2 shows the value of the setpoint in discrete values 0 closed 1 open 5 10 15 setpoint in 5 units Input Characterization Input Characterization INPUT_CHAR 50 defines the relationship between the setpoint specified by the output function block and the desired valve position 206 Instruction Manual Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics D103412X012 January 2015 TravellPressure State Travel Pressur
104. the PV_FTIME 16 or SP_FTIME 69 parameters Set the filter time constant to zero to disable the filter feature Feedforward Calculation The feedforward value FF VAL 40 is scaled FF SCALE 41 to a common range for compatibility with the output scale OUT SCALE 11 A gain value FF GAIN 42 is applied to achieve the total feedforward contribution Output Tracking Output tracking is enabled through the control options You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only The Track Enable control option must be set to True for the track function to operate When the Track in Manual control option is set to True the operator cannot override the tracking function in Manual mode When Track in Manual is False the operator can override the tracking function when the block is in Manual mode Activating the track function causes the block s actual mode to revert to Local Override The TRK VAL 38 parameter specifies the value to be converted and tracked into the output when the track function is operating The TRK SCALE 37 parameter specifies the range of TRK VAL 38 When the TRK IN D 38 parameter is True and the Track Enable control option is True the TRK VAL 38 input is converted to the appropriate value and output in units of OUT SCALE 11 Set Point Tracking You can configure the method for tracking the set point by configuring the following control options CONTROL OPTS 12 e SP PV Track
105. the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is the next permitted non remote mode If Cas or Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retained target mode is the mode the block was in before changing to one of the remote target modes On failure of a remote connection the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode Auto On failure of a remote connection the block sets the target mode to Auto if permitted Man On failure of a remote connection the block sets the target mode to Man if permitted The user may configure SHED_OPTS 34 so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted When doing this the mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic Shed logic never results in a non permitted target mode e Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted Status Handling If the input status on the PID block is Bad the mode of the block reverts to Manual In addition you can select the Target to Manual if Bad IN status option to direct the target mode to revert to manual You can set the status option in Manual or Out of Service mode only Set Point Selection and Limiting The set point of the PID block is only valid when the block is in Auto Cas or RCas Figure 4 11 illustrates the method for set point selection You can configure the SP HI LIM 21 and SP LO LIM 22 parameters to limit the
106. the lowest value from the inputs that are not bad and not disabled e Average calculates the average value of the inputs that are not bad and not disabled and provides it as the output For example if the number used to average AVG USE 33 is 4 and the number of connected inputs is 6 then the highest and lowest values would be dropped prior to calculating the average If AVG USE 33 is 2 and the number of connected inputs is 7 then the two highest and lowest values would be dropped prior to calculating the average and the average would be based on the middle three inputs e Middle If the number of good usable inputs is odd then it selects the middle value If the number of good usable inputs is even then it averages the middle two values and selects status as worst of two If both inputs limit status are not the same then it sets limit status of Not Limited e First Good selects the first input that is not bad and not disabled starting with IN 1 11 e Hot Spare initially uses the input selected as first good If the selected input goes bad the first good selection is repeated If the selected input remains good it stays selected If the originally selected input returns to qood status the selection does not change Selection changes only if the currently selected input goes bad Disabling Inputs Use the parameters DISABLE 1 15 DISABLE 2 16 DISABLE 3 17 DISABLE 4 18 DISABLE 5 29 DISABLE 6 30 DISABLE
107. the value obtained from the transducer Continued 183 Detailed Setup DI Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 81 Discrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block R Initial Val D ipti PARAMETER_NAME Grant Deny Data Type DS 70 GRANT_DENY Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to 0 Program All bits 0 operating tuning and alarm parameters of 1 Tune the block GRANT 0 NA 1 granted 2 Alarm Data Type Bit String 0 Disable bala 13 OOS 0 Invert All bits 0 1 Enable 7 Allows you to select how the I O signals are processed Data Type Bit String 3 Propagate Failure 0 Disable 14 OOS Forward Allbits 0 1 Enable 8 Uncertain in MAN mode Options the user may select for the block processing of status 0 undefined 23 Valve Position or Pressure Discrete 24 PV gt 97 25 PV lt 3 26 PV Below LO LO limit abt Data Type Unsigned16 28 PV Above HI limit ae I DI Channel Z I Defines the functionality of the discrete input 15 OOS 29 PV Above HI HI limit 0 Undefined CHANNEL dd tm See I O Selection for details Refer to table 30 PV Within Proximity of 4 77 LOLO 31 PV Within Proximity of LO 32 PV within Proximity of HI 33 PV within Proximity of HIHI Data Type Float Process Value Filter Time 16 ALL padite Time that FIELD_VAL_D must be in a new PV_FTIME state before the change is reflected to
108. timeout Timeout Alert Point 600 s Self Test Shutdown No Shutdown Recovery Auto If the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults A user configured Self Test Shutdown condition has taken the instrument to OOS Continued Instruction Manual D103412X012 Guidelines for Setting Use default settings Use default setting Use default settings Use default settings Use default settings Use default settings Enable this alert for loops where the execution is critical If the AO or DO block is not scheduled or scheduled incorrectly it will trigger an alert after the Timeout Alert Point has been exceeded Set the Timeout Alert Point to a value between a 30 seconds and b the maximum time before a user should be notified The minimum number depends on the time it takes for a host to download a configuration to the device Shutdown can be enabled if it is desired to move the valve to the Zero Power Condition at the same time that the alert is generated Use default settings Use default settings Instruction Manual D103412X012 PlantWeb Alerts January 2015 Table C 2 Setting PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Travel Sensor Sensors Failed Output Press Sensor Sensors Maintenance Supply Press Sensor Sensors Advisory Temperature Sensor Sensors Advisory Pressure Fallback Sensors Maintenance Supply Pre
109. unacknowledged states unreported states and CURRENT 0 Discrete alarm EE disabled states of the alarms associated with the 1 Hi Hi alarm function block UNACKNOWLEDGED X M yee ERN UNREPORTED 3 Lo Lo Alarm ws O acknowledged 4 Lo Alarm O0 reported DISABLED Block ala a O enabled sh 1 Data Type Bit String 0 Disable Acknowledge Option 2 Hi Alarm N ACK OPTION All bits 0 1 Enable Alo AE Selection of whether alarms associated with the 7 block will automatically acknowledged Alarm Hysteresis Data Type Float High High Priority Data Type Unsigned8 HI HI PRI 27 The priority of the hi hi alarm High High Limit Data Type Float HI HI LIM an oe On oan Value of analog input which will generate an alarm g inp g High Priority Data Type Unsigned8 Hi Limit Data Type Float HI LIM l ORI AE EN Value of analog input which will generate an alarm Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 Low Limit Data Type Float LO LIM w ae OUT SCALE Value of analog input which will generate alarm Low Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 Low Low Limit Data Type Float LO_LO_LIM EINE MISSAE Value of analog input which will generate alarm High High Alarm HI HI ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM STATE TIME STAMP SUBCODE Data Type DS 71 The status of the hi hi alarm and its associated time High Alarm HI ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM STATE TIME STAMP
110. whenever a Restart with Defaults is performed See Restarting the Instrument Data Type Octet String Tag Description The user description ofthe intended application TAG_DESC n 7 bit ASCII spaces ofthe block Null characters are not allowed in this data type Strate Data Type Unsigned16 gy ALL 01065535 Used to identify groupings of blocks The data is STRATEGY not checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 Alert K The identification number of the plant unit ey RW ALL 1to255 Devices in a loop or plant section can be ALERT_KEY assigned with a common alert key to aid the operator in determining location of alerts 2 gt Block Mode MODE_BLK TARGET_MODE Data Type DS 69 The actual target permitted and normal 6 IMAN only during modes initialization Target The requested block mode Actual The current mode of the block Permitted Allowed modes for Target Normal Most common mode for Target ACTUAL_MODE PERMITTED_MODE NORMAL_MODE 1 Block Configuration Error 3 Simulate Active 6 Device needs Data Type Bit String Maintenance Soon 0 Inactive 9 Memory Failure 1 Active 10 Lost Static Data Dynamic Error status associated with hardware or 11 Lost Non Volatile software for the resource block When an error is Memory shown it may be broadcast to the host through 13 Device needs BLOCK_ALM Maintenance Now 14 Power up 15 Out of Service MSB 2 Initi
111. 0 1 gt nb87a3 e The most recent device description for Fisher devices can be downloaded from the internet at www FIELDVUE com If you are downloading from the internet the file on the website will be compressed zipped and must be decompressed unzipped before proceeding Refer to the website download and installation procedures for setting up the DD on your system Note the folder where the decompressed files are placed This information will be required later in the installation procedure Note Record any warning error messages from the message window in DeltaV Explorer so that it can be communicated to the DeltaV Technical Support Group Installing DDs on Other Fieldbus Host Systems The following is a generic procedure for installing the device descriptions on a host system Refer to your host system documentation for specific information In general the following may apply e Device descriptions furnished by Fisher contain only those files applicable to Fisher All the files are located in the manufacturer ID Folder 005100 for xxxxxx in directory structure above A readme file is included at the top level Read this file for any additional information regarding DD installation e Device descriptions furnished by the Fieldbus Foundation on CD ROM or diskette contain the files for each registered manufacturer and their associated device s It is placed on the media starting with the release folder which then contains a folde
112. 015 D103412X012 Field Communicator Menu Structure All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Output 1 Status Output 1 Value Output 2 Status Output 2 Value Output 1 Range EU at 100 Output 1 Range EU at 0 Output 1 Range Units Index Output 1 Range Decimal Output 2 Range EU at 100 Output 2 Range EU at 0 Output 2 Range Units Index Output 2 Range Decimal Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Status Options Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Input Array 1 Input Array 2 Input Array 3 Input Array 4 Output 1 Output Array 2 Output Array 3 Output Array 4 Lockval Back Calculation Input 1 Status Back Calculation Input 1 Value Back Calculation Input 2 Status Back Calculation Input 2 Value Balance Time Hystval Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value 146 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup AI Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Analog Input Function Block Overview The Analog Input Al function block figure 4 2
113. 015 D103412X012 pressure or process fluid isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid Travel Sensor Motion TRAVEL_SEN_MOTION 42 3 establishes the proper valve travel sensor feedback rotation movement For quarter turn actuators determine rotation by viewing the rotation of the magnet assembly from the back of the instrument Note Travel Sensor Motion in this instance refers to the motion of the magnet assembly Note that the magnet assembly may be referred to as a magnetic array in user interface tools For instruments with relay A or C If increasing air pressure at output A causes the magnet assembly to move up or the actuator shaft to rotate counterclockwise enter Towards Top of Instrument CCW If it causes the magnet assembly to move down or the actuator shaft to rotate clockwise enter Away From Top of Instrument CW For instruments with relay B For instruments with relay B If decreasing air pressure at output B causes the magnet assembly to move up or the actuator shaft to rotate counterclockwise enter Towards Top of Instrument CCW If it causes the magnet assembly to move down or the actuator shaft to rotate clockwise enter Away From Top of Instrument CW e Lever Style Enter the lever style LEVER STYLE 85 10 for rotary actuators as either Pivot Point or Rack and Pinion Lever Arm Length Defines the lever arm length MOMENT ARM 85
114. 1 1 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 1 1 Specifications Available Mounting DVC6200f digital valve controller and DVC6215 feedback unit Integral mounting to the Fisher Control Valve and Actuator System IB Integral mounting to Fisher rotary actuators W Sliding stem linear applications W Quarter turn rotary applications DVC6205f base unit for 2 inch pipestand or wall mounting for remote mount The DVC6200f digital valve controller or DVC6215 feedback unit can also be mounted on other actuators that comply with IEC 60534 6 1 IEC 60534 6 2 VDI VDE 3845 and NAMUR mounting standards Function Block Suites ll Standard Control throttling control Includes AO PID ISEL OS Al MAI DO and four DI function block B Fieldbus Control throttling control Contains the AO function block WE Fieldbus Logic discrete on off connectivity Includes DO and four DI function blocks Block Execution Times AO Block 15 ms PID Block 20 ms ISEL Block 20 ms OS Block 20 ms Al Block 15 ms MAI BLock 35 ms DO Block 15 ms DI Block 15 ms Electrical Input Voltage Level 9 to 32 volts Maximum Current 19 mA Reverse Polarity Protection Unit is not polarity sensitive Termination Bus must be properly terminated per ISA SP50 quidelines Digital Communication Protocol FOUNDATION fieldbus registered device Physical Layer Type s 121 Low power signaling bus powered Entity Model l S 511 Low power s
115. 15 indicated in the Protect Category column of table 4 14 to prevent inadvertently overwriting key data by the host system or user o All will protect all transducer block Parameters o Setup and Calibration will protect only Setup and Calibration transducer block parameters o Calibration will protect only Calibration transducer block parameters o None will not protect any transducer block parameters Note The Device Setup Auto Travel and Manual Travel methods automatically change transducer block protection for the user See table 4 14 for individual parameter details Response Control Travel Tuning TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Response Control Travel Tuning A WARNING Changes to the tuning set may cause the valve actuator assembly to stroke To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by moving parts keep hands tools and other objects away from the valve actuator assembly Travel Tuning Set There are eleven Travel Tuning Sets TVL_TUNING_SET 42 10 to choose from Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings Tuning set C provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response Table 4 8 lists the proportional gain velocity gain and minor loop feedback gain values for preselected tuning sets In addition you can specify Expert tuning and individually set the proportional gain velocity gain and minor loop feedback gain Ind
116. 2015 D103412X012 e ffo This extension denotes a complete tokenized device description for the instrument as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation e cff This extension denotes a capabilities file for the instrument as defined by the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Common File Format specification e fhx This extension denotes a DeltaV device definition file e dil This extension denotes a windows resource file used by DeltaV e reg This extension denotes a DeltaV registry file e alm This extension denotes a DeltaV alarm file DeltaV version 6 only Device Description and Methods FOUNDATION fieldbus technology uses Device Descriptions DD and function blocks to achieve interoperability between instruments and control systems or hosts from various manufacturers The DD provides information to describe the data interface to the device The following table describes the compatibility between the DVC6200f firmware revisions and DD revisions Device Description Compatibility DD Compatibility For fieldbus devices in addition to providing parameter definitions and other information required by the control system to communicate with the fieldbus device the DD may also include methods Methods can be used for a variety of functions including automatic calibration setting protection setting up the instrument etc These methods area predetermined sequence of steps for information required to setup calibrate and perform other function
117. 3 Drive Signal gt 90 and Calibrated Travel lt 97 Where Zero Power Condition is defined as open Drive Signal lt 10 and Calibrated Travel lt 97 Drive Signal gt 90 and Calibrated Travel gt 3 Processor Impaired Program Memory Alert This alert is active if a pending flash or NVM failure is present Static Memory Alert This alert is active when there is a failure of the FRAM memory where static parameters are stored Processor Alert This alert is active when there is a failure of the main processor I O Processor Alert This alert is active when there is a failure of the I O processor e Configuration lf a configuration alert is active it will appear under CONFIG ALERTS Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert This alert is active if the output block has not executed for a period of time longer than the configured timeout Instruction Manual Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics D103412X012 January 2015 Blocks Set to Default Blocks Set to Default Alert This alert is active if the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults This will stay active until the transducer block is changed from Out of Service e Sensor If a configuration alert is active it will appear under SENSOR ALERTS Travel Sensor Travel Sensor This alert is active if the Travel Sensor reading is outside the functional range or the sensor becomes disconnected Pressure Sensors Pressure A Sensor Alert This alert is a
118. 3 processes field device measurements and makes them available to other function blocks The output value from the Al block is in engineering units and contains a status indicating the quality of the measurement The measuring device may have several measurements or derived values available in different channels Use the channel number to define the variable that the Al block processes Figure 4 23 Analog Input Al Function Block OUT D lt C our z OUT THE BLOCK OUTPUT VALUE AND STATUS OUT D DISCRETE OUTPUT THAT SIGNALS A SELECTED ALARM CONDITION The Al block supports alarming signal scaling signal filtering signal status calculation mode control and simulation In Automatic mode the block s output parameter OUT 8 reflects the process variable PV 7 value and status In Manual mode OUT 8 may be set manually The Manual mode is reflected on the output status A discrete output OUT D 37 is provided to indicate whether a selected alarm condition is active Alarm detection is based on the OUT 8 value and user specified alarm limits Figure 4 24 illustrates the internal components of the AI function block and table 4 57 lists the Al block parameters and their units of measure descriptions and index numbers Modes The Al function block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE BLK 5 parameter e Manual Man The block output OUT 8 may be set manually e Automatic Auto OUT reflects
119. 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW ub nitial Value Category escription TRAVEL_CAL Travel Count TVL_COUNT Travel Hi Calibration TVL HI CAL Travel Lo Calibration TVL LO CAL Travel Crossover TVL CROSSOVER Travel Fac Hi TVL FAC HI Travel Fac Lo TVL FAC LO Travel IP Bias TVL IP BIAS Travel MLFB Bias TVL MLFB BIAS Last Calibration Type TVL CAL TYPE TRAVEL TUNE Travel Integral Enable TVL INTEG ENABLE Travel Integral Limit Hi INTEG LIM HI Travel Integral Limit Lo INTEG LIM LO Travel Integral Dead Zone TVL_INTEG_DEADZ Travel MLFB Gain TVL_MLFB_GAIN Data Type Uint16 MAN IVL FAC HI Data Type Uint16 MAN IVL FAC LO Data Type Uint16 MAN ea Data Type Float Data Type Uint16 43 5 N A Set by Factory N A Maximum value of travel sensor counts Set at factory Data Type Uint16 Set by Factory Minimum value of travel sensor Wi Set at factory MAN gs o o is 0 Not Calibrated MAN 1 Single Point Calibration _ eer 43 9 RW 005 2 Auto Calibration 2 Auto Calibration CAL 3 Manual Calibration _ MAN 1 Off u MAN MAN MAN 0 2 0 25 SETUP Data Type Float Continued Data Type Enum Uint8 69 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued
120. 46 ko cm2 1145 of mwsowu 3 3 7 x 1342 n 2 Status Handling The Al block only gets Good Non Specified Unlimited or Bad Device Failure for status from the transducer This is reflected in FIELD_VAL STATUS 19 1 PV STATUS 7 1 is the same as FIELD_VAL STATUS 19 1 OUT STATUS 8 1 can also reflect Bad Out of Service in addition to PV STATUS 7 1 values In the STATUS_OPTS 14 parameter you can select from the following options to control the status handling Propagate Fail Forward lf the status from the sensor is Bad Device failure or Bad Sensor failure propogate it to OUT without generating an alarm The use of these sub status in OUT is determined by this option Through this option you may determine whether alarming sending out an alert will be done by the block or propagated downstream for alarming Figure 4 25 Analog Input Function Block Timing Diagram OUT mode man OUT mode in auto PV 63 of Change FIELD_VAL TIME seconds FIELDBUS FBUS_03A PV_FTIME Uncertain if in Manual mode The status of the Output is set to Uncertain when the mode is set to Manual Note 1 The instrument must be in Out of Service mode to set the status option 2 The Al block only supports the Uncertain if in Manual and Propagate failure Unsupported options are not grayed out they appear on the screen in the same manner as supported options 149 Detailed Setup AI Function Block Instructio
121. 57 Data Type DS 71 MAINT_ALM Used to report alerts to host system 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined NONE 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 0 Undefined N A 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported N A N A Data Type Float N A Value of parameter at alarm time for single alarm 0 for multiple alarms Continued Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW Value Category escription Advise Alarm Data eee DS 71 ADVISE_ALM Used to eee alerts to host system O Undefined 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined NONE 2 Unacknowledged Undefined Clear reported ALARM STATE Clear not reported O Undefined Active reported Active not reported SUSCODE 5 amp 4 wo NA Data Type Float 59 5 N A N A Value of parameter at alarm time for single alarm 0 for multiple alarms Drive Current Drive Signal Processor Impaired Output Block Timeout Blocks Set to Defaults Travel Sensor Outlet Pressure Sensor Supply Pressure Sensor 8 Temperature Sensor Data Type Bit String 4 byte Failed Active 9 Supply Pressure O inactive FAILED_ACTIVE 29 ROW N A 10 sn Limit Allbits 0 N A 1 active 11 Travel Deviation Failed Alert Status Travel Limit Travel Accumulator Cycle Counter Perfo
122. 6 Resource Block View 3 continued Index Number ALARM SUM DISABLED FB_OPTIONS DETAILED STATUS TIME SINCE RESET Table 4 7 Resource Block View 4 Number 15 HARD TYPES 17 FEATURES i n DSRHOR _ 42 DISTRIBUTOR 43 DEV STRING 45 DIAG OPTIONS 46 MISC OPTIONS FIRMWARE REVISION FIRMWARE REV MAJOR HECRONCGSSN ELECTRONICS SN FACTORY SN FIELD SN HH 351 STBy_FRMIWARE_REV STBY_FIRMWARE_REV_NAJOR 553 STECHRMWARE REVSTBV HRMWARE RR MINOR 553 STECHRMWAREREVSTBHRMWARE 354 STECHRMWAREREVSTBVIO HRMWAREREV 555 STBY_FIRMWARE_REV STBY_DIAG_CALREV 37 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Transducer Block Overview The transducer block accepts a signal from an output block as a set point to position a valve using a pneumatic actuator Input to the transducer block is in percent Closed is 0 and open is 100 The transducer block contains setup and calibration information and can be tuned to closely match the actuator Input characterization permits modifying the overall characteristic of the instrument actuator valve combination in order to modify the installed gain characteristic of the loop The transducer block can also be used to perform instrument and valve diagnostics and trigger performance alerts The following procedures address only the key transducer block parameters howe
123. 699 grouping of blocks This data is checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 Alert Key 4 1 to 255 The identification number of the plant ALERT_KEY unit This information may used the host for sorting alarms etc re ooo Block Mode Data Type DS 69 MODE_BLK The actual target permitted and normal TARGET 005 MAN AUTO modes ofthe block Target The requested block mode 52 RO AL Ed Actual The current mode of the block PERMITTED OO5 MAN AUTO OOS MAN AUTO Permitted Allowed modes for Target Normal Most common mode for Target Data Type Bit String 0 Inactive 1 Active This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown This variable must be set to 21 Channel assignments to the 8 outputs is done through MAI CHANNEL MAP parameter in transducer block 1 FINAL VALUE 2 T RAVEL TARGET 3 FINAL POSITION VALUE MAI Channel 4 TRAVEL CHANNEL d eren Se onatge 5 SUPPLY PRESS 6 ACT PRESS A 7 ACT PRESS B 8 ACT PRESS DIFF 9 DRIVE SIGNAL 1072 TRAVEL DEVIATION 112 TEMPERATURE 122CYCLE COUNT 13 TRAVEL_ACCUM Continued 1 Block Configuration Error 7 Input Failure Bad PV Status Block Error BLOCK_ERR 14 Power up 15 Out of Service 161 Detailed Setup MAI Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 64 MAI
124. ABLE terminals 13 Simulation Al Function Block 151 AO Function Block 95 DI Function Block 181 DO Function Block 170 Single Acting Relays calibration 192 SP Track retained Target 106 SP PV Track in LO or IMan 106 SP PV Track in Man 106 SP PV Track in ROUT 106 Specifications DVC6200f 7 Spring Rate 60 Spring Rate Units 57 Stabilize Optimize 19 40 Instruction Manual Index D103412X012 Standard Control SC 4 Standby Firmware Revision 25 199 static discharge avoiding 209 Status Handling Al Function Block 149 AO Function Block 92 DI Function Block 178 DO Function Block 168 ISEL Function Block 122 MAI Function Block 159 OS Function Block 138 PID Function Block 105 Status Propagation Transducer Block 268 STATUS_OPTS Supported ISEL Function Block 126 Steady State Air Consumption Specifications 7 Strategy Resource Block 24 198 Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output 218 Stroking Time Close 60 Stroking Time Open 60 Substatus Propagation ISEL Function Block 123 Supply Medium per ISO 8573 1 7 Supply Pressure Alerts 49 Maximum 57 Maximum Recorded 204 Minimum Recorded 204 Specifications 7 Supply Pressure Sensor calibration 192 T Tag Description Resource Block 24 198 Transducer Block 57 Temperature Device Variables 207 Maximum Recorded 204 Minimum Recorded 204 Temperature Limit Alerts 50 Temperature Limits Operating Ambient 8 Temperatu
125. AI Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 FieldCommunicator Menu Structure Quick Config Online All MAI Channel Common Config Alert Key Block Error Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output 1 Status Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Output 1 Value Output 2 Status Output 2 Value Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Advanced Config Static Revision Strategy I O Reference MAI Channel Connectors Output 1 Status Output 1 Value Output 2 Status Output 2 Value Output 3 Status Output 3 Value Output 4 Status Output 4 Value Output 5 Status Output 5 Value Output 6 Status Output 6 Value Output 7 Status Output 7 Value Output 8 Status Output 8 Value 164 Output 3 Status Output 3 Value Output 4 Status Output 4 Value Output 5 Status Output 5 Value Output 6 Status Output 6 Value Output 7 Status Output 7 Value Output 8 Status Output 8 Value Status Block Error Other Tag Description Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Su
126. AMP SUBCODE 62 4 114 INF O undefined O undefined O undefined O undefined O undefined O undefined INF or PV span to 0 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported NA i 9 Peo NA oo es o NA SSS o Continued Data Type Float The setting for the alarm limit use to detect the deviation low alarm condition Data Type DS 71 The HI HI alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm VALUE Data Type Float Data Type DS 71 The HI alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm VALUE Data Type Float Data Type DS 71 The LO alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm VALUE Data Type Float Instruction Manual Detailed Setup PID Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 32 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Low Low Alarm LO_LO_ALM 0 Undefine
127. ATUS Data Type DS 83 SIMULATE_VALUE Allows the transducer discrete input or output to TRANSDUCER_STATUS the block to be manually supplied when simulate is TRANSDUCER VALUE enabled When simulation is disabled the simulate value and status track the actual value and status O Not initialized ENABLE DISABLE 1 Simulation Disabled 2 Simulation Active Data Type Uint16 Index to the text describing the states of a discrete output Data Type Uint16 Index to the text describing the states of a discrete for the value obtained from the transducer Process Value State PV STATE Transducer State STATE Grant Deny Data Type DS 70 GRANT DENY Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block GRANT 0 N A 1 granted DENY 02N A 1 denied 0 Program 1 Tune 2 Alarm 3 Local Continued 172 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup DO Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 72 Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Valid Bits 0 Invert 1 SP tracks PV in Man 3 SP tracks PV in LO 4 SP Track retained Data Type Bit String target in Man or LO 0 Disable 6 Fault State to value 1 Enable 0 freeze Allows you to select the type of tracking and the I O Options 14 OOS 1 go to Fault State All bits 0 output value when a fault condition occurs IO OPTS value Supported I
128. Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Alert Enable Travel Deviation Alert Point gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Alert Point Travel Deviation Deadband gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Deadband T Mu GEM TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Response Control Travel Pressure Control Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback Travel Hi Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Travel Alerts Travel Hi Lo Travel Hi Alert Enable Travel Deviation Time gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Time Travel Hi Alert Point TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Hi Alert Point Travel Integral Limit Hi gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Integral Limit Hi Travel Integral Limit Lo gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Integral Limit Lo Travel Lo Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Lo Alert Travel Lo Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup
129. Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retained target mode is the target mode for the block before changing the target mode to a remote mode On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the retained target mode Auto On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain Auto if permitted until remote cascade is restored Man On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sheds to Man until a remote cascade connection is restored Shed With No Return Options For any shed with no return option the target mode changes as determined by the option Therefore there is no attempt to restore the connection following failure The behavior on change to the remote cascade target mode is identical to that for Shed With Return Options Normal On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted non remote mode Cas is the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is the next highest permitted non remote mode If Cas or Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retained target mode is the target mode for the block before changing the target mode to a remote mode On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode 167 Detailed Setup DO Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Auto
130. BKCAL_OUT of the Splitter block has high limited status when e Both downstream blocks are high limited both BKCAL_INS of the Splitter block have high limited status Or e One downstream block is high limited the associated output slope is positive and the other block has Bad status or is notin Cas mode Or One downstream block is low limited the associated output slope is negative and the other block has Bad status or is notin Cas mode or e SP is greater than or equal to X22 The upstream block is low limited when e Both downstream blocks are low limited One downstream block is low limited the associated output slope is positive and the other block has Bad status is not in Cas mode Or e One downstream block is high limited the associated output slope is negative and the other block has Bad status oris notin Cas mode Or e SPisless than or equal to X11 Input to Output Mapping The relationship of each output to the input may be defined by a line Each line may be defined by its endpoints Examples of graphical representations of OUT 1 and OUT 2 vs SP are shown in figure 4 19 for a split range and a sequencing application The block has the same SP structure as the PID block except that there is no limiting applied to the SP The SP may be used in Auto mode for testing The operator would use the output of the PID to accomplish the same purpose Each downstream block can be taken out of cascade
131. Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Setpoint Rate Up Setpoint Rate Down Instruction Manual D103412X012 All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete Value Setpoint Discrete Status Setpoint Discrete Value Output Discrete Status Output Discrete Value Simulate Discrete Simulate Status Simulate Discrete Simulate Value Simulate Discrete Transducer Status Simulate Discrete Transducer Value Simulate Discrete Simulate En Disable Process Value State Transducer State Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny I O Options Status Options Readback Discrete Status Readback Discrete Value Cascade Input Discrete Status Cascade Input Discrete Value DO Channel Fault State Time Fault State Value Back Calculation Output Discrete Status Back Calculation Output Discrete Value Remote Cascade Input Discrete Status Remote Cascade Input Discrete Value Shed Options Remote Cascade Output Discrete Status Remote Cascade Output Discrete Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value
132. CO Control changes Drawings Mates Help 4 k By Configure setup Device Diagnostics Device Variables ITRANSDLICER 1200 last synchronized 6 25 2007 11 39 16 AM Note To access diagnostic parameters left click on Device Diagnostics and then on Digital Valve Controller TRANSDUCER See figure F 4 To access device variables left click on Device Variables and then on Digital Valve Controller TRANSDUCER See figure F 4 289 Operating with a DeltaV System January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Figure F 4 Accessing Configure Setup Device Diagnostics and Device Variables CONTROLLER TRANSDUCER ER 21FF Fisher D C6200f SC rev 2 Rev 2 File Actions Help 101 ve Z Basic Setup H Detailed Setup a Overview Response Control 27 Alerts Instrument 272 Valve and Actuator 4 MAI Channel Map 7 Alert Handling Qu Calibrate RESOURCE gt 9 Resource RESOURCE RESOURCE Pi Configure Setup DEVICE Device Diagnostics DIAGNOSTICS DEVICE VARIABLES Device Variables Configure Setup Basic Setup DIGITAL VALVE 3 Digital valve Controller TRANSDUCE Step 1 Setup Wizard Start here to configure and calibrate a DvC6200f Step 2 Performance Tuner Optimize response to control signal changes Time Current Y Cancel Print Help Z
133. Counter Travel History Maintenance Cycle Counter The number of travel reversals None Perform periodic The cycle count limit Disabled has exceeded the configured maintenance has been exceeded limit Perform periodic maintenance Check packing linkages diaphragms seals etc Travel The accumulated travel has None Perform periodic The travel accumulator Accumulator exceeded the configured limit maintenance limit has been Disabled exceeded Perform periodic maintenance Check packing linkages diaphragms seals etc Continued Travel Accumulator Travel History Maintenance 261 PlantWeb Alerts Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Performance Critical Performance Critical performance issues None Indicates control has Check I P Relay On board diagnostics Performance Critical based on continuous PD tests been lost or severely reduced Valve Actuator have detected a critical Failed Enabled internal to the instrument or Ext Tubingas performance issue that indicated may result in loss of control or severe reduction in control performance Check or replace the component indicated in the possible cause detail Recommended Action Alert Condition Default What the Alert is Detecting Effect on Valve Instrument Performance Reduced Performance Reduced performance issues Non
134. DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller for FOUNDATION fieldbus This manual applies to Device Type 4602 Device Revision Hardware Revision x x mHDAF 9 veld O a wmm Instrument Level FD PD AD EMERSON www Fisher com Process Management The FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller is a core component of the PlantWeb digital plant architecture The digital valve controller powers PlantWeb by capturing and delivering valve diagnostic data Coupled with ValveLink software the DVC6200 provides users with an accurate picture of valve performance including actual stem position instrument input signal and pneumatic pressure to the actuator Using this information the digital valve controller diagnoses not only itself but also the valve and actuator to which it is mounted Instruction Manual D103412X012 Contents Section 1 Introduction and Specifications 3 Installation Pneumatic and Electrical Connections and Initial Configuration 3 Scope of Manual 3 Instrument Description 3 Using this Manual 4 SDGCITIC dLIOFIS uh xr had I ns 6 Related Information 10 Educational Services 10
135. Data Type Octet String The user description of the intended application of the block Data Type Unsigned16 The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Data Type DS 69 Valid Bits 7 OOS 4 MAN 3 AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block Target The requested block mode Actual The current mode of the block Permitted Allowed modes for Target Normal Most common mode for Target Data Type Bit String O Inactive 1 Active Error status associated with the hardware or software for the Al block Data Type DS 65 Reflects the scaled value from the configured channel Units set by OUT_SCALE and L_TYPE Data Type DS 82 A group of data that contains the current transducer value and status the simulated transducer value and status and the enable disable bit Data Type DS 68 Transducer scaling XD_SCALE is applied to the value from the channel to produce the FIELD_VAL in percent The XD_SCALE units code must match the channel units code if one exists or the block will remain in OOS mode after being configured Data Type DS 68 The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of decimal places to be used in displaying the OUT parameter and parameters which have the sam
136. EU 100 EU 0 Engineering Units Decimal Places OUT_SCALE EU 100 EU 0 Engineering Units Decimal Places CONTROL_OPTS 0 Bypass enable STATUS_OPTS All off IN Status Value PV_FTIME BYPASS CAS_IN Status Value SP_RATE_DN SP_RATE_UP SP_HI_LIM SP_LO_LIM GAIN RESET BAL_TIME RATE BKCAL_IN Status Value Continued Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Resource Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Continued Defaults Continued Index Parameter Name Initial Value Index Parameter Name Initial Value Number Number PID Block continued PID Block continued 28 OUT_HI_LIM 29 OUT_LO_LIM 30 BKCAL_HYS 32 RCAS_IN Status Value ROUT_IN Status 34 SHED_OPT 37 TRK_SCALE EU 100 EU 0 Engineering Units Decimal places 38 TRK_IN_D Status Value 39 TRK_VAL Status Value 40 FF_VAL Status Value 41 FF_SCALE EU 100 EU 0 Engineering Units Decimal Places 42 FF_GAIN 45 ALARM_SUM DISABLED 46 ACK_OPTION 47 48 ALARM_HYS HI_HI_PRI 49 HI_HI_LIM 50 HI_PRI 51 HI_LIM 52 LO_PRI 53 LO_LIM 54 LO_LO_PRI 55 LO_LO_LIM 56 DV_HI_PRI 57 DV_HI_LIM 58 DV_LO_PRI 59 DV_LO_LIM Continued BIAS SP_FTIME MATHFORM STRUCTURECONFIG GAMMA BETA IDEABAND ISEL Block ST_REV 0 TAG_DESC spaces STRATEGY 0 ALERT_KEY 0 MODE_BLK TARGET Outof Service PERMITTED OOS MAN AUTO NORMAL Auto
137. Fisher is 0x005100 Data Type Unsigned16 Device Type 11 NJA 4602 Manufacturer s model number associated with DEV_TYPE the resource used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource Data Type Unsigned8 Device Revision T N A Varies with Manufacturer s revision number associated with DEV REV release the resource used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource Data Type Unsigned8 The minimum revision of the device description DD Revision 13 NIA Varies with DD than can be used with the device revision DD_REV release of the instrument Used by the interface device to prevent the use of DDs that are incompatible with the firmware in the instrument G E l Grant Deny GRANT_DENY Data Type DS 70 Options for controlling access of a host 14 1 RW ALL All bits 0 computer and to block parameters Parameter Valid Bits contains two attributes Grant and Deny each 0 Program 1 Tune with program tune alarm and local 2 Alaia permissions Clearing a grant permission sets the corresponding deny permission 0 N A 1 3 Local 14 2 RW ALL All bits 0 granted Deny permissions may be cleared through the Deny attribute but not set 0 N A 1 denied Data Type Bit String 0 Inactive 1 Active The types of hardware available as channel numbers in this resource 0 Scalar Input 1 Scalar Output 2 Discrete Input Hard Types HARD_TYPES 3 Discrete Output 1 Run
138. G SET 42 11 to choose from Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings Tuning set C provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response Tuning set B is appropriate for controlling a pneumatic positioner Table 4 9 lists the proportional gain pressure integrator gain and minor loop feedback gain values for preselected tuning sets In addition you can specify Expert tuning and individually set the pressure proportional gain pressure integrator gain and pressure minor loop feedback gain Individually setting or changing any tuning parameter will automatically change the tuning set to X expert 41 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 9 Gain Values for Preselected Pressure Tuning Sets Tuning Set Pressure Proportional Gain Pressure Integrator Gain Pressure Minor Loop Feedback Gain B C D E F G H J K L M X Expert User Adjusted User Adjusted User Adjusted Note Use Expert tuning only if standard tuning has not achieved the desired results Stabilize Optimize may be used to achieve the desired results more rapidly than Expert tuning Pressure Proportional Gain Pressure Proportional Gain PRESS PROP GAIN 47 3 is the proportional gain for the pressure control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert Pressure MLFB Gain Pressure MLFB Gain PRESS MLFB GAIN 47
139. HI HI PRI Value Continued 28 Continued Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Index Parameter Name Initial Value Number ISEL Block continued spaces 0 0 Out of Service OOS MAN AUTO Auto 0 0 All off All off 0 0 0 All off 0 0 0 spaces 0 0 Out of Service OOS MAN AUTO AUTO CAS Detailed Setup Resource Block January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 2 Table Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Continued Index Parameter Name Initial Value Number OS Block continued Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Continued Index Parameter Name Initial Value Number MAI Block continued BKCAL_1_IN Status Value BKCAL_2_IN Status Value BAL_TIME ST_REV TAG_DESC STRATEGY ALERT_KEY MODE_BLK TARGET PERMITTED NORMAL OUT XD_SCALE EU at 100 EU 0 Units Index Decimal point OUT_SCALE EU 100 EU 0 Units Index Decimal point I O OPTS STATUS OPTS CHANNEL L_TYPE LOW_CUT PV_FTIME ALARM_SUM DISABLED ACK_OPTION ALARM_HYS HI_HI_PRI HI_HI_LIM HI_PRI HI_LIM LO_PRI LO_LIM LO_LO_PRI LO_LO_LIM OUT_D ALM_SEL Al Block MAI Block ST_REV TAG_DESC STRATEGY ALERT_KEY Continued spaces 0 0 Out of Service OOS MAN AUTO Auto 100 0 2 100 0 Trk s b 2 disabled disabled 0 0 0 0 0 Disabled 0 5 unselected 0 Spaces
140. High High Alarm Time Stamp High High Alarm Subcode High High Alarm Float Value Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Alarm Alarm State Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Alarm Subcode Low Alarm Float Value Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Low Alarm Alarm State Low Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Low Alarm Subcode Low Low Alarm Float Value Alarm output Status Alarm output Value Alarm Select StdDev Cap StdDev All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Process Value Status Process Value Value Output Status Output Value Simulate Simulate Status Simulate Simulate Value Simulate Transducer Status Simulate Transducer Value Simulate Simulate En Disable Transducer Scale EU at 100 Transducer Scale EU at 0 Transducer Scale Units Index Transducer Scale Decimal Output Scale EU at 100 Output Scale EU at 0 Output Scale Units Index Output Scale Decimal Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Options Status Options Al Channel Linearization Type Low Cutoff Process Value Filter Time Field Value Status Field Value Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Va
141. I I I I I 1 f b 1 d Offset from macrocycle I start time 50 for AO I Communication EH db se E fe d I I I I I I I I T 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 20 40 60 80 100 120 B2715 1 REN Macrocycle gt To support synchronization of schedules periodically Link Scheduling LS time is distributed The beginning of the macrocycle represents common starting time for all Function Block schedules on a link and for the LAS link wide schedule This permits function block executions and their corresponding data transfers to be synchronized in time Network Management Information for setting up network communications including Virtual Communication Relationships VCRs host timer recommendations and other network parameters can be found in the capabilities file cff available from the website www FIELDVUE com or from the Fieldbus Foundation website 272 Instruction Manual Device Description Installation D103412X012 January 2015 Appendix E Device Description Installation Overview Several support files are required for the DVC6200f digital valve controller They are e Device Description DD files These files define the data interface to the digital valve controller file extensions sym and ffo Capabilities File These files allow a host to configure the control system off line e g without having a device physically attached to the host file exte
142. IME 23 The length of time in seconds that the AO block will wait to set Fault State When Fault State is set the OUT 9 value goes to either the FSTATE_VAL 24 value or holds its last position depending on I O OPTS 14 When the block has a target mode of CAS a fault condition will be detected if the CAS IN 17 has a BAD status or an Initiate Fault State substatus is received from the upstream block FSTATE VAL 24 Determines the OUT 9 value if IO OPTS Fault State to Value is selected The OUT 9 value transitions to FSTATE VAL 24 after FSTATE TIME 23 elapses and the fault condition has not cleared Options The I O options parameter IO OPTS 14 allows you to select how the I O signals are processed You can set I O options in Out of Service mode only The following I O options are available in the AO block Use PV for BKCAL OUT Changes the BKCAL OUT 25 value to the PV 7 value When the Use PV for BKCAL OUT option is not enabled False the BKCAL OUT 25 value is the working setpoint value Target to Man if Fault State Activated Set the target mode to Man thus losing the original target if Fault State is activated This latches an output block into the manual mode 94 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup AO Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Use Fault State value on Restart Use the value of FSTATE_VAL 24 for SP 8 when power is restored or if the device is restarted otherwise use t
143. ISEL Function Block January 2015 Data Type DS 73 This alert is generated by any change to the static data Data Type DS 72 The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the active status in BLOCK_ERR As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported tatus if the subcode has changed 244 RO NA 0 Cas NA 9 Extended Parameters Data Type DS 65 x 5 ExendedPaameters S BAD IN 5 A constant nput value and status 9 _ ALARM STATE TIME STAMP SUBCODE BAD In 6 Status NC Data Type DS 65 26 ALL one IN 6 constant nput value and status In 7 Data Type DS 65 In 8 Data Type DS 65 Status Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 5 ALL constant Enable Disable for Input 5 If parameter is TRUE then DISABLE 5 input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is not 0 Use evaluated 1 Disable BAD tatus constant Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 6 ALL 0 Enable Disable for Input_6 If parameter is TRUE then DISABLE_6 input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is not Value evaluated 0 Use 1 Disable Contin
144. In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled e Processor Alert This alert is active if a failure occurs in the main processor e Processor Alert Enable When enabled Processor Alert Enable activates the Processor Alert e O Processor Alert This alert is active if a failure occurs in the I O processor e O Processor Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 76 1 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the I O Processor Alert is active the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function e O Processor Man Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 2 permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown When enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when the condition that caused I O Processor Shutdown clears If not enabled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled Configuration Alerts Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Configu
145. Increase and Decrease selections until the displayed pressure matches the instrument supply pressure Press OK when you have read this message UJ The value of the pressure appears on the display D gt From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of adjustment to the displayed value Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 3 0 psi 0 207 bar 20 7 kPa 0 30 psi 0 0207 bar 2 07 kPa and 0 03 psi 0 00207 bar 0 207 kPa respectively Adjust the displayed value until it matches the supply pressure select Done and go to step 5 Place the instrument In Service and verify that the displayed pressure matches the measured supply pressure Pressure A or B Sensor Field Communicator TB gt Configure Setup gt Calibration gt Pressure A Field Communicator TB gt Configure Setup gt Calibration gt Pressure B To calibrate the output pressure sensor connect an external reference gauge to the output being calibrated The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure Select Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to calibrate the instrument s output pressure sensor 1 Adjust the supply pressure regulator to the maximum instrument supply pressure Press OK 2 The instrument reduces the output pressure to 0 The following message appears Use the Increase and Decrease selections until the displayed pressure matches the output x p
146. Information 182 Block Errors 181 Block Initialization 178 Field Value Processing 180 I O Selection 178 Index January 2015 Modes 178 parameters 182 Simulation 181 Status Handling 178 View Lists 186 Discrete Output DO Function Block 5 165 Action on Fault Detection 170 Block Errors 170 Block Initialization 168 I O Selection 168 Mode Handling 167 Modes 166 Output Block PV Status 169 parameters 171 Setting the Output 168 Shed Options RCAS Mode Only 167 Simulation 170 Status Handling 168 View Lists 175 DO Control Device Variables 206 Double Acting Relay calibration 191 Drive Current Alerts 45 Drive Signal Alerts 46 Device Variables 207 E Educational Services 10 Effective Area 60 Electrical Classification Electrical Housing 8 Hazardous Area Approvals 8 Electrical Connections 3 Electrical Housing 8 Electromagnetic Compatibility Specification 8 Electronics Alerts 45 200 Drive Current 45 200 Drive Signal 46 200 Processor Impaired 46 200 Electronics Serial Number 24 198 EMC Summary Results Immunity 9 EN 61326 1 First Edition 8 Enable Jumper Simulate 13 Environment Alerts 49 201 Supply Pressure 49 201 Temperature Limit 50 201 303 Index January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Experttuning 19 Pressure 42 Travel 39 F Factory Serial Number 24 198 Fail Action Actuator 59 Fault State Resource Block 198 Features A
147. Inside Status shows the status of Performance Diagnostics 55 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 PD Run PD Run enables or disables Performance Diagnostics in the instrument PD Inside Selecting PD Off disables PD Inside Selecting PD On enables PD Inside Performance Critical e Performance Critical Alert This alert is active if the instrument is no longer able to control the valve or performance has been dramatically reduced e Performance Critical Alert Enable When enabled Performance Critical Alert Enable activates the Performance Critical Alert Performance Reduced e Performance Reduced Alert This alert is active if the instrument has detected a reduction in performance e Performance Reduced Alert Enable When enabled Performance Reduced Alert Enable activates the Performance Reduced Alert Performance Information e Performance Information Alert This alert is active if the instrument has detected a condition that may pertain to control performance e Performance Information Alert Enable When enabled Performance Information Alert Enable activates the Performance Information Alert PlantWeb Alert Enable Field Communicator TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Enable Failed Enable Failed Enable FAILED_ENABLE 62 enables or disables conditions that can cause a failed alert A failed alert indicates a failure within the device
148. January 2015 D103412X012 Device Setup FieldCommunicator TB gt Configure Setup gt Basic Setup gt Device Setup Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to automatically setup the instrument using specified actuator information Table 3 2 provides the actuator information required to setup and calibrate the instrument Note If reverse acting relay B is used you must manually set the Relay Type BASIC_SETUP RELAY_TYPE 42 5 to B This will not be set du ring Device Setup Select whether Travel Travel with Pressure fallback auto recovery or manual recovery or Pressure Control is desired Refer to page 42 for additional information 2 Enter the pressure units kPa bar psi inHg inH2O or kg cm2 3 Enter the maximum instrument supply pressure and output pressure range if required 4 Enter the manufacturer of the actuator on which the instrument is mounted If the actuator manufacturer is not N O Ul listed select Other Enter the actuator model or type If the actuator model is not listed select Other Enter the actuator size Indicate whether a Volume Booster is being used Specify if factory defaults should be used for basic setup If you select YES for factory default the Field Communicator sets the setup parameters to the values listed in table 3 1 If you select NO for the factory defaults the setup parameters listed in the table remain at their previous settings T
149. January 2015 D103412X012 Table F 1 Transducer Block TB Parameters Configuration Index Continued Parameter Label TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel gt Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Deadband TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel gt Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Hi Deadband TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel gt Travel Limit Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel gt Travel Limit Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Enable Travel Limit Lo Lo Deadband Travel MLFB Gain TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning Travel MLFB Gain Travel Open Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Travel Open Travel Open Alert Travel Open Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Travel Open Travel Open Alert Enable Travel Open Alert Point gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Travel Open Travel Open Alert Point Travel Open Deadband TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Travel Open Travel Open Deadband Travel Proportional Gain gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning Travel Proportional Gain Travel Sensor Alert g
150. Key 48 Alert Reporting PlantWeb Alerts 253 Index January 2015 Alerts Configuration 47 Electronics 45 Environment 49 Instrument 45 Performance 55 PlantWeb 45 Proximity 52 Sensor 48 Travel 50 AMS Device Manager using 286 Analog Input Al Function Block 5 147 Advanced Features 151 Alarm Detection 147 Block Errors 151 Field Communicator Menu Structure 158 Filtering 150 Modes 147 parameters 152 Signal Conversion 150 Simulation 151 Status Handling 149 Troubleshooting 152 View Lists 156 Analog Output AO Function Block 5 89 Action on Fault Detection 94 Application Information 95 Block Errors 95 Field Communicator Menu Structure 101 Options 94 Mode Handling 91 parameters 96 Set Point Selection and Limiting 93 Setting the Output 92 Simulation 95 Status Handling 92 View Lists 100 ANSI ISA 75 13 01 Section 5 3 5 Vibration Testing Method 8 AO Control Pre Characterization Device Variables 206 AO Control Post Characterization Device Variables 206 Application Information AO Function Block 95 DI Function Block 182 MAI Function Block 160 PID Function Block 108 Area Units 57 ATEX hazardous area approval 8 301 Index January 2015 Auto Calibration 190 B Backup Link Master 7 Basic Setup 15 Bench Set Lower 60 Upper 60 Block Alarm Resource Block 197 Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge Resource Block 24 Block Alarm Disabled Resource Blo
151. Lo Lo Alert Point Travel Lo Lo Deadband Travel Open Alert Travel Open Alert Enable Travel Open Alert Point Travel Open Deadband Elect Alerts Configuration Alerts Sensor Alerts Environment Alerts Travel Alerts Prox Alerts Prox Alerts Travel History Alerts Performance Alerts PlantWeb Alert Enable PlantWeb Alert Reporting Travel Travel Open Travel Closed Proximity Proximity Hi Hi Alert Travel Hi Lo Travel Hi Alert Travel Hi Alert Enable Travel Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Deadband Travel Lo Alert Travel Lo Alert Enable Travel Lo Alert Point Travel Lo Deadband PlantWeb Alert Reporting Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable Failed Suppress Proximity Hi Alert Maintenance Suppress Proximity Hi Alert Enable Advise Suppress Proximity Lo Alert Proximity Lo Alert Enable Proximity Lo Lo Alert PlantWeb Alert Enable Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable Travel Closed Travel Closed Alert Travel Closed Alert Enable Travel Closed Alert Point Travel Closed Deadband Failed Enable Maintenance Enable Advise Enable Travel History Alerts Cycle Counter n Cycle Counter Travel Accumulator Cycle Counter Cycle Counter Alert Cycle Counter Alert Enable n erts Cycle Counter Alert Point Cycle Counter Deadband PD Inside Status PD Run Perf
152. Maintenance Soon Limit Propagation The following describes limit propagation 268 Instruction Manual FouNDATION fieldbus Communication D103412X012 January 2015 AO Block e valve position is below the low cutoff value the AO block READBACK status limit is LOW LIMITED e fthe valve position is above the high cutoff value the AO block READBACK status limit is HIGH LIMITED e f the transducer block actual mode is Auto and the above conditions are not true the AO block READBACK status limitis NOT LIMITED e If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service the AO block READBACK status limit is CONSTANT DO Block e If the transducer block actual mode is Auto the DO block READBACK D status is NOT LIMITED e If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service the DO block READBACK D status is CONSTANT The control strategy should be configured to monitor the Analog Output block status and take action where appropriate when the status is no longer Good Network Communication Figure D 3 illustrates a simple fieldbus network consisting of a single segment Figure D 3 Simple Single Link Fieldbus Network Fieldbus Segment JL JE dE BASIC DEVICES LINK MASTER LAS Link Active Scheduler B2712 1 Device Addressing Fieldbus uses addresses between 0 and 255 Addresses 0 through 15 are typically reserved for group addressing and for use by the data link layer If there are two or more devi
153. Minimum 6 35 mm 0 25 inch Maximum 606 mm 23 7 8 inches Shaft Rotation Quarter Turn Rotary Minimum 45 Maximum 90 Weight continued DVC6200f Aluminum 3 5 kg 7 7 lbs Stainless Steel 8 6 kg 19 Ibs DVC6205f 4 1 kg 9 Ibs DVC6215 1 4 kg 3 1 165 Instruction Manual Introduction and Specifications D103412X012 January 2015 Table 1 1 Specifications continued Construction Materials Contact your Emerson Process Management sales Housing module base and terminal box A03600 low office or go to www FIELDVUE com for additional copper aluminum alloy standard information Stainless steel optional Cover polyester Declaration of SEP Elastomers Nitrile standard Fisher Controls International LLC declares this Fluorosilicone extreme temperature product to be in compliance with Article 3 paragraph 3 of the Pressure Equipment Directive PED 97 23 Options EC It was designed and manufactured in accordance with Sound Engineering Practice SEP and cannot S doutput Ti W Supply and output pressure gauges or WM Tire bear the CE marking related to PED compliance valves Bl Integral mounted filter regulator Low Bleed Relay W Extreme Temperature However the product may bear the CE marking to Natural Gas Certified Single Seal Device W Remote indicate compliance with other applicable European Mount gi Stainless Steel Community Directives NOTE Specialized instrument terms are defi
154. N TRIGGER 76 1 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown for the Drive Current alert When enabled and the alert condition is present the transducer Actual 45 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 mode is placed Out of Service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the Zero Power Condition and will no longer execute transducer control function e Drive Current Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY 76 2 permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown When enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when Drive Current Shutdown clears If not enabled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled Drive Current Alert Point The Drive Current Alert Point DRIVE_CURRENT_ALRT_PT 76 4 is when the absolute difference between the Drive Current and Drive Signal exceeds the set threshold for greater than the Drive Current Alert Time e Drive Current Alert Time The Drive Current Alert Time DRIVE_CURRENT_TIME 76 5 is the maximum time that the Drive Current Alert Point can be exceeded before the Drive Current Alert is active Drive Signal e Drive Signal The Drive S
155. NNECTOR CONNECTOR KEYING To avoid affecting performance of the instrument inspect the guide surface on the module and the corresponding seating area in the housing before installing the module base assembly These surfaces must be free of dust dirt scratches and contamination Ensure the module base seal is in good condition Do not reuse a damaged or worn seal 212 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Ensure the module base seal key 237 is properly installed in the housing key 1 Ensure the O ring key 12 is in place on the module base assembly Connect the terminal box connector to the PWB assembly key 50 Orientation of the connector is required Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB assembly key 50 Orientation of the connector is required Insert the module base key 2 into the housing key 1 Install three socket head screws key 38 in the module base into the housing If not already installed press three retaining rings key 154 into the module base Evenly tighten the screws in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 16 Nem 138 Ibfein CAUTION Personal injury property damage or disruption of process control can result if the cable assemblies wiring are damaged when attaching the cover to the module base assembly Ensure that the cable assemblies wiring are positioned in the cavity of the module base so they do not get compressed or damaged w
156. O options for the DO function block are 7 Use Fault State value SP Tracks PV in Man SP Tracks PV in LO SP Tracks on restart Retained Target in Man or LO Fault State to Value 8 Target to Man if Fault Use Fault state on Restart Target to Man if Fault State activated State Activated and Use PV for BKCAL OUT 9 Use PV for BKCAL OUT 0 SP 1 PV Data Type Bit String 0 Disable All bits 0 1 Enable Options the user may select for the block processing 4 Propagate Failure Backward Status Options STATUS_OPTS NJ NJ NJ NJ o Ul OOS of status Data Type DS 66 F s Derete 1 N A Dynamic O closed 1 open 5 10 15 30 etc are position in READBACK_D Si 576 increments Cascade Input Discrete 1 ALL Status C Data Type DS 66 CAS_IN_D The remote set point value from another block Data Type Unsigned16 DO Channel 0 undefined Defines which transducer parameter receives the CHANNEL DO output Select Setpoint D to control valve position Data Type Float ALL Positive Time from detection of a fault in the remote set point to the Fault State output action Date Type Unsigned8 ALL Preset discrete SP D value to use if O_OPTS Fault State to Value is set Data Type DS 66 N A Dynamic The value and status required by the BKCAL IN D input of another block for output tracking 22 Setpoint D Setpoint D Fault State Time FSTATE TIME Fault State Value Discrete FSTA
157. OCK ERR 6 shows Process Variable has Bad Status If the transducer block mode is Out of Service the status of READBACK D 16 and PV D 7 is set to Bad Out of Service Selection To select the I O associated with the discrete output configure the value of the CHANNEL 18 parameter Table 4 69 lists the valid Channel selections for the DO block Table 4 69 Channel Selections for the Discrete Output Function Block Transducer Block Parameter Transducer block Index 22 SETPOINT D Discrete Valve Control Cine Setting the Output To set the output for the DO block you must first set the mode to define the manner in which the block determines its set point and output In Cascade mode the set point equals the input value at the CAS_IN_D 17 parameter In Automatic or Manual mode the set point must be entered manually by the user For Automatic the value must be written to the SP_D 8 parameter and for Manual the value must be written to OUT_D 9 In Remote Cascade mode the set point is determined by a host computer that is writing to the RCAS_IN_D 22 parameter Table 4 70 lists discrete states used by the digital valve controller for the set point 168 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup DO Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 70 Valve Set Point for Discrete State Sse j d 0808 ese 0808 n M MM 80808
158. OOS Note The output splitter function block must be in Auto for the mode to go to CAS Initialization Manual IMan The output path is not complete for example the cascade to slave path might not be open In IMan mode OUT tracks BKCAL IN which allows for bumpless transfer of control e Automatic Auto The block outputs OUT 1 and OUT 2 reflect the target operating point specified by the setpoint SP parameter e Cascade Cas The SP parameter is set by another function block through a connection to CAS IN The SP value is used to set the OUT parameters automatically This is the most frequently used mode in this block The block s normal mode is Cascade Cas You can isolate the block for testing by using Automatic Auto mode and adjusting the setpoint When a block attached to an output requests initialization one of the following actions might occur e When the other output is not in Cas mode the block attached to the input is initialized e When the other output is in Cas mode this output returns to the value calculated from its slope in a specified time period Status Handling Sub status value received at CAS IN 14 is passed to both outputs except for those used in the cascade handshake An IFS goes to both outputs The status option IFS if Bad CAS IN is available If the Status Option to Propagate failure is set the block propagates device failure only if both BKCAL IN show failed status Otherwise the
159. OUT_D 9 value may be entered manually e Automatic Auto The block algorithm uses the local set point SP_D 8 value to determine OUT_D 9 166 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup DO Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Cascade Cas The block uses a set point supplied by another function block Note The transducer block must be in Auto for the mode to go to AUTO CAS or MAN RemoteCascade RCas The block uses a set point supplied by a host computer e Out of Service OOS The block is not processed and the output is not transferred to 1 0 The BLOCK ERR 6 attribute shows Out of service Mode Handling Shed Options RCAS Mode Only Shed from or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED_OPT 23 A block climbs and sheds through the same path For example if SHED_OPT 23 specifies that a block should shed to Auto then if the block target mode is set to RCas the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas You can configure the shed option as follows Shed With Return Options Remote cascade connection failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade in other words the remote cascade target mode stays in effect Normal On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the highest permitted non remote mode until remote cascade is restored Cas is the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is the next permitted non remote mode If Cas or
160. On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to Auto if permitted Man On failure of remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to Man if permitted The user may configure SHED_OPT 23 so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted When doing this the mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic Shed logic never results in a non permitted target mode e Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted Block Initialization The Fieldbus Foundation specification requires that certain parameters have initial values of uninitialized in function blocks In addition to setting the Resource block mode to AUTO the control system or the user must change those parameters from their uninitialized value to a valid value in order for the function block to move from the Out of Service mode For the DO function block the parameters that must be initialized are SHED_OPT 23 see page 167 for valid values CHANNEL 18 Status Handling Under normal operating conditions the status of OUT D 9 is Good Non Cascade and the status of BECAL_OUT_D 21 is Good Cascade If the output hardware fails the status of BKCAL OUT D 21 is set to Bad Device Fail and the BLOCK ERR 6 shows Output Failure If the hardware used for output feedback fails the status of READBACK D 16 and PV D 7 is set to Bad DeviceFail and the BL
161. Overview The PID function block figure 4 9 combines all of the necessary logic to perform proportional integral derivative PID control The block supports mode control signal scaling and limiting feedforward control override tracking alarm limit detection and signal status propagation Figure 4 9 Proportional Integral Derivative PID Function Block BKCAL _ IN eS BKCAL OUT CAS IN FF VAL OUT IN TRK IN D TRK VAL BKCAL IN THE ANALOG INPUT VALUE AND STATUS FROM ANOTHER BLOCK S BKCAL OUT OUTPUT THAT IS USED FOR BACKWARD OUTPUT TRACKING FOR BUMPLESS TRANSFER AND TO PASS LIMIT STATUS CAS IN THEREMOTE SETPOINT VALUE FROM ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK FF VAL THEFEEDFORWARD CONTROL INPUT VALUE AND STATUS IN THE CONNECTION FOR THE PROCESS VARIABLEFROM ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK TRK IN D INITIATES THE EXTERNAL TRACKING FUNCTION TRK VAL THE VALUE AFTER SCALING APPLIED TO OUT IN LOCAL OVERRIDE MODE BKCAL OUT THE VALUE AND STATUS REQUIRED BY THE BKCAL IN INPUT OF ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK TO PREVENT RESET WINDUP AND TO PROVIDE BUMPLESS TRANSFER TO CLOSED LOOP CONTROL OUT THE BLOCK OUTPUT AND STATUS B2720 The block supports two forms of the PID equation Standard and Series You can choose the appropriate equation using the MATHFORM 70 parameter The Standard ISA PID equation is the default selection 1 TaS Standard Out GAIN X ex x ved DEC TE 4 Series Out GAIN x x 1 4 as erie
162. P converter missing or hard and 13c Replace O ring s refer to the I P Converter section flattened losing seal on page 213 13d I P ass y out of spec 13d I P ass y nozzle may have been adjusted Verify drive signal 55 to 80 refer to Elect and Config on page 45 or host system documentation Replace I P ass y if drive signal is continuously high or low see Replacing the I P Converter on page 214 13e Defective gasket 13e Check gasket for closed holes excessive deformation due to overtightening or oozing If necessary replace gasket see the beginning of this section 13f Defective relay 13f Remove relay inspect for missing Belleville washer missing valve spring missing valve plug Inspect lip under top O ring for breakage due to relay removal Inspect O rings and replace if hard or damaged Replace parts or relay if I P ass y good and air passages not blocked see Replacing the Pneumatic Relay on page 216 13g If responds slowly only upon air demand there may 1391 Check supply line to ensure itis not clogged or be a restriction in the air line the supply run may be damaged Replace if necessary excessively long orthe supply regulator may be 13g2 If supply run is excessively long a volume tank defective or capacity not large enough may need to be installed on the the supply side of the pressure regulator 1393 Replace supply regulator Continued 222 Instruction Manual Maintenance and Troub
163. PEN WITH AMS Open with AMS Device Manager DEVICE MANAGER Configure Setup Compare Device Diagnostics Device Variables USMTN TS38 Heis SIS Network Display device configuration Scan Device SNAP ON Linked Apps Methods Audit Trail Print Export Gut Copy Operating with a DeltaV System Figure F 2 Accessing the Digital Valve Controller Through AMS Device Manager s AMS Suite Intelligent Device Manager File Edit View Tools Window Help alel sele a e til ale s Device Connection View AMS Device Manager llu Plant Database 1 Deltav Network 1 LEFT CLICK TO ae ACCESS THE DELTAV NETWORK N Controller CTLR 93 I POL Fieldbus Port P02 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER ICON AND NAME January 2015 287 Operating with a DeltaV System Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Methods Transducer Block The following methods are accessed via the transducer block Device Setup Auto Travel Calibration Manual Travel Calibration Supply Sensor Calibration Output A Sensor Calibration Output B Sensor Calibration Travel Sensor Adjust Stroke Valve Performance Tuner Stabilize Optimize and Relay Adjust Refer to figures F 1 F 2 and F 3 and the following steps to access these methods 1 Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu NJ Locate the the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane
164. POSITION VALUE 17 In Travel Control Valve travel in decharacterized to correlate with Setpoint FINAL_VALUE 13 17 1 N A N A N A In Pressure Control Implied valve STATUS travel as a of pressure range Travel Decharacterized decharacterized to correlate with eh 25 to 125 Setpoint FINAL VALUE 13 VALUE Controls Al channel 3 Travel Proportional Gain RW MAN 44 0 SETUP Data Type Float SERVO GAIN OOS Travel Control Only Gain of servo Data Type Float Travel Integral Gain MAN gt 0 0 causes wind SERVO_ RESET 19 RW OOS down 9 4 SETUP Travel Control Only If set to 0 will cause integrator to wind down Travel Velocity Gain RW MAN SETUP Data Type Float SERVO_RATE OOS Travel Control Only Rate of servo t A RW UN us Eu 5 SETUP ee inthe ACT_FAIL_ACTION oos g Self Closing pe y 2 Self Opening event of air pressure Data Type Uint32 22 RW ALL 0x5100 SETUP The actuator manufacturer ACT_MAN_ID Pos identification number Actuator Model Number Data Type Visible String Actuator TA ba Type Visible ER Uint32 Va M bur RW 0x5100 SETUP The valve manufacturer VALVE_MAN_ID waaay identification number Valve Model Number PD Type Visible String Valve Serial Number ne Type Visible String Valve Style 1 sliding stem Data Type Enum Uint8 VALVE_TYPE 2 u Selects Rotary or sliding stem Calibration Location Null Data
165. PV_D and OUT_D Data Type DS 66 Raw value of the field device discrete input with a status reflecting the transducer condition Field Value Discrete FIELD_VAL_D Update Event UPDATE_EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined Data Type DS 73 This alert is generated by any change to the UPDATE_STATE 1 Update Reported O Undefined static data 2 Updated not reported TIME STAMP STATIC_REVISION RELATIVE_INDEX Continued 184 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 81 Discrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_STATE TIME_STAMP SUBCODE Alarm Summary ALARM_SUM CURRENT UNACKNOWLEDGED UNREPORTED DISABLED Acknowledge Option ACK_OPTION Discrete Priority DISC_PRI Discrete Limit DISC_LIM Discrete Alarm DISC_ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM_STATE TIME_STAMP SUBCODE 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported 0 Discrete 1 Block Alarm 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported Discrete 7 Block Alarm All Albits 0 0 All bits 0 Detailed Setup DI Function Block January 2015 Data Type DS 72 The block alarm
166. Referto DeltaV On Line Help or documentation for detailed information on accomplishing these steps 1 A place holder must be created a place holder is an electronic representation of the digital valve controller that exists in the DeltaV database with no associated physical device 2 Device must be commissioned Commissioning the device involves downloading applicable parameters from the device place holder to the physical device 3 Any additional configuration that is required such as setting alarms cutoffs and other resource block and transducer block parameters See the Detailed Setup section of this manual 4 Define the control strategy 5 Associate IJO to the digital valve controller 6 The device is now ready to be downloaded PlantWeb Alerts Fieldbus devices detect and report their device alarms to a DeltaV system or other host system This includes detecting whether an alert condition is active reporting the alarm to DeltaV and later clearing the alarm when the condition is no longer active Whether a particular alert condition can be suppressed disabled or configured off line are all determined by the device For Fieldbus the DeltaV system is responsible for knowing which devices have alarms ensuring that alarms are properly represented such as after controller switchovers and reporting to operators Event Chronicle AMS OPC Alarms and Events server etc So the only alarms DeltaV shows for a Fieldbus device are thos
167. Relay printed wiring board assembly and cover screws Hex key Terminal box screw Hex key Terminal box cover screw Hex key I P converter screws Hex key Module base screws 210 Instruction Manual Maintenance and Troubleshooting D103412X012 January 2015 Component Replacement When replacing any of the components of the DVC6200f the maintenance should be performed in an instrument shop whenever possible Make sure that the electrical wiring and pneumatic tubing is disconnected prior to disassembling the instrument Removing the Module Base Refer to figure 8 2 or 8 4 for key number locations A WARNING To avoid personal injury or equipment damage from bursting of parts turn off the supply pressure to the digital valve controller and bleed off any excess supply pressure before attempting to remove the module base assembly from the housing 1 Unscrew the four captive screws in the cover key 43 and remove the cover from the module base key 2 2 Using a6 mm hex socket wrench loosen the three socket head screws key 38 These screws are captive in the module base by retaining rings key 154 Note The module base is linked to the housing by two cable assemblies Disconnect these cable assemblies after you pull the module base out of the housing CAUTION To avoid affecting performance of the instrument take care not to damage the module base seal or guide surface Do not bump or damage the bare connector pins on the
168. S MAN AUTO Permitted Allowed modes for Target PERMITTED 5 3 RW ALL AUTO CAS Normal Most common mode for Target NORVAL 34 w aS Ao Continued 109 Detailed Setup PID Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 32 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Data Bit Strin Defined Bits de yp g 0 inactive 1 Block Configuration Error Po uud N A Dynamic chup AE reflects the error status associated BLOCK ERR 7 Input Failure Bad PV status y ds j with the hardware or software components 14 Power up associated with a block It is a bit string so that 15 Out of Service multiple errors may be shown Process Value Data Type DS 65 OOS Data Type DS 65 Setpoint MAN PV SCALE 10 The target block setpoint value It is the result of SP setpoint limiting and setpoint rate of change didi limiting Status Output MAN OUT SCALE J 10 DS 65 OUT OOS aue The block output value and status EU at 100 100 Data Type DS 68 Process Value Scale EU at 0 The high and low scale values engineering units PV_SCALE Units index code and number of digits to the right of the Decimal Point decimal point associated with PV EU at 100 Data Type DS 68 Output Scale EU at O t The high and low scale values engineering units OUT_SCALE Units index code and number of digits to the right of the Decimal Point decimal p
169. S until block is TARGET OOS MAN AUTO configured then last valid pe Target The requested block mode ACTUAL i Actual The current mode of the block Permitted Allowed modes for Target PERMITTED OOS MAN AUTO AUTO Normal Most common mode for Target NORMAL se ee 1 Block Data Type Bit String Configuration Error 0 Inactive Block Error 7 Input Failure Bad 1 Active BLOCK N A PV status Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status associated with BH 8 Output Failure the hardware or software components associated with 14 Power Up a block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be DS 69 Valid Bits 7 OOS 4 MAN 3 AUTO The actual target permitted and normal modes of the 15 Out of Service shown Status Output j MAN OUT RANGE Sync Data Type DS 65 OUT OOS Value The block output value and status EU at 100 100 Data Type DS 67 Output Range EU at 0 0 High and low scale values engineering units code and OUT_RANGE Units Index number of digits to the right of the decimal point Decimal Point associated with OUT Grant Deny Data Type DS 70 GRANT_DENY Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm 0 Program sive 1 ia All bits 0 parameters of the block Not used by device GRANT 0 N A 1 granted 2 Alarm I 3 Local Allbits 0 DENY 0 N A 1 denied Data Type Bit String Statu
170. Set to Default Enabled Bits 0 Travel Sensor Travel Sensor 1 Port A Pressure Port A Pressure Sensor Sensor Data Type Bit String 4 byte Sensor Enable Port B Pressure Sensor 2 Port B Pressure O disable SENSOR_ENABLE Base SY ind 3 Supply Pressure Sensor SETUP 1 enable Sensor 3 Supply Pressure Sensor Alerts Enable 4 Temperature Sensor Sensor 4 Temperature Sensor Enabled Bits Supply Pressure High oe Data String 4 byte Environment Enable Supply Pressure Low ENVIRO_ENABLE Temperature High f Ur 1 enable Temperature Low 9 Environment Alerts Enable 3 Temperature Low Travel Deviation mr Travel Enable Travel High High Enabled Bits a Bit string 4 pyte TRAVEL ENABLE 75 4 RW ALL Travel Low Low 0 Travel SETUP Tenable Travel High Deviation Travel Alerts Enable Travel Low Travel Open Travel Closed Data Type Bit String 4 byte Proximity Enable Proximity High High O disable PROX_ENABLE M Proximity High ee SETUP 1 enable Proximity Low Proximity Alerts Enable Proximity Low Low Data Type Bit String 4 byte Travel History Enable Cycle Counter il O disable TVL_HISTORY_ENABLE Peso Ny Travel Accumulator PISO DP 1 enable Travel History Alerts Enable 0 Performance Critical Bits Data Type Bit String 4 byte 0 Performance Performance Enable 557 RW ALL 1 Performance Reduced Critical SETUP O disable ENABLE 2 Performa
171. Setpoint Rate Up Setpoint Rate Down Instruction Manual Detailed Setup DI Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Discrete Input Function Block Overview The Discrete Input DI function block figure 4 29 processes a single discrete input from a field device and makes it available to other function blocks You can configure inversion and alarm detection on the input value In the DVC6200f digital valve controller the discrete input function block can provide limit switch functionality and valve position proximity detection The DI function block supports mode control signal status propagation and simulation Figure 4 29 Discrete Input DI Function Block TRANSDUCER OUT_D BLOCK OUT_D The block output and status Normally the block is used in Automatic mode so that the process variable PV_D 7 is copied to the output OUT_D 8 You can change the mode to Manual to disconnect the field signal and substitute a manually entered value for the output In this case PV_D 7 continues to show the value that willbecome the OUT_D 8 when the mode is changed to Automatic To support testing you can enable simulation which allows the measurement value to be supplied manually through the SIMULATE_D 9 parameter Figure 4 30 illustrates the internal components of the DI function block and table 4 81 lists the definitions of the block parameters Figure 4 30 Discrete Input Function Block Schematic Discrete gen
172. Shutdown Static Memory Manual Recovery Processor Alert Processor Alert Enable 1 O Processor Alert 1 O Processor Alert Enable 1 Processor Shutdown I O Processor Man Recovery Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert Output Block Timeout Alert Enable Output Block Timeout Shutdown Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery Output Block Timeout Travel Sensor Travel Sensor Alert Travel Sensor Alert Enable Travel Sensor Shutdown Travel Sensor Manual Recovery Pressure Sensors Pressure A Sensor Alert Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable Pressure A Sensor Shutdown Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery Pressure B Sensor Alert Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point 245 Field Communicator Menu Structure Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Travel Alerts Travel Deviation TRANSDUCER BLOCK Travel Deviati Travel Target ravel Veviation DETAILED SETUP gt ALERTS Travel Deviation Alert Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Alert Enable Travel Limit Travel Deviation Alert Point Travel Hi Lo Travel Deviation Time Travel Deviation Deadband Alerts Travel Limit Travel Hi Hi Alert Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Hi Deadband Travel Lo Lo Alert Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable Travel
173. System D103412X012 January 2015 Appendix F Operating with a DeltaV System Process Systems DeltaV System Getting Started with DeltaV Host Systems LIE LL LJ UD Uo U Appropriate Device Descriptions DDs installed See the Device Description Compatibility table on page 274 For DD installation information see Appendix E Digital valve controller correctly mounted on actuator For mounting information see the Installation section of this manual and the instructions included with the mounting kit Utilities connected For information on making pneumatic and electrical connections see the Installation section of this manual For information on applying power to the segment see DeltaV books online Instrument in standby For information on placing the instrument in standby see DeltaV books online Perform the initial setup See the Basic Setup section of this manual If the valve is shipped from the factory mounted on an actuator perform basic setup only to verify setup is correct and valve operation is satisfactory Device Commissioned For information on commissioning a device see DeltaV books online Additional configuration required such as setting alarms cutoffs and other resource block and transducer block parameters See the Detailed Setup section of this manual Control strategy defined For information on defining a control strategy see DeltaV books online Associate I O with device See DeltaV books onli
174. T y Block set point and status after ramping UPDATE_EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined UPDATE_STATUS 1 Update reported 0 Undefined 2 Update not reported TIME_STAMP STATIC_REVISION RELATIVE_INDEX Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged UNACKNOWLEDGED 0 Undefined 0 Undefined 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported ALARM_STATE TIME_STAMP SUBCODE Continued Data Type DS 73 This alert is generated by any changes to static data Data Type DS 72 The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block 99 Detailed Setup AO Function Block January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 25 Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Initial PARAMETER_NAMIE Extended Parameters StdDev itive float STDDEV positive floa Cap StdDev CAP_STDDEV View Lists positive float Data Type Float Dynamic Standard Deviation To support DeltaV Variability measurement Data Type Float Dynamic Capability Standard Deviation To support DeltaV Variability measurement View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 conta
175. T ALRT PT Data Type Float Drive Current Alert Time u _ U S DRIVE CURRENT TIME 76 5 RW ALL 0 25 lt 120seconds 5sec SETUP percent different drive signal not reaching I P accurately EVO EY EI Y CE Bilan ISI L INST ALERTS CONFIG2 pons Data Type Float Travel Deviation Alert Point RW gt 0 lt 125 5 SETUP Alerts when difference between sp TVL_DEV_ALRT_PT and pvis too large for too long Travel Deviation Time Travel Deviation Deadband 29 TVL DEV DB gt 0 lt 100 SUP Data Type Float Uint32 Travel Accumulator Alert Point ACCUM ALRT PT a 1 000 000 SETUP Alerts when accumulated travel is too much Travel Accumulator Deadband 3 19 jserue Type Float Cycle Count Alert Point n when number of cycles is too Cycle Count Deadband 3 Data Type Float Continued 80 Detailed Setup Transducer Block January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW nitial Value category escription Travel Open Alert Point TVL_OPEN_ALRT_PT Travel Open Deadband TVL_OPEN_DB Travel Closed Alert Point TVL_CLOSED_ALRT_PT Travel Closed Deadband TVL_CLOSED_DB Travel Lo Lo Alert Point TVL_LO_LO_ALRT_PT Travel Lo Lo Deadband TVL_LO_LO_DB Travel Lo Alert Point TVL_LO_ALRT_PT Travel Lo De
176. T TYPE input Middle No No No Propagate Not Limited Inputa Yes Propagate constant Constant No Yes Inputa Yes Propagate lt 1 constant Low Limit Input a Propagate constant High Limit SELECT_TYPE Minimum Propagate SELECT_TYPE selected input First Good or Hot limit status Spare No NOTES PSE 1 gt LIMIT MANIPULATION FOR A CONSTANT INPUT FOR MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM IS BASED h vs e UPON THE FOUNDATION FIELDBUS SPECIFICATION THE REASONING IS BASED ON HIGH SELECT SOU neverpereacie PROVIDING A LOW LIMIT STATUS AND LOW SELECT PROVIDING A HIGH LIMIT STATUS 124 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Figure 4 15 Input Selector Block Substatus Propagation START MODE_BLK Yes Propagate Bad OOS Out of Service No MODE_BLK Yes ao Yes Propagate MAN Mode Uncertain N No Propagate Good Noncascade MODE_BLK must be Auto OP_SELECT Propagate Bad status Nonspecific Good OP SELECT NYSS Selected Good Propagate Good value gt 0 put status Noncascade Bad At least 1 good Propagate Bad input Nonspecific Yes SELECT TYPE Yes Yes Middle or Average Multiple Inputs Propagate Nonspecific SELECT TYPE Maximum or Minimum All inputs with Propagate input same value substatus as is Propagate Nonspecific NOTES Illegal Select Type should never be reached
177. TAIL3 ACTIVE 74 11 ROC ALL Duce dd All bits O N A 1 active t Pasasaq Performance Diagnostic Reduce possible cause Low Supply Pressure Reserved External Leak Reserved Travel Calibration shift 16 Unknown 17 Reserved 18 Reserved Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive PD Detail 4 Active 1 vo Pp PD DETAILA ACTIVE 74 12 ROG ALL Reserved All bits 0 N A 1 active Performance Diagnostic Detail status 1 These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL Continued 77 Detailed Setup Transducer Block January 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW 2095 Value Category escription 0 Relay Disengaged 1 Insufficient Pressure Differential 2 Travel Calibration Error 3 Reserved 4 High Supply Pressure 5 Reserved 6 Near a Travel Cutoff Or Stop 7 Reserved 74 13 ROW ALL 8 Spec Sheet Fields All bits 0 Incomplete 9 Sensor Failure 10 Pressure Control Active 11 Transducer Block Mode OOS 12 Not Authorized for PD 13 PD Run Disabled 14 Trigger Data Available PD Detail 5 Active PD DETAIL5 ACTIVE PD Detail 6 Active PD DETAIL6 ACTIVE UL v i 0 Drive Current 1 Program Memory 2 Static Memory 3 Processor or I O 74 15 N A Processor All bits O 4 Travel Sensor 5 Port A Pressure Sensor 6 Outp
178. TE VAL D Back Calculation Output Discrete BKCAL OUT D Date Type DS 66 Target set point and status provided by a supervisory host to a discrete control or output block Value e RN Continued Status Remote Cascade Input Discrete RCAS IN D AL ER 173 Detailed Setup DO Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 72 Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO 0 Uninitialized 1 Normal Shed Normal Return 2 Normal Shed No Return 3 Shedto Auto normal return 4 Shed to Auto no return Target mode changes to Auto on detection of a shed condition L 5 Shed to Manual normal return 6 Shed to Manual No return Target mode changes to MAN on detection of a shed condition 7 Shed to retained target normal return 8 Shed to retained target no return Change target to retained target Data Type DS 66 Remote Cascade Output Discrete Block set point and status after ramping provided Dynamic to a supervisory host for back calculation and to RCAS_OUT_D ON ae allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or oo change Update Event UPDATE_EVT Data Type Unsigned8 Defines action to be taken on remote control device timeout Normal Return actual mode changes to the next lowest priority non remote mode permitted but returns to the target remote mode when the remote computer completes the initialization handshake No Re
179. VE_INDEX Continued 144 Detailed Setup OS Function Block January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 48 Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Initial RE PARAMETER NAME es Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not UNACKNOWLEDGED Data Type DS 72 The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The ALARM_STATE cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field reported TIME_STAMP SUBCODE View Lists View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 49 OS Function Block View 1 6 Bom SSS Table 4 50 OS Function Block View 2 index Number 1 ST_REV 11 OUT_2_RANGE GRANT_DENY GRANT GRANT_DENY DENY Table 4 51 OS Function Block View 3 KAN Table 4 52 OS Function Block View 4 1 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 7 14 15 19 20 1 3 4 13 16 17 18 1 145 Detailed Setup OS Function Block Instruction Manual January 2
180. V_MAJOR 4 1 RO NA 0 255 Describes software revision information This is FIRMWARE REV MINOR 472 RO NA 0 255 the revision of the firmware that is currently in IO FIRMWARE REV EZAR sa 0 255 x Initial value depends on revision of DVC6200f Data Type Visible String Describes software revision information The range of this parameter consists of 47 1 pe ees through 47 5 values converted text linked together Initial value depends on revision of DVC6200f E Data Type Uint8 Hardware Revision Hardware revision Factory Set Describe electronic hardware revision HARDWARE REV number d information Continued 35 Detailed Setup Resource Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index Initial UE EE PARAMETER NAME Number RW g Value p Electronics Serial Number Data Type Visible String Electronics serial ELECTRONICS_SN number set by manufacturing 9 Factory Serial Number Data Type Visible String FACTORY_SN Instrument serial number set by manufacturing Field Serial Number Data Type Visible String FIELD_SN Any String Instrument serial number set in the field 52 Detailed Status si Uint32 DETAILED_STATUS Tisa eg pansi Number of seconds since the last time TIME SINCE RESET NA NA DVC6200f was restarted Restart due to power up or restart command Device ID Data Type Visible S
181. Version gt ITK Version or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Version gt ITK Version gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Limit Notify gt Configure Setup gt Identification gt Manufacturer or RB Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Manufacturer RB gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Maximum Notify gt Configure Setup gt Options gt Miscellaneous Options or RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Miscellaneous Options RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Resource Block Error RB gt Configure Setup gt Communication Time Out gt Shed Remote Cascade RB gt Configure Setup gt Communication Time Out gt Shed Remote Out RB gt Configure Setup gt Version gt Standby Software Revision or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Version gt Standby Software Revision gt Configure Setup gt Identification Strategy or RB Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Strategy gt Configure Setup gt Identification Tag Description or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Tag Description gt Device Diagnostics gt Write Lock gt Write Alarm Alarm State gt Configure Setup gt Write Lock gt Write Lock RB Device Diagnostics gt Write Lock gt Write Lock gt Configure Setup gt Write Lock gt Write Priority Instruction Manual FieldCommunicator Menu Structure D103412X012 Janu
182. X012 Table 4 21 Transducer Block View 4 3 continued index Number Table 4 22 Transducer Block View 4 4 Table 4 23 Transducer Block View 4 5 95 4 MAI_CHANNEL_4 MALCHAWEL4 oo 3s Instruction Manual Detailed Setup AO Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Analog Output Function Block Overview The Analog Output AO function block figure 4 6 assigns an output value to a field device through a specified I O channel The block supports mode control signal status calculation and simulation Figure 4 7 illustrates the internal components of the AO function block and table 4 25 lists the definitions of the block parameters The digital valve controller measures and uses actual valve position for READBACK 16 Figure 4 6 Analog Output AO Function Block BKCAL OUT CAS IN READBACK CAS IN The remote setpoint value from another function block BKCAL OUT The value and status required by the BKCAL IN input of another block to prevent reset windup and to provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control OUT The block output and status READBACK Actual valve position B2716 1 Note The AO block actual mode will not move to Auto unless e Resource Block actual mode is Auto and e AO SHED_OPT 27 is set to a non zero value Note Actual Block Mode MODE BLK ACTUAL 5 2 will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the b
183. a unique 32 character description to each block within the digital valve controller to describe the intended application for the block e Strategy Strategy STRATEGY 3 permits strategic grouping of blocks so the operator can identify where the block is located The blocks may be grouped by plant area plant equipment etc Enter a value between 0 and 65535 in the Strategy field e Manufacturer Manufacturer Identification MANUFAC_ID 10 identifies the manufacturer of the instrument It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device For Fisher the Manufacturer ID is 0x5100 e Device Type Device Type DEV TYPE 11 identifies the type of device It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device For a DVC6200f digital valve controller the device type is 0x4602 24 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Resource Block D103412X012 January 2015 e Diagnostic Options Diagnostic Options DIAG_OPTIONS 45 shows the diagnostic options available in the instrument Version Field Communicator RB gt Configure Setup gt Version Device Revision The Device Revision DEV_REV 12 is the manufacturer s revision number associated with the resource used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource e Firmware Revision Firmware Revision FIRMWARE_REVISION 47 identifies the revision of the firmware that is currently in use e Standby Firmware Revision Standby Firmware Revisio
184. able When enabled Temperature Hi Alert Enable activates the Temperature Hi Alert e Temperature Hi Alert Point The Temperature Hi Alert is active when the instrument temperature exceeds the Temperature Hi Alert Point TEMP HI ALRT PT 76 6 e Temperature Lo Alert This alert is active if the temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point e Temperature Lo Alert Enable When enabled Temperature Lo Alert Enable activates the Temperature Lo Alert e Temperature Lo Alert Point The Temperature Lo Alert is active when the instrument temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point TEMP LO ALRT PT 76 7 Travel Alerts Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Travel Alerts Note The alerts contained in this section are valid for both travel and pressure control Travel Target Travel target is the output from the characterization function Travel Travel TRAVEL VALUE 34 2 displays the actual position of the valve in percent of calibrated travel Travel Deviation e Travel Deviation Travel Deviation TRAVEL DEVIATION 52 displays the absolute difference in percent between Travel Target and Actual Travel e Travel Deviation Alert This alert is active if the Travel deviation exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert Point by more than the Travel Deviation Time e Travel Deviation Alert Enable When enabled Travel Deviation Alert Enable actives the Travel Deviation Alert
185. able 3 1 Factory Default Settings Setup Parameter Default Setting Travel Cutoff Hi 99 5 Travel Cutoff Lo 0 5 Travel Integral Gain 9 4 repeats min Travel Calibration Trigger No Travel Integral Enable Travel Integral Limit Hi Travel Integral Limit Lo Travel Integral Deadzone Pressure Cutoff Hi Pressure Cutoff Lo Pressure Integral Deadzone Pressure Integral Hi Limit Pressure Integral Lo Limit Input Characterization Linear Shutdown Trigger All Off Shutdown Recovery All Auto Recovery Output Block Timeout 600 sec Instruction Manual Basic Setup D103412X012 January 2015 Table 3 2 Actuator Information for Initial Setup Starting Travel Sensor Motion 2 Actuator Model Actuator Size Actuator Style J uning set Relay A or Piston Dbl w or w o Spring See actuator instruction manual and nameplate Actuator Manufacturer 585C amp 585CR User Specified 657 Spring amp Diaphragm 46 60 70 76 amp 80 100 Away from the top of the instrument 34 40 667 45 50 Spring amp Diaphragm 46 60 70 76 amp Towards the top of the instrument Spring amp Diaphragm 1051 amp 1052 Window mount Away from the top of the instrument Depends upon pneumatic connections See description for Travel Sensor Motion Mounting Style Travel Sensor Motion Away from the top of the instrument Towards the top of the instrument Towards the top of the 1061 Piston Dbl w o Spring Fisher 68 80
186. abled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled e Pressure B Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Port B Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range e Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable When enabled Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable activates Pressure B Sensor Alert e Supply Pressure Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Supply Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range e Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable When enabled Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable activates the Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Pressure Fallback e Pressure Fallback Alert This alert is active if a travel sensor failure or a gross travel deviation has resulted in fallback to pressure control e Pressure Fallback Alert Enable When enabled Pressure Fallback Alert Enable activates the Pressure Fallback Alert Temperature Sensor e Temperature Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Temperature Sensor reading is outside the functional range e Temperature Sensor Alert Enable When enabled Temperature Sensor Alert Enable activates the Temperature Sensor Alert Environment Alerts Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Environment Alerts Su
187. abled Deadband 5 Block roximi N A Proximity Hi MET Alert Point Disabled The Travel is within the DeadBand configured band of the Lem 125 Enable and set to report Travel with DI 5 Block DS Lo configured center point x Et oe and set to report Travel with DI Proximity Lo Lo Alert Point 25 Enable and set to report Travel with DI Disabled Deadband 5 Block Bellows Seal Bonnets enable the alert in Alert Point 1 000 000 the Maintenance Alert Category Use the Deadband 1 bellows manufacturer s cycle life data to The number of travel reversals has exceeded the configured limit Cycle Counter Travel History Maintenance Cycle Counter Disabled set cycle limits Continued 256 Instruction Manual PlantWeb Alerts D103412X012 January 2015 Table C 2 Setting PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Related Parameters Default Alert Condition Default What the Alert is Detecting Guidelines for Setting Packing Bonnets enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category When Travel Accumulator packing leaks are discovered set the Travel History Travel Accumulator The accumulated travel has Alert Point 1 000 000 Travel Accumulatoralertto 9D2 or he Maintenance Disabled exceeded the configured limit Deadband 1 curent Travel value triggering an alert prior to anticipated leak Performance Crit
188. ackup from as many as eight input values and place it at the output The block supports signal status propagation There is no process alarm detection in the Input Selector function block Figure 4 13 illustrates the internalcomponents of the ISEL function block Table 4 40 lists the ISEL block parameters their index numbers and descriptions Figure 4 12 Input Selector Function Block IN_1 IN 2 IN 3 IN 4 7 OUT IN 1 8 Input used in the selection algorithm ace DISABLE 1 8 Discrete input used to enable or disable OUT D the associated input channel see OP_SELECT Input used to override algorithm DISABLE 1 SELECTED The selected channel number 2 SELECTED OUT The block output and status DISABLE_3 OUT_D Discrete output that signals DISABLE_4 a selected alarm condition DISABLE_5 DISABLE_6 DISABLE_7 DISABLE_8 OP_SELECT FIELDBUS 56A Modes The ISEL function block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE BLK 5 parameter e Manual Man The block output OUT 7 may be entered manually e Automatic Auto OUT 7 reflects the selected input value e Out of Service OOS The block is not processed The BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows Out of Service In this mode you can make changes to all configurable parameters The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes The Input Selector block Actual mode will be Out of Servic
189. activates checking of the difference between the Cycle Counter and the Cycle Counter Alert point Cycle Counter Alert Point Cycle Counter Alert Point CYCLE_COUNT_ALRT_PT 77 6 is the value of the Cycle Counter in cycles which when exceeded sets the Cycle Counter Alert e Cycle Counter Deadband Cycle Counter Deadband CYCLE_COUNT_DB 77 7 is the area around the travel reference point in percent of ranged travel that was established at the last increment of the Cycle Counter This area must be exceeded before a change in travel direction can be counted as a cycle See figure 4 4 Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator TRAVEL_ACCUM 72 records the total change in travel in percent of ranged travel since the accumulator was last cleared The value of the Travel Accumulator increments when the magnitude of the change exceeds the Travel Accumulator Dead band See figure 4 5 You can reset the Travel Accumulator by configuring it to zero 54 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Figure 4 5 Travel Accumulator Deadband set at 10 Deadband exceeded new Reference Point established This amount of change is Deadband Reference added to the Travel point Accumulator Deadband 5 A6534 e Travel Accumulator Alert This alert is active if the Travel Accumulator exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point The Travel Accumulator Alert is set w
190. actory Serial Number The Factory Serial Number FACTORY SN 50 is the instrument serial number set at the factory e Field Serial Number The Field Serial Number FIELD SN 51 is the serial number of the valve and actuator on which the instrument is mounted e Tag Description The Tag Description TAG DESC 2 is unique description of each block within the digital valve controller used to describe the intended application for the block Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator to enter an up to 32 character description for the block in the Tag Description field This parameter is read write e Strategy Strategy STRATEGY 3 permits strategic grouping of blocks so the operator can identify where the block is located The blocks may be grouped by plant area plant equipment etc Enter a value between 0 and 65535 in the Strategy field 198 Instruction Manual Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics D103412X012 January 2015 e Manufacturer Manufacturer Identification MANUFAC_ID 10 identifies the manufacturer of the instrument It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device For Fisher the Manufacturer ID is 0x5100 e Device Type Device Type DEV_TYPE 11 identifies the type of device It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device For a DVC6200f digital valve controller with Standard Control the device type is 0x4602 Version e Device Revision Device Revision DEV_REV
191. adband TVL_LO_DB Travel Hi Alert Point TVL_HI_ALRT_PT Travel Hi Deadband TVL_HI_DB Travel Hi Hi Alert Point TVL HI HI ALRT PT Travel Hi Hi Deadband TVL HI HI DB 77 10 25 to 125 77 11 gt 0 lt 100 77 12 25 to 125 77 13 gt 0 lt 100 77 14 25 to 125 7715 gt 0 lt 100 77 16 25 to 125 77 17 gt 0 lt 100 77 18 25 to 125 77 19 gt 0 lt 100 Continued Data Type Float 7 Alert when valve is open Control DI 150 channel 24 regardless of alert enable state Data Float Data Type Float Alerts when valve closed Controls DI channel 25 regardless of alert enable state A Data Type Float Data Type Float x Alert when valve position is less than Ye dd alert point Controls DI channels 26 amp 30 regardless of alert enable state E Data Type Float Data Type Float Alert when valve position is less than 72909 Peu alert point Controls DI channels 27 amp 31 regardless of alert enable state Data Type Float Data Type Float i Alert when valve position is less than Mak F alert point Controls DI channels 28 amp 32 regardless of alert enable state Data Float Data Type Float o Alert when valve position is less than ie PE alert point Controls DI channels 29 amp 33 regardless of alert enable state Data Type Float 81 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction M
192. ailed Setup MAI Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 OUT_X status will be Bad if the transducer detects a problem with sensor associated with the channel Application Information The intended use is for applications where it is necessary to convey DVC6200f measurements from a function The configuration of the MAI function block and its associated output channels depends on the specific application CHANNEL 7 Channel must always be set to 21 The output parameters OUT_1 to OUT_8 8 through 15 are set through the transducer block Instrument menu Each output has a channel assigned to it in MAI Channel Map TB MAI CHANNEL MAP 95 in the transducer block For additional information refer to table 4 64 Block Errors Table 4 62 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are inactive for the MAI block and are given here only for your reference Table 4 62 BLOCK_ERR Conditions Condition Number Condition Name and Description Block Configuration Error the selected channel carries a measurement that is incompatible with the engineering units selected in XD_SCALE the L_TYPE parameter is not configured or WRITE_CHECK 0 i i Troubleshooting Refer to table 4 63 to troubleshoot any problem that you encounter Table 4 63 Troubleshooting Symptom Possible Causes Corrective Action Mode will not leave OOS Target mode is not set Set target mode to something other
193. alization Actual mode IMAN 4 On line Actual Device State Mode Auto RS_STATE 5 Standby Actual Mode OOS 6 Failure Actual Mode OOS Block Error BLOCK_ERR Data Type Unsigned8 5 Standby State of the function block application state machine This parameter may be used in interoperability testing to read and write all standard data types supported by the Fieldbus Foundation Test Read Write TEST RW Continued 30 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Resource Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Initial R D Data Type Visible String DD Resource NIA dares String identifying the VFD tag of the resource DD RESOURCE that contains the Device Description for this resource Data Type Unsigned32 Manufacturer identification number used by an interface device or host to locate the DD file for the resource All manufacturer identification numbers are maintained by the Fieldbus Foundation A host usually will have a base directory for DD files In this directory isa 10 N A 0x5100 subdirectory for each manufacturer id In each MANUFAC_ID id subdirectory is a directory for each device type made by that manufacturer The device type directories contain files named by combining the device revision for the particular device type with the revision of the device description The manufacturer id for
194. allback 0 Supply Pressure High Data Type Bit String 4 byte Environment Active 1 Supply Pressure Low O inactive 1 ENVIRO_ACTIVE 743 ROU ALL 2 Temperature High All bits 0 A 1 active 3 Temperature Low Environment Alert status o a Data String 4 byte Travel Active 1 s 0 inactive TRAVEL ACTIVE 744 RO ALL 2 Trave Low Low All bits 0 N A active 3 Travel High Travel Alert status 4 Travel Low 0 Travel Open 1 Travel Closed Data Type Bit String 4 byte Proximity Active 1 2 Proximity High High O inactive PROX_ACTIVE Vois PRE ns 3 Proximity High Pee 1 active 4 Proximity Low Proximity Alert status 5 Proximity Low Low Data Type Bit String 4 byte Travel History Active 1 Cycle Counter n O inactive TVL HISTORY ACTIVE 746 ROM ALL Travel Accumulator 1 active Travel History Alert status Performance Critical Data Type Bit String 4 byte Performance Active Performance Reduced I 0 inactive 1 PERF_ACTIVE ROU ALL Performance All bits 0 N A 1 active Information Performance Diagnostic Alert status High I P Drive Signal Low P Drive Signal High Air Mass Flow Large Travel Deviation Data Type Bit String 4 byte Low Supply Pressure O inacti PD Event Active High Supply Pressure ee 74 8 ROW ALL N A 1 active PD_EVENT_ACTIVE High Crossover Pressure 7 Low Crossover Pressure 8 No Air Mass Flow Estimate 1 These parameters c
195. alue Disable Analog Input 2 Status Disable Analog Input 2 Value Disable Analog Input 3 Status Disable Analog Input 3 Value Disable Analog Input 4 Status Disable Analog Input 4 Value Select Type Min Good Selected Status Selected Value Operator Select Status Operator Select Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Analog Input 5 Status Analog Input 5 Value Analog Input 6 Status Analog Input 6 Value Analog Input 7 Status Analog Input 7 Value Analog Input 8 Status Analog Input 8 Value Disable Analog Input 5 Status Disable Analog Input 5 Value Disable Analog Input 6 Status Disable Analog Input 6 Value Disable Analog Input 7 Status Disable Analog Input 7 Value Disable Analog Input 8 Status Disable Analog Input 8 Value Number Used to average January 2015 All continued Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis High High Priority High High Limit High Priority High Limit Low Priority Low Limit Low Low Priority Low Low Limit High High Alarm Unacknowledged High High Alarm Alarm State High High Alarm Time Stamp High High Alarm Subcode High High Alarm Flo
196. an be written when SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL 76 Continued All bits 0 Performance Diagnostic event status Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW nitial Value Category escription I P Primary Plugged 1 Nozzle Plugged I P Latched Reserved Relay Jammed Relay Cross Misadj Relay Bias Diaph Leak Relay Port A Diaph Leak 8 Relay Port B Diaph Leak Data Type Bit String 4 byte PD Detail 1 Active 9 Reserved O inactive ALL 10 Valve Stuck Lowor All bits 0 N A 1 active PD_DETAIL1_ACTIVE Ke gee Sensor Arm Damage Performance Diagnostic Critical 11 Valve Stuck High or possible cause Sensor Arm Damage 12 Piston Ring Leak 13 Reserved 14 Low Supply Pressure 15 External Leak 16 SOV Trip 17 Air Line Blocked 18 Reserved 5 Reserved Unknown Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive PD Detail 2 Active 1 we PD DETAIL2 ACTIVE 74 10 ROG ALL Reserved All bits 0 1 active Performance Diagnostic Detail status I P Primary Plugging I P Nozzle Plugging I P Calibration Shift Reserved Relay Cross Misadj Relay Port A Diaph edt 6 Relay Port B Diaph Data Type Bit String 4 byte 7 Reserved s g y PD Detail 3 Active 8 Piston Ring Leak Por PD DE
197. and Status When SIMULATE_D 9 is enabled the Simulate Active bit of the BLOCK_ERR 6 parameter is set refer to the Block Errors description When the simulate jumper is installed the Simulate Jumper bit of the transducer block parameter SELFTEST_STATUS 78 is set Application Information Figure 4 32 compares the operation of a standard discrete input to a proximity discrete input With the standard discrete input the discrete input changes state when the valve position passes a configurable trip point This can be used to indicate if the valve position is above or below the trip point Figure 4 32 Proximity Discrete Input Compared to a Standard Discrete Input STANDARD DISCRETE INPUT I cee INPUT VALUE PROXIMITY DISCRETE INPUT j DISCRETE INPUT VALUE Configurable Band With the proximity discrete input a configurable band can be established about a central point Whenever the valve position enters this configurable band the discrete input changes state A proximity discrete input is useful for applications which require knowing the location of the valve when the valve is not near 0 or 100 DI Function Block Parameter List table 4 81 e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter 182 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup DI Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 81 D
198. anels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block GRANT 0 N A 1 granted DENY 0 N A 1 denied Data Type Bit String 0 Disabled 1 Enabled User option for status Data Type DS 65 The remote setpoint from another block Data Type DS 65 Output value to another block for backwards output tracking Data Type Float Used with OUT_ARRAY to map input to output See Input to Output Mapping page 139 Data Type Float Used with IN_ARRAY to map input to output See Input to Output Mapping page 139 Data Type Enum Used with OUT_ARRAY to map input to output See Input to Output Mapping page 139 Data Type DS 65 The value and status reflecting the BKCAL_OUT of the lower block associated with OUT 1 It is used for initialization and to prevent windup in upstream blocks Data Type DS 65 The value and status reflecting the BKCAL_OUT of the lower block associated with OUT 2 It is used for initialization and O to prevent windup in upstream blocks e Type Float Specifies the time for the internal working value of bias or ratio to return to the operator set bias or ratio in seconds Hystval HYSTVAL Update Event UPDATE EVT 0 Undefined 0 UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged Undefined 2 Unacknowledged PET s v Data Type DS 73 Reporte 5 This alert is generated by any change to the static data UPDATE STATE 2 Updated not Undefined dd reported TIME_STAMP STATIC_REVISION RELATI
199. ant at BAL_TIME I which the integral term will move to obtain balance when the output is limited and the mode is AUTO CAS or RCAS Rate m Data Type Float Data Type DS 65 The analog input value and status from another Back Calculation Input Status block s BKCAL_OUT output that is used for 27 ALL BKCAL IN backward output tracking for bumpless transfer i and to pass limit status Vale s O Tm Data Type Float 28 ALL OUT_SCALE 10 100 Limits the maximum output value for modes other OUT_HI_LIM than manual UD Data Type Float 29 ALL OUT_SCALE 10 Limits the minimum output value for modes other OUT_LO_LIM than manual Data Type Float Back Calculation Hysteresis h The amount the output value must change away BKCAL_HYS us 0 to 50 0 50 from the its output limit before limit status is turned off Data Type DS 65 The value and status required by the BKCAL_IN Back Calculation Output N A Dynamic input of another block to prevent reset windup and BKCAL_OUT to provide bumpless transfer of closed loop control Remote Cascade Input Status RCAS_IN E Omk Continued 111 Detailed Setup PID Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 32 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Data Type DS 65 Remote Out Input ROUT IN Target output and status that is provided by a supervisory host Used when mode is ROUT
200. antWeb Alerts Set PV Status Performance Tuner page 20 40 Note Be sure to select the correct DD for the DeltaV revision being used The resource files are different for each revision of DeltaV e Device descriptions furnished by Fisher contain only those files applicable to Fisher All the files are located in the manufacturer ID Folder 005100 for xxxxxx in directory structure above A readme file is included at the top level Read this file for any additional information regarding DD installation Device descriptions furnished by the Fieldbus Foundation on CD ROM or diskette contain the files for each registered manufacturer and their associated device s It is placed on the media starting with the release folder which then contains a folder xxxxxx for each manufacturer as defined above For Fisher this folder is 005100 readme file may be included at the top level Read this file for any additional information regarding the DD e For the DVC6200f The device type parameter for this unit is 4602 This device includes the AO PID ISEL OS Al MAI DO and DI function blocks From DeltaV Explorer select the amsdevices 005100 4602 folder refer to figure E 2 275 Device Description Installation Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Figure E 2 amsdevices folder S C C DD Old Temp FE dell Backups bin BOL i ctl IZ LO nun EE Ss i wir 3 00
201. anual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW bg nitial Value Category escription N A 0 All bits 0 Data Type Bit String 2 byte 2 Integrator Limited Low O inactive 3 Integrator Limited 1 active High Indicates the status of the 4 Travel Sensor Span instrument self test Error Integrator Limited Low Indicates 5 MLFB Error the integrator reached its limit and 7 Travel Sensor High cannot move the valve any further Error High valve friction may cause this 8 Travel Sensor Low Error situation 9 Pressure Sensor B Integrator Limited High 10 Pressure Sensor A Indicates the integrator reached its 11 Supply Pressure limit and cannot move the valve any Sensor further High valve friction may 13 IOP Failure cause this situation 14 Drive Current Travel Sensor Span Error 15 Simulate Jumper ON Indicates that span between the endpoints of travel are not far enough apart This error is reported during automatic calibration MLFB Error Indicates that the Minor Loop Feedback sensor gave a non valid value during automatic calibration Travel Sensor High Error Indicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly above the normal Self Test Status a s re deo SELFTEST STATUS the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly below the normal opera
202. anual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 72 Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Mode 5 MODE_BLK OOS OOS until Data Type DS 69 MAN block is Valid Bits 7 OOS 5 LO 4 MAN 3 AUTO TARGET 5 1 RW ALL configured 2 CAS 1 RCAS AUTO then last valid The actual target permitted and normal modes of AUTO CAS AUTO RCAS target i the block Target The requested block mode 52 RO AL Actual The current mode of the block Permitted Allowed modes for Target Normal Most common mode for Target OOS MAN A PERMITTED 5 3 RW Au UTO CAS CAS RCAS RCAS 1 Block Configuration Error 3 Simulate Active Data Type Bit String 4 Local Override s ori ee N A E Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status associated I Zn with the hardware or software components S Output Failure associated with a block It is a bit string so that 14 Pc multiple errors may be shown 15 Out of Service i Data Type DS 66 oc ue N A PY Dstatiissepequel Dynamic The discrete process variable calculated from PV_D to Readback_D Status READBACK D Setpoint Discrete PV STATE Data Type DS 66 SP_D AUTO E The discrete target block output value set point Data Type DS 66 n MAN OUT_STATE Position target of valve 0 closed 1 open 2 100 OUT_D an ia position the value in 526 steps Simulate Discrete SIMULATE D SIMULATE ST
203. arameter SHED_OPT 27 A block climbs and sheds through the same path For example if SHED OPT 27 specifies that a block should shed to Auto then if the block target mode is set to RCas the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas When the block is in Cas mode and the CAS IN 17 input goes bad the block sheds mode to the next lower permitted mode You can configure the shed option as follows Shed With Return Options Remote cascade connection failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade in other words the remote cascade target mode stays in effect Note During Shed with Return Options the actual mode is changed while the target mode stays the same Normal On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the highest permitted non remote mode until remote cascade is restored Cas is the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is the next permitted non remote mode If Cas or Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retained target mode is the previous target mode before it was changed to RCAS or ROUT On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the retained target mode Auto On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain Auto if permitted until remote cascade is restored Man On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sheds to Man until a remote cascade connection
204. art Options to restart the instrument with a Field Communicator You can also restart the instrument using ValveLink software or from a host system using the Restart method included with the device description DD software You can restart the instrument any time it is connected to an active segment Field Communicator RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Maintenance gt Restart Actions 1 Restart informs you about what can happen when an instrument restart is performed Select Yes to continue or No to abort without restarting 2 Select the desired restart action or select EXIT to exit Restart Select Help not the Help button to get information on restart actions 197 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 There are two different restarts Restart Processor and Restart with Defaults When selecting either of these options Restart informs you of the consequences of this action and asks if you want to continue Select Yes to perform the restart action select No to select another action or exit Restart informs you when the restart is completed You must acknowledge the message to continue Restart Processor Performing a Restart Processor has the same effect as removing power from the instrument and re applying power Configuration and calibration do not change Restart with Defaults Performing a Restart with Defaults should be done with care This restart resets most of the static and n
205. ary 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Protect ew s s fem we e a WW pem o pee EE afew qm mmm pem sme WERE pee oes m mu PRESS TUNE Pressure Cutoff Hi MAN 25 125 A PRESS CUTOFF_HI gt CUTOFF LO 99 50 SETUP Data Type Float Pressure Cutoff Lo MAN E PRESS CUTOFF LO 25 125 lt CUTOFF 0 50 SETUP Data Type Float Pressure Proportional Gain MAN Data Float Pressure Integral Gain MAN _ Data Type Float Pressure Rate Gain MAN _ Data Float Pressure Integral Dead Zone MAN _ gu i Data Type Float PRESS_INTEG_DEADZ 705 2 0 0 25 SEDUE Integrator Deadzone 1 2 width Pressure Integral Limit Hi MAN gt 0 lt 100 Data Type Float PRESS HI LIM INTEG LO SETUP Integrator limits Pressure Integral Limit LO MAN lt 0 gt 100 Data Type Float Pressure Integral IC Hi MAN _ AEN o Pressure Integral IC Lo MAN E 4 Pressure MLFB Gant MAN Temperature Data Type Float TEMPERATURE 48 N A Electronics temperature Controls Al channel 11 Target Travel 49 TRAVEL_TARGET Data Type DS 65 i 49 1 os N A In Travel Control Setpoint for valve travel in post characterization In Pressure Control Setpoint for MAN implied valve travel as a or 49 2 OOS N A pressure range post characterization 1
206. ary 2015 Write Lock Function RESOURCE BLOCK NDS Block Options rite Lock CONFIGURE SETUP Ti t Configure Setup Block Mod Shed Remote Cascade Resource Block Mode Shed Remote Out Write Lock Top Level Comm Timeout Configure Setup M A IE Options Device Diagnostics g Diagnostics Options Function Block Options Miscellaneous Options PE Miscellaneous Options Identification P Device Variables Version Version Features Available Pressure Control Capable Features Selected Pressure Fallback Capable Device Revision Firmware Revision Firmware Download Travel Control Capable Alarm Handling Features Available Alert Key Confirm Time Limit Notify Identification Maximum Notify Block Alm Disabled Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge Disc Alm Disabled Features Selected Standby Firmware Revision Hardware Rev ITK Version Reports Fault State Soft W Lock Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support Device ID Electronics Serial Number Factory Serial Number Field Serial Number Tag Description Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge Reports Fault State Strategy Soft W Lock Naula Pipas Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support Device Type Diagnostics Options Resource Block Error Other Block Configuration Error Device Diagnostics SimulateActiva RESOURCE BLOCK Resource Block Error Device Needs Maintenance Soon DEVICE DIAGNOSTICS Device State Memory Failure Write Lock Lost Static Data Top Level
207. ass connection Double acting 3 req d Single acting 2 req d PSI MPA Gauge Scale To 60 PSI 0 4 MPa 18B7713X042 To 160 PSI 1 1 MPa 18B7713X022 PSI bar Gauge Scale To 60 PSI 4 bar 18B7713X032 To 160 PSI 11 bar 18B7713X012 PSI KG CM2 Gauge Scale To 60 PSI 4 KG CM2 18B7713X072 To 160 PSI 11 KG CM2 18B7713X082 66 PipePlug hex hd For double acting and single acting direct w gauges none req d For single acting reverse w gauges 1 req d For all units w o gauges 3 req d 67 Tire Valve used with Tire Valve Option only Double acting 3 req d Single acting 2 req d DVC6215 Feedback Unit see figure 8 5 65 Lubricant silicone sealant not furnished with the instrument 256 O Ring fluorosilicone 1K1810X0122 Recommended spare parts Instruction Manual Parts D103412X012 January 2015 Figure 8 2 FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Housing Assembly HOUSING A BACK VIEW HOUSING B BACK VIEW USED FOR GX ACTUATOR USED FOR ALL ACTUATORS EXCEPT GX DOUBLE ACTING DIRECT ACTING REVERSE ACTING APPLY LUBRICANT SEALANT OR THREAD LOCK APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED GE40185 sheet 1 of 3 229 Parts January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Figure 8 2 FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Housing Assembly continued EPE E APPLY LUBRICANT SEALANT OR THREAD LOCK APPLY LUBRICANT ON ALL O RINGS UNLESS
208. assed on to either output because the BKCAL IN n of both outputs indicates that a move in the needed direction is limited Similarly limited low is set if a decrease in SP cannot be effectively passed on to either output The slope of the limited line s affects the limit direction BKCAL OUT also shows limit status at the X extremes X11 and X22 Initialization is not automatic under all circumstance because some situations have conflicting needs In general when a control region is in trouble the upstream controller is limited so it will not drive further into that region When you want to move to the other active region you can put the upstream controller into Man mode and move it or you can 142 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup OS Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 drop the good downstream block out of Cas mode for one evaluation cycle and then restore Cas mode This initializes the upstream controller to the remaining good region of control OS Function Block Parameter List table 4 48 e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 48 Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions Label Index Block Rande Initial PARAMETER_NAME Number RW Mode g Value p Data Type Unsigned16 Static Revision 0 to 65535 The revision level of the static data asso
209. at Value High Alarm Unacknowledged High Alarm Alarm State High High Alarm Time Stamp High Alarm Subcode High Alarm Float Value Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Alarm Alarm State Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Alarm Subcode Low Alarm Float Value Low Low Alarm Low Low Alarm Low Low Alarm Low Low Alarm Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Alarm State Time Stamp Subcode Float Value Alarm Output Status Alarm Output Value Alarm Select 135 Detailed Setup OS Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Output Splitter Function Block Overview The Output Splitter OS block figure 4 16 provides the capability to drive two control outputs from a single input Each output is a linear function of some portion of the input Back calculation support is provided using the same linear function in reverse Cascade initialization is supported by a decision table for combinations of input and output conditions Figure 4 16 Output Splitter OS Function Block OUT 1 OUT 2 This block is normally used in split ranging or sequencing of multiple valve applications A typical split range application has both valves closed when the splitter input is 50 One valve opens fully as the input drops to 0 The other valve opens as the input rises above 50 A typical sequencing application has both valves closed at 025 input One valve fully opens as the input rises to 5076 and the other stays shut The
210. ata Type Float T_IPGAIN Integrated process gain T Ugain Data Type Float T Uperiod Data Type Float T Psgain Data Type Float T Ptimec Data Type Float T Pdtime Data Type Float T Targetop ALL gt Data Type Unsigned8 T_TARGETOP Target oscillation periods T Hyster Data Type Float T Relayss _ Data Type Float T Gain Magnifier Data Type Float T_GAIN_MAGNIFIER Ax Scales amount of gain T Auto Extra DT ALL Data Type Unsigned8 T_AUTO_EXTRA_DT Allow additional cycle with extra deadtime T Auto Hysteresis T AUTO HYSTERESIS 91 ALL Allows calculation of hysteresis based on _ _ CAP_STDDEV T Aoperiods 92 NJA Data Type Unsigned8 T_AOPERIODS Actual oscillation periods View Lists View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 33 PID Function Block View 1 Table 4 34 PID Function Block View 2 Parameter 5 3 GRANT_DENY GRANT SP_HI_LIM SP_LO_LIM OUT_HI_LIM OUT_LO_LIM 117 Detailed Setup PID Function Block January 2015 Table 4 35 PID Function Block View 3 6 BOKHR swore Note Because individual views are limited in size View List 4 has two parts 118
211. ate Value Discrete Process Value State Shed Options Simulate Discrete Simulate Status Simulate Discrete Simulate Value Simulate Discrete Transducer Status Simulate Discrete Transducer Value Simulate Discrete Simulate En Disable Static Revision Status Options Strategy Transducer State I O Reference DO Channel Connectors Back Calculation Output Discrete Status Back Calculation Output Discrete Value Cascade Input Discrete Status Cascade Input Discrete Value Output Discrete Status Output Discrete Value 176 Online Back Calculation Output Discrete Status Back Calculation Output Discrete Value Block Error Cascade Input Discrete Status Cascade Input Discrete Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output Discrete Status Output Discrete Value Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete Value Remote Cascade Input Discrete Status Remote Cascade Input Discrete Value Remote Cascade Output Discrete Status Remote Cascade Output Discrete Value Readback Discrete Status Readback Discrete Value Setpoint Discrete Status Setpoint Discrete Value Status Block Error Other Tag Description Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State
212. atic parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 58 Al Function Block View 1 Parameter e o Co JEN O Table 4 59 Al Function Block View 2 ALARM_SUM DISABLED 156 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 60 Al Function Block View 3 6 for 3 0 _ Detailed Setup Al Function Block January 2015 Table 4 61 AI Function Block View 4 SR AN 4 35 36 im tower eve AKON SS 4 NAME SSCS 3 MM 35 3 O ooo o 38 Jom O Y 3 op 39 Jom aiid 3x oom S r 3 4 13 14 15 16 17 18 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 157 Detailed Setup AI Function Block January 2015 Field Communicator Menu Structure ANALOG INPUT FUNCTION BLOCK Quick Config Al Channel Linearization Type Transducer Scale EU at 100 Transducer Scale EU at 0 Transducer Scale Units Index Transducer Scale Decimal Output Scale EU at 100 Output Scale EU at 0 Output Scale Units Index Output Scale Decimal Common Config Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis Alert Key High High Limit High High Priority High Limit High Priority I O Options Linearization Type Low Low Limit Low Low Priority Low Limit Low Priority Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode No
213. ation regarding initial setup and stabilizing and optimizing valve response Section 4 Detailed Setup for detailed information on configuring all of the blocks in the instrument and an overview ofthe function blocks Section 5 Calibration for complete calibration information Appendix A Principle of Operation for information on how digital valve controller operation Appendix D FouNpaTioN fieldbus Communication for an overview of function block and block modes as well as additional information pertaining to fieldbus communication Appendix E DD Installation for information on installing the device description DD software on your host system DeltaV On Line Help or Documentation for complete and current information about navigating in the DeltaV system Software Functionality System Requirements DVC6200f digital valve controllers are designed to permit remote setup calibration and testing using Process Systems DeltaV system as the host system To use the methods accessed as described in this appendix requires that the device description DD for the DVC6200f digital valve controller be installed on the host system For information on installing the device description refer to DD Installation Appendix E and the host system documentation Using AMS Device Manager Refer to figures F 1 and F 2 to access the digital valve controller using AMS Suite Intelligent Device Manager 1 Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explor
214. atus SP limit substatus reflects only out block rate limits 2 Firmware Revision 1 1 and earlier will set AO DO PV Status to Bad if Feedback Sensor has failed i e Travel Sensor Fail However if the Travel Sensor fails and the instrument falls back to pressure PV Status will remain good MAI Channel Map Allows the user to specify which transducer block parameter is available through each of the MAI Block channels MAI_CHANNEL_1 through MAI CHANNEL 8 95 1 through 95 8 Transducer block parameters available to each channel 1 FINAL_VALUE 8 ACT_PRESS_DIFF 2 TRAVEL_TARGET 9 DRIVE_SIGNAL 3 FINAL POSITION VALUE 10 IRAVEL DEVIATION 4 TRAVEL 11 TEMPERATURE 5 SUPPLY PRESS 12 CYCLE COUNT 6 ACTI PRESS A 13 IRAVEL ACCUM ACTI PRESS B Table 4 12 Limit Sub Status AO DO MAN X X Constant AO AUTO X i High Limited DO X i High Limited NOTE X No Effect 61 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Alert Handling FieldCommunicator TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alert Handling PlantWeb Alert Simulate When enabled PlantWeb Alert Simulate PWA_SIMULATE 39 allows the user to write to the following PlantWeb and Instrument alert parameters Failed Active Maintenance Active Advise Active Environment Active Travel Active Proximity Active Travel History Active Performance Active PD Event Active PD Detail 1 Active PD Detail 2 Active
215. ause of the diagnostic capability of the DVC6200f predictive maintenance is available through the use of ValveLink software Using the digital valve controller valve and instrument maintenance can be enhanced thus avoiding unnecessary maintenance For information on using ValveLink software refer to the ValveLink software online help Removing the Magnetic Feedback Assembly To remove the magnet assembly from the actuator stem perform the following basic steps Make sure that the valve is isolated from the process Remove the instrument terminal box cover Disconnect the field wiring from the terminal board Shut off the instrument air supply Disconnect the pneumatic tubing and remove the DVC6200f or the DVC6215 from the actuator Remove the screws holding the magnet assembly to the connector arm When replacing the instrument be sure to follow the mounting guidelines in the Installation section Setup and calibrate the instrument prior to returning to service Module Base Maintenance The digital valve controller contains a module base consisting of the I P converter printed wiring board assembly and pneumatic relay The module base may be easily replaced in the field without disconnecting field wiring or tubing Tools Required Table 7 1 lists the tools required for maintaining the DVC6200f digital valve controller Table 7 1 Tools Required Sm Comp Phillips Screwdriver
216. avel as or pressure range prior to characterization FINAL_VALUE is not updated unless the AO block is selected in Setpoint MAN FEATURE_SELECT For example VALUE LM OOS 2910125 NJA NONE FINAL_VALUE still has last ie written by AO channel 1 when DO is in control Setpoint Range Data 05 68 High Low range limit values 141 RO N A 100 10 N A engineering units code and number orion to terig ofthe decimal UNITS_INDEX 143 RO PERCENT 1342 place to be used to display the Final DECIMAL a4 Ro NA 2 NA Vase Continued FINAL_VALUE_RANGE 64 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW aus nitial Value Category escription Data Type Float When the servo goes above this of Travel Cutoff Hi MAN Span the stem position goes to the FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_HI l RW OOS e oda Yom SETUP upper limit Cutoffs are OFF when Low is at 25 and high is at 125 Must be gt low cutoff 625 Data Type Float When the servo goes below this of Travel Cutoff Lo MAN span the stem position goes to the FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_LO m 005 SETUP lower limit Cutoffs are OFF when Low is at 25 and high is at 125 Must be lt hi cutoff 625 Data Type DS 65 FINAL
217. aximum time between updates from the AO or DO block to the transducer block setpoint Blocks Set to Default e Blocks Set to Defaults Alert This alert is active if the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults This will stay active until the transducer block is changed from Out of Service e Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable When enabled Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable activates the Blocks Set to Default Alert Alert Key The Alert Key ALERT KEY 4 is the identification number of the plant unit Devices in a loop or plant section can be assigned with a common alert key to aid the operator in determining location of alerts Sensor Alerts Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Sensor Alerts Travel Sensor e Travel Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Travel Sensor reading is outside the functional range or the sensor becomes disconnected e Travel Sensor Alert Enable When enabled Travel Sensor Alert Enable activates the Travel Sensor Alert e Travel Sensor Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 76 1 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the Travel Sensor alert is active the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function e Travel Sensor Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 2
218. ay 65 SStem 25 Array 66 SStem 38 Array 67 SStem 50 Array 70 SStem 100 Array Feedback Connection MAN 74 SStem 200 Arra I FEEDBACK CONN BPA RW ECL oe eee AA SETUP Data Type Enum Uint8 Array 90 RShaft End Array 95 RShaft 1 Window Array 97 RShaft 2 Window Array 1 Relay A or C Double or Single Direct 2 Relay B Single Reverse 5 Relay C Special App Single Direct 6 Relay B Special App Single Reverse 9 Lo Bleed Relay A or Relay Type MAN C Double or Single RELAY_TYPE OOS Direct 10 Lo Bleed Relay B Single Reverse 13 Lo Bleed Relay C Special App Single Direct 10 Lo Bleed Relay B Special App Single Reverse n Type Float Pressure Range Hi MAN u Defines pressure corresponding to PRESS RANGE HI OOS 15 0 psig SETUP Max pressure in pressure control mode Data Type Float Pressure Range Lo MAN P Defines pressure corresponding to PRESS_RANGE_LO See SY OOS 3 0 psig minimum pressure pressure control mode Travel Calibration Trigger MAN TVL CAL TRIGGER EIE n 1 Aux Term ignored EN SETUP Not available in the DVC6200f Travel Tuning Set MAN 1 B 2 C 12 M por Enum Uint8 Pressure Tuning Set MAN B 2 C ws Enum Uint8 Relay A or C Double or SETUP Data Type Enum Uint8 Single Direct Continued 68 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Detailed Setup Transducer Block January 2015 Table
219. ay be defined in the block s option parameters such as IO OPTS and STATUS_OPTS For details see the detailed descriptions of each function block Device Descriptions Device Descriptions are specified definitions that are associated with blocks Device descriptions provide for the definition and description of blocks and their parameters Device descriptions may also include a set of processing routines called Methods Methods provide a procedure for accessing and manipulating a series of parameters within a device such as for setup and calibration Methods are used for a variety of functions including automatic calibration setting protection and setting up the instrument These Methods are a predetermined sequence of steps for information required to setup calibrate and perform other functions on the instrument Transducer Block Status and Limit Propagation Every FOUNDATION fieldbus parameter has a value and a status The status attribute is divided into three components Quality Quality substatus and a Limit The Quality can be Good Cascade Good Non Cascade Uncertain and Bad Each quality can have a substatus as shown in table D 3 Each status attribute also has four possible limit states Not limited Low limited High limited and Constant Refer to the Fieldbus Foundation specifications for a more detailed description The following describes how the transducer block passes status information to the AO block For information on sta
220. b Alerts 291 GIOSSHI V aca eret d toca Edo tiis 297 lige aya en arrears sam 301 Instruction Manual Introduction and Specifications D103412X012 January 2015 Section 1 Introduction and Specifications Installation Pheumatic and Electrical Connections and Initial Configuration Refer to the DVC6200 Series Quick Start Guide D103556X012 for DVC6200 installation connection and initial confiquration information If a copy of this quick Scan or click start quide is needed scan or click the QR code at the right contact your Emerson to access Process Management sales office or visit our website at www Fisher com field support Scope of Manual This instruction manual is a supplement to the quick start quide that ships with every instrument This instruction manual includes product specifications supplementary installation information reference materials custom setup information maintenance procedures and replacement part details for the FIELDVUE DVC6200f digital valve controller Note All references to the DVC6200f digital valve controller include the DVC6205f base unit unless otherwise indicated This manual describes device setup using the 475 or 375 Field Communicator For information on using Fisher Valvelink software with the instrument refer to the appropriate user quide or help Do not install operate or maintain a DVC6200f digital valve controller without being fully trained and qualified in va
221. bcode Block Alarm Value MAI Channel Output 1 Status Output 1 Value Output 2 Status Output 2 Value Output 3 Status Output 3 Value Output 4 Status Output 4 Value Output 5 Status Output 5 Value Output 6 Status Output 6 Value Output 7 Status Output 7 Value Output 8 Status Output 8 Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Instruction Manual Detailed Setup DO Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Discrete Output Function Block Overview The Discrete Output DO function block figure 4 27 processes a discrete set point and outputs it to the specified I O channel to produce an output signal The DVC6200f digital valve controller discrete output block provides both normal open closed control and the ability to position the valve in 5 increments for coarse throttling applications The digital valve controller measures and uses actual valve position for READBACK_D 16 Figure 4 27 Discrete Output DO Function Block BKCAL OUT D CAS IND our D READBACK D CAS IN D The remote set point value from another function block BKCAL OUT D The value and status required by the BKCAL IN D input of another block for output tracking OUT D The blo
222. block Any change request to the Target or Normal attribute is checked against the permitted attribute to ensure the requested mode is permitted When setting the Permitted mode there is no check against any of the other attributes Normal or Target modes Therefore the normal or target mode attributes may have a value that is not permitted because the permitted attribute was modified after the Normal or Target mode was set This will have no effect on the instrument until the user attempts to modify the Target or Normal mode At this time these attributes are tested against the Permitted modes thus the user cannot change the Normal or Target modes to what was formerly permitted e Normal mode The normal mode is the mode the block should be in during normal operating conditions The normal mode is set by the user or host system and can only be set to a permitted mode see permitted mode The user or host system can compare the actual mode to the normal mode and based on the results determine if the block is operating normally Table D 1 lists the modes supported by each block contained in the digital valve controller Table D 1 DVC6200f Block Modes Clock RCas Cas Auto Man LOC IMan and OOS PD ROut RCas Cas Auto Man LO IMan and OOS iMan Auto Cas and OOS Al Man Auto and OOS MAI Man Auto and OOS RCas Cas Auto Man LOM IMan and OOS Auto Man and OOS 1 This mode cannot be specifi
223. both downstream blocks show NI then the splitter can only wait until one of them requests cascade initialization BKCAL OUT of the splitter can hold the upstream block at the value of the SP The actual mode is IMan When cascade initialization is requested by IR substatus on a BKCAL IN it is first necessary to determine if the other BKCAL IN has NI substatus If so the value at the BKCAL IN asserting IR is taken as the Y value for its curve and the resulting X value is sent on BKCAL_OUT to PID1 If the other substatus is OK then the internal offset and BAL TIME is used If both blocks have IR substatus then one output is processed until its cascade is closed The choice is based on the presence of limit status in BKCAL IN If BKCAL IN 1 is limited then if BKCAL IN 2 is not limited then OUT 2 is processed first else OUT 1 is processed first Cascade initialization is also required when the block transitions from Auto to Cas mode This action is identical to that described for the PID block The required actions are summarized in table 4 47 Table 4 47 OUT ARRAY Coordinates SALOUT Ados lt lt OK Initialize OUT_2 using internal offset from Y2 Note 1 OK means the cascade is closed Note 2 Recommend using the average of BKCAL_IN_1 and BKCAL IN 2 or just SP NI OK NI K NI OK OK OK OK The BKCAL_OUT status shows limited high if an increase in SP cannot be effectively p
224. c is linear You cannot modify the custom points if the Input Characterization INPUT_CHAR 50 is set to custom Figure 4 1 Travel Target Versus Ranged Set Point for Various Input Characteristics Zero Power Condition Closed 125 A6535 1 44 Travel Target Set Point 100 Input Characteristic Linear 125 I 100 LCS Travel Target 125 25 0 Set Point 100 125 Input Characteristic Equal Percentage 125 Kx EIC ee es ee ay 100 SS ee Travel Target 25 0 Set Point 100 125 Input Characteristic Quick Opening Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Outblock Selection Field Communicator TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Outblock Selection Outblock Selection OUTBLOCK_SEL 96 defines which output function block will control the setpoint of the valve The output block that is not selected will shed its mode to reflect that it does not have control of the valve Alerts The DVC6200f provides two levels of alerts Instrument alerts and PlantWeb alerts Instrument Alert Conditions Instrument Alert Conditions when enabled detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest To view these alerts the user must open the appropriate status screen on a host such as DeltaV ValveLink software or a Field Communicator PlantWeb Alerts Some instrument alert conditions can also be
225. cates a Maintenance PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is enabled See page 62 0 i Device Needs Maintenance Now Indicates Failed PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is enabled See page 62 Power Up This condition exists after power up until actual mode is not Out of Service Out of Service The block is in Out of Service OOS mode AO Function Block Parameter List table 4 25 e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 25 Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Label Index Block aaa Initial Description PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode g Value p Data Type Unsigned16 Static Revision The revision level of the static data associated with 7 N A 0 to 65535 the function block The revision value will be ST_REV incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed Data Type Octet String 7 bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended application of the block Tag Description TAG DESC dl Alert Key ALERT KEY Data Type Unsigned16 Strategy The strategy field can be used to identify grouping STRATEGY 3 RES of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 The identification number of the plant unit This 4 nw To
226. ce A WARNING Use only genuine Fisher replacement parts Components that are not supplied by Emerson Process Management should not under any circumstances be used in any Fisher instrument Use of components not supplied by Emerson Process Management may void your warranty might adversely affect the performance of the instrument and could cause personal injury and property damage Parts Kits Kit 1 2 3 4 5 Description Elastomer Spare Parts Kit kit contains parts to service one digital valve controller Standard Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit kit contains parts to service one digital valve controller Seal Screen Kit kit contains 25 seal screens key 231 and 25 O rings key 39 Standard and Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers Terminal Box Kit Aluminum Standard Standard Natural Gas approved Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers Natural Gas Approved Stainless Steel fluorosilicone elastomers I P Converter Kit Standard For Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers Recommended spare parts Part Number 19B5402X012 19B5402X022 19B5403X012 14B5072X182 GE44077X012 GE44081X012 GE44078X012 GE44082X012 GE44080X012 38B6041X152 38B6041X132 Description Part Number Spare Module Base Assembly Kit
227. ced since installation e Minimum Recorded Temperature Time Minimum Recorded Temperature Time TEMP_MIN_TIME 86 4 shows the date and time when the Temperature Minimum occurred e Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure SUPPLY PRESS MAX 86 5 shows the maximum supply pressure the instrument has experienced since installation e Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time SUPP PRESS MAX TIME 86 6 shows the date and time when the Supply Pressure Maximum occurred e Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure SUPP PRESS MIN 86 7 shows the minimum supply pressure the instrument has experienced since installation e Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time SUPP PRESS MIN TIME 86 8 shows the date and time when the Supply Pressure Minimum occurred Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output Stroke Valve is used to confirm proper valve operation Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to select from the following Done Ramp Open Ramp Closed Ramp to Target Step to Target and Stop e Done Select this if you are done All ramping is stopped when DONE is selected e Ramp Open ramps the travel toward open at the rate of 1 0 per second of the ranged travel e Ramp Closed ramps the travel toward closed at the rate of 1 025 per second of the ranged travel e Ramp to Target ramps th
228. ces with the same address the first device to start will use its programmed address Each of the other devices will be given one of four temporary addresses between 248 and 251 If a temporary address is not available the device will be unavailable until a temporary address becomes available Commission devices use addresses 20 35 and standby devices use addresses 232 247 Link Active Scheduler LAS There is only one active Link Active Scheduler LAS for the entire fieldbus control system The digital valve controller includes an LAS The Link Active Scheduler operates as the bus arbiter for the link and 269 FounDarioN fieldbus Communication Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 e recognizes and adds new devices to the link e removes non responsive devices from the link e distributes Data Link DL and Link Scheduling LS time on the link Data Link Time is a network wide time periodically distributed by the LAS to synchronize all device clocks on the bus Link Scheduling time is a link specific time represented as an offset from Data Link Time It is used to indicate when the LAS on each link begins and repeats its schedule It is used by system management to synchronize function block execution with the data transfers scheduled by the LAS e polls devices for process loop data at scheduled transmission times e distributes a priority driven token to devices between scheduled transmissions The DVC6200f can be designated
229. cheduled transfers are used for things like user initiated changes including set point changes mode changes tuning changes and upload download Unscheduled transfers use either report distribution or client server type of reporting for transferring data Figure D 5 Unscheduled Data Transfer Host System LAS Link Active Scheduler P Publisher S Subscriber est s Toon Device X Device Y Device Z M Message B2714 1 All of the devices on the fieldbus are given a chance to send unscheduled messages between transmissions of scheduled data The LAS grants permission to a device to use the fieldbus by issuing a pass token PT message to the device When the device receives the PT it is allowed to send messages until it has finished or until the maximum token hold time has expired whichever is the shorter time The message may be sent to a single destination or to multiple destinations 271 FounDarioN fieldbus Communication Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 e Report Distribution This type of communication is used to broadcast and multicast event and trend reports e Client Server This type of communication is used for request response exchanges between pairs of devices such as a set point change Like Report Distribution reporting the transfers are queued unscheduled and prioritized Queued means the messages are sent and received in the order submitted for transmission according to their priority without overwrit
230. ches the measured output pressure 194 Instruction Manual Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics D103412X012 January 2015 Section 6 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics View Lists View Lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time View lists are available for the resource and transducer blocks and the function blocks Resource Block tables 4 4 through 4 7 OS Function Block tables 4 49 through 4 52 Transducer Block tables 4 15 through 4 23 Al Function Block tables 4 58 through 4 61 AO Function Block tables 4 26 through 4 29 MAI Function Block tables 4 65 through 4 68 PID Function Block tables 4 33 through 4 37 DO Function Block tables 4 73 through 4 76 IS Function Block tables 4 41 through 4 44 DI Function Block tables 4 82 through 4 85 Note Views Lists are used by hosts for efficient monitoring of multiple parameters Normally you will not be aware of view list usage as they are hidden by the host software Resource Block This section contains information on the DVC6200f digital valve controller resource block The resource block defines the physical resources of the device The resource block also handles functionality that is common across multiple blocks The block has no linkable inputs or outputs Table 6 1 Resource Block BLOCK_ERR Conditions Other setia device initialization eror occured O OOOO Block Configuration Set f FEATURE SEL CYCIE
231. ciated with the ST_REV function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed boss Data Type Octet String tag Descipuen 7 bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended application of the TAG_DESC block enata Data Type Unsigned 16 ey 3 RW ALL 0to 65535 The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block Alert Ke Data Type Unsigned8 y 4 RW ALL 1to255 The identification number of the plant unit This information ALERT_KEY may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Block Mode MODE_BLK OOS until block TARGET configured then last valid A Data Type DS 69 The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block Target The requested block mode Actual The current mode of the block ACTUAL Permitted Allowed modes for Target Normal Most common mode for Target 1 Block MN Configuration Error Para Type Porn 7 Input Failure Bad Block Error NJA pV i t D 1 Active BLOCK_ERR gt ee This parameter reflects the error status associated with the 8 Output Failure hardware or software components associated with a block 14 Power up PANE It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown 15 Out of Service Setpoint Data Type DS 65 Output 1 MAN OUT_SCALE UE Type ms MN inar OUT 1 OOS 10 The primary analog output value calculated as result o E execu
232. ck 8 Transducer block setpoint Setpoint D SETPOINT_D 32 is not being automatically updated from the DO block 9 Valve does not move when the set point is changed 4b Transducer block actual mode is not Auto 4c Schedules that define when function blocks execute are not set correctly 4d Configuration error 5a Resource block actual mode is Out of Service 5b Transducer block actual mode is not Auto Maintenance and Troubleshooting January 2015 4a Change Resource block target mode to Auto see page 21 Resource Block Mode or host system documentation 4b Change transducer block target mode to Auto see page 38 Transducer Block Mode or host system documentation 4c Set the schedules using host system or configuration tool All function blocks must be in a schedule that is downloaded to the device 4d Look for configuration error bit in BLOCK ERR By default all enumerature type parameters are initialized to 0 undefined They must be configured before the block can be put into service 5a Change Resource block target mode to Auto see page 21 Resource Block Mode or host system documentation 5b Change transducer block target mode to Auto see page 38 Transducer Block Mode or host system 5c Transducer has detected a hardware failure 5d Wrong output block is active 5e Output block is not licensed 5f Schedules that define when function blocks execute are not set correctly 5g Configu
233. ck 24 Block Error Resource Block 196 Transducer Block 203 Block Error Reporting 62 Block Errors 62 Al Function Block 151 AO Function Block 95 DI Function Block 181 DO Function Block 170 ISEL Function Block 128 MAIFunction Block 160 PID Function Block 108 Resource Block 25 Block Execution Times 7 Block Initialization DI Function Block 178 DO Function Block 168 Block Modes 265 All Device Variables 205 DVC6200f 265 Blocks Function 5 Resource Block 5 Transducer Block 5 Blocks Set to Default Alerts 48 C Calibration 189 Auto 190 Manual 190 Pressure A or B Sensor 193 Relay 191 302 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Supply Pressure Sensor 192 Calibration Date 57 Calibration Location 57 Calibration Person 57 Classifications Other CUTR 8 INMETRO 8 KGS 8 Natural Gas Certified Single Seal Device 8 NEPSI 8 TIIS 8 PESO CCOE 8 Clear Fault State Resource Block 198 Communication Connections 12 Communication Time Out 22 Shed Remote Cascade 22 Shed Remote Out 22 Configuration Alerts 47 200 Alert Key 48 Blocks Set to Default 48 201 Output Block Timeout 47 200 Configuration Initial 3 Configure Setup 21 Confirm Time 24 Connections Communications 12 Electrical 3 Pneumatic 3 Specifications 8 Construction Materials 9 control options PID Function Block 106 Control selections 4 CSA hazardous area approval 8 Custom Characterizati
234. ck Failed Bo O Device Needs Maintenance Now Indicates Failed PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is enabled See page 62 Out of Service The block is in Out of Service OOS mode Action on Fault Detection Fault State is caused by one of three sources A status pertaining to CAS A status pertaining to RCAS or SET_FSTATE 29 in the resource block To implement Fault State configure the following parameters IO_OPTS 14 Determines the action OUT D 9 will take upon a fault state If the IO_OPTS 14 Fault State to Value is not selected then OUT_D 9 holds its last position when Fault State is set If Fault State to Value is selected OUT_D 9 goes to the FSTATE_VAL_D 20 value when Fault State is set FSTATE_TIME 19 The length of time in seconds that the DO block will wait to set Fault State When Fault State is set the OUT_D 9 value goes to either the FSTATE_VAL_D 20 value or holds its last position depending onI O OPTS 14 When the block has a target mode of CAS a fault condition will be detected if the CAS IN D 17 has a BAD status or an Initiate Fault State substatus is received from the upstream block FSTATE VAL D 20 Determines the OUT D 9 value if IO OPTS 14 Fault State to Value is selected The OUT D 9 value transitions to FSTATE VAL D 20 after FSTATE TIME 19 elapses and the fault condition has not cleared Simulation To support t
235. ck Parameters to Configure KT Yes ALERT Yes INSTRUMENT Y Yes START CONDITION LIMITS EXCEEDED TO ALERT a er TRANSDUCER PLANTWEB ENABLED CAUSE ALERT CONDITION r BLOCK MODE ACTIVE AUTO No No No NO ACTIVE PLANTWEB ALERT Select Reports NO ACTIVE INSTRUMENT No REPORT ALERT CONDITION ERTS F S Supported from AL FEATURE_SEL in the Resource Block Yes Set Priority with PRIORITY PlantWeb Alarm gt 1 Priority parameters in Transducer Block using DeltaV Yes S Suppress Alert Instrument Alert Condition Reporting Conditions active with Alarm Suppress but not reported 7 Parameters in Transducer Block NOTE 1_ gt CERTAIN PLANTWEB ALERTS ARE MODE BASED PLANTWEB SEE TABLE C 1 FOR DETAILS ALERTS REPORTED Table C 1 PlantWeb Alerts Reporting Requirements Transducer Block Mode Actual 252 Instruction Manual PlantWeb Alerts D103412X012 January 2015 Alert Reporting For PlantWeb alerts to be reported to the operator console they must pass four tests Alerts must be active Reports must be selected in Feature Select Alert priority must be greater than 1 O O O O Reporting must not be suppressed for those conditions that caused active alerts Features Selected in the Resource block determines if reporting by the instrumentis supported Refer to page 23 for additional information on Features Selected Failed Priority FAILED PRI 68 Maintenanc
236. ck has a tag name Service personnel need only know the tag name of the block to access or change the appropriate block parameters Input events may affect the operation of the algorithm An execution control function regulates the receipt of input events and the generation of output events during execution of the algorithm Upon completion of the algorithm the data internal to the block is saved for use in the next execution and the output data is snapped releasing it for use by other function blocks Once the inputs are snapped the algorithm operates on them generating outputs as it progresses Algorithm executions are controlled through the setting of internal parameters Internal parameters do not appear as normal input and output parameters However they may be accessed and modified remotely as specified by the function block 263 FounDarioN fieldbus Communication Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Figure D 1 illustrates the internal structure of a function block When execution begins input parameter values from other blocks are snapped in by the block The input snap process ensures that these values do not change during the block execution New values received for these parameters do not affect the snapped values and will not be used by the function block during the current execution Function blocks are also capable of performing short term data collection and storage for reviewing their behavior Instrument Specific B
237. ck output and status READBACK D Actual valve position The DO block supports mode control and simulation In operation the DO function block determines its set point and sets the output The transducer block provides a readback signal of actual position from the instrument Figure 4 27 illustrates the primary inputs and outputs of the DO function block figure 4 28 illustrates the internal components of the DO function block Table 4 72 lists definitions for the function block parameters 165 Detailed Setup DO Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Figure 4 28 Discrete Output Function Block Schematic RCAS_OUT_D RCAS_IN_D SP_D e e CAS IN D HE O IO_OPTS READBACK D Ne oret TRANSDUCER TRANSDUCER BLOCK FEEDBACK BLOCK When setting up the DO block CHANNEL 18 must be set to 22 and SHED_OPT 23 must be non zero Note Actual Block Mode MODE_BLK ACTUAL 5 2 will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not been licensed Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing Note Actual Block Mode MODE_BLK ACTUAL 5 2 will remain in IMAN and the block Readback status will be Bad Not Connected if the Output Block Selection is set incorrectly From the transducer block method Outblock Selection select the desired output block see page 45 Modes The DO block supports the following modes Manual Man The block output
238. correlates with the AO block parameter OUT 9 which is the setpoint to the transducer READBACK is the Value Dynan simulated input if SIMULATE is enabled or the transducer block feedback if SIMULATE is disabled lt Status C Data Type DS 65 Readback READBACK NJ NJ NJ NJ UJ NJ c Cascade Input CAS IN One The setpoint value from another function block Data Type Float Setpoint Rate Down 1 ALL Positive 0 disables Ramp rate for downward set point changes When SP_RATE_DN rate limiting PV units the ramp rate is set to zero the set point is used immediately Data Type Float Setpoint Rate Up ALL Positive 0 disables Ramp rate for upward set point changes When the SP_RATE_UP rate limiting PV units ramp rate is set to zero the setpoint is used immediately Data Type Float ALL PV Scale 10 The highest set point value allowed SP_HI_LIM must be greater than SP_LO_LIM Data Type Float ALL PV Scale 10 The lowest set point value allowed SP_LO_LIM must be less than SP_HI_LIM Data Type Unsigned16 T Y Defines which transducer parameter receives the AG output Select Setpoint to control valve position Data Type Float ALL Positive seconds Time from failure detection to reaction if failure still exists Setpoint High Limit SP_HI_LIM Setpoint Low Limit SP_LO_LIM CHANNEL Fault State Time FSTATE_TIME Conti
239. ctive if the Port A Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range Pressure B Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Port B Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range Supply Pressure Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range Pressure Fallback Pressure Fallback Alert This alert is active if a travel sensor failure or a gross travel deviation has resulted in fallback to pressure control Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor Alert This alert is active if the temperature sensor reading is outside the functional range of the Sensor e Environment lf an environment alert is active it will appear under ENVIRO ALERTS Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Hi Alert This alert is active if the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Supply Pressure Lo Alert This alert is active if the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Lo Alert Temperature Limit Temperature Hi Alert This alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point Temperature Lo Alert This alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Lo Alert Point e Travel If a travel alert is active it will appear under TRAVEL ALERTS Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Alert This alert is active if the Travel deviation exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert Point by more than the Travel Deviation Time Travel Limit Travel Limit Hi Hi Al
240. cy IEC 61000 4 8 30 A m at 50 60 Hz magnetic field Burst IEC 61000 4 4 1kV signal control IEC 61000 4 5 Conducted RF IEC 61000 4 6 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms Performance criteria 1 effect 1 No degradation during testing B Temporary degradation during testing but is self recovering 2 Excluding Simulate function which meets Performance Criteria B Introduction and Specifications Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Related Information Fieldbus Installation and Wiring Guidelines This manual describes how to connect the fieldbus to the digital valve controller For a technical description planning and installation information for a FOUNDATION fieldbus refer to the FouNparioN fieldbus Technical Overview available from the Fieldbus Foundation and Fieldbus Installations ina DeltaV System available from your Emerson Process Management sales office Related Documents Other documents containing information related to the DVC6200f digital valve controller include e Bulletin 62 1 DVC6200f Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller D103399X012 e Bulletin 62 1 DVC6200f FD Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller D103422X012 e Bulletin 62 1 DVC6200 S1 Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6200 Digital Valve Controller Dimensions D103543X012 e Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6200 Series Quick Start Guide D103556X012 e 475 Field Communicator User s Manual e Valvelink Software Help or Documentation All d
241. d Low Low Alarm Alarm State Low Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Low Alarm Subcode Low Low Alarm Float Value Deviation High Alarm Deviation High Alarm Alarm State Deviation High Alarm Time Stamp Deviation High Alarm Subcode Deviation High Alarm Float Value Deviation Low Al Deviation Low Al Deviation Low Al Deviation Low Al Deviation Low Al Tracking Scale EU at 100 Bias Tracking Scale EU at 0 Error Tracking Scale Units Index SP Work Tracking Scale Decimal SP FTime Tracking Input Discrete Status mathform Tracking Input Descrete Value structureconfig Tracking Value Status UGamma Tracking Value Value UBeta Feed Forward Value Status IDeadBand Feed Forward Value Value Feed Forward Scale EU at 100 Feed Forward Scale EU at 025 Feed Forward Scale Units Index Feed Forward Scale Decimal Feed Forward Gain StdDev arm Unacknowledged arm Alarm State arm Time Stamp arm Subcode arm Float Value Unacknowledged T Request T State T Status T Ipgain T Ugain T Uperiod T Psgain T Ptimec T Pdtime T Targetop T Hyster T Relayss T Gain Magnifier T Auto Extra DT T Auto Hysteresis T Aoperiods Instruction Manual Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Input Selector Function Block Overview The Input Selector ISEL function block figure 4 12 can be used to select the first good maximum minimum average or hot b
242. d UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged O undefined 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined The LO LO alarm data which includes a value of the 1 Clear reported alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of ALARM_STATE 2 Clear not reported O undefined the alarm 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported SUBCODE ma RO NA 9 Deviation High Alarm DV HI ALM Data Type DS 71 VALUE Data Type Float O Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged O undefined 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 71 The DV HI alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of ALARM STATE 2 Clear not reported O undefined the alarm 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported SUBCODE saa NA 9 Deviation Low Alarm DV LO ALM 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported VALUE Data Type Float 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged 0 undefined 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined The DV LO alarm data which includes a value of 1 Clear reported the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the ALARM STATE I 2 Clear not reported O undefined State ofthe alarm 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported SUBCODE 4 NA oo 0 Extended Parameters The bias value used to calculate output for a PD ies ALL OUT SCALE 10 BIAS structure Data Type Float 67 N A Dynamic The error SP PV used to determine the control ERROR action SP Work pate
243. d 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 15 Transducer Block View 1 Table 4 16 Transducer Block View 2 6 BLOCK_ERR FINAL VALUE RANGE DECIMAL TRANSDUCER TYPE FINAL VALUE CUTOFF HI XD ERROR FINAL VALUE CUTOFF LO 13 1 FINAL VALUE STATUS SERVO GAIN FINAL VALUE VALUE SERVO RESET ONT DEN DU INPUT_CHAR 86 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Note Detailed Setup Transducer Block January 2015 Because individual views are limited in size View Lists 3 and 4 have multiple parts Table 4 17 Transducer Block View 3 1 3 e 51 BLOCK ERR TRANSDUCER TYPE 1 10 11 XD ERROR 13 1 FINAL VALUE STATUS FINAL VALUE VALUE 48 8b MAINT ACTIVES 2 3 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 1 1 FINAL POSITION VALUE STATUS FINAL POSITION VALUE VALUE Table 4 18 Transducer Block View 3 2 DEVICE RECORD TEMP MX 86 1 DEVICE_RECORD TEMP_MAX 86 2 DEVICE_RECORD TEMP_MAX_TIME 86 3 DEVICE_RECORD TEMP_MIN DEVICERECORD TEMP Table 4 19 Transducer Block View 4 1 87 Detailed Setup Transducer Block January 2015 Table 4 20 Transducer Block View 4 2 3 VAVESN SSCS 39 a o 3i XLOLWHO O O oO o 39 90 PRESSURE a 3 2 2 2 3 3 94 S RNCRAIEUNIS 1 7 8 9 0 1 91 92 93 94 Table 4 21 Transducer Block View 4 3 e y continued 88 Instruction Manual D103412
244. d Only Memory ROM A memory in which information is stored at the time of instrument manufacture You can examine but not change ROM contents Seat Load Force exerted on the valve seat typically expressed in pounds force per lineal inch of port circumference Seat load is determined by shutoff requirements Software Computer programs procedures and possibly associated documentation and data pertaining to the operation of a computer system Temperature Sensor A device within the FIELDVUE instrument that measures the instrument s internal temperature Travel Movement of the valve stem or shaft which changes the amount the valve is open or closed Travel Sensor A device within the FIELDVUE instrument that senses valve stem or shaft movement The travel sensor in the DVC6200f is the Hall Effect sensor that measures the position of the magnet assembly Instruction Manual Glossary D103412X012 January 2015 Travel Sensor Motion Watch Dog Timer Increasing or decreasing air pressure causes the A timer that the microprocessor must pulse magnet assembly to move up or down or the periodically If the microprocessor is unable to rotary shaft to turn clockwise or pulse the timer the instrument shuts down counterclockwise Device Setup asks if it can move the valve to determine travel Tuning The adjustment of control terms or parameter values to produce a desired control effect Zero Power Condition The position of the valve op
245. d by the block shed options If Shed Remote Out is set to 0 the block will not shed from ROut Enter a positive value in the Shed Remote Out field Time duration is in 1 32 milliseconds 640000 20 secs Options Field Communicator RB gt Configure Setup gt Options e Diagnostic Options Diagnostic Options DIAG_OPTIONS 45 shows the diagnostic options available in the instrument e Function Block Options Function Block Options FB OPTIONS 44 shows which function blocks are available in the instrument 22 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Resource Block D103412X012 January 2015 e Miscellaneous Options Miscellaneous Options MISC_OPTIONS 46 indicates which miscellaneous licensing options are enabled Features Available Features Available FEATURES 17 indicates which Resource Block Options features are available o Reports Reports enables alert and event reporting Reporting of specific alerts may be suppressed See Alerts on page 45 o Fault State Fault state enables the ability of the output block to react to various abnormal conditions by shedding mode See parameter descriptions for Set Fault State SET_FSTATE 29 and Clear Fault State CLR_FSTATE 30 in table 4 3 and Action on Fault Detection o Soft Write Lock Soft Write lock permits using Write Lock WRITE_LOCK 34 to prevent any external change to parameter values Block connections and calculation results will proceed normally but the confi
246. digital valve controller respond to the control signal Yes No If No describe 10 Is it on Travel or Pressure control 11 What are the following parameter readings Setpoint Drive Signal 76 Supply Pressure Pressure A Pressure B Travel Target 76 Travel 76 Pressure B 12 What is the safe position of the valve Fail Closed FallOpen _ Interface and Diagnostic Tools 13 What interface and diagnostic tools are available 14 Provide any available supporting documentation such as Status Monitor Detailed Setup any alert readings Mounting Reference 1 Actuator application sliding stem Rotary 2 Which digital valve controller do you have DVC6200f _ DVC6205f DVC6215 3 What Make Brand Style Size etc actuator is the DVC6200f mounted on Operational 4 What is the full travel of the valve 5 What is the Mounting Kit part number Other 6 If mounting kits are made by LBP Customer please provide pictures of installation 224 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Section 8 Parts Parts Ordering Parts January 2015 Whenever corresponding with your Emerson Process Management sales office about this equipment always mention the controller serial number When ordering replacement parts refer to the 11 character part number of each required part as found in the following parts list Part numbers are shown for kits and recommended spares only For part numbers not shown contact your Emerson Process Management sales offi
247. e e Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted Status Handling Output or readback fault detection is reflected in the status of PV 7 OUT 9 and BKCAL_OUT 25 A limited SP 8 condition is reflected in the BKCAL_OUT 25 status When simulation is enabled through the SIMULATE 10 attribute you can set the value and status for PV 7 and READBACK 16 When the block is in Cas mode and the CAS_IN 17 input goes bad the block sheds mode to the next permitted mode Setting the Output To set the output for the AO block you must first set the mode to define the manner in which the block determines its setpoint In Manual mode the value of the output attribute OUT 9 must be set manually by the user and is independent of the setpoint In Automatic mode OUT 9 is set automatically based on the value specified by the set point SP 8 in engineering units and the I O Options attribute In addition you can limit the SP 8 value and the rate at which a change in the SP 8 is passed to OUT 9 In Cascade mode the cascade input connection CAS IN 17 is used to update the SP 8 The back calculation output BKCAL OUT 25 is wired to the back calculation input BKCAL IN 27 of the upstream block that provides CAS IN 17 This provides bumpless transfer on mode changes and windup protection in the upstream block Note You must wire BKCAL OUT 25 to BKCAL IN 27 of
248. e Indicates reduced Check I P Relay On board diagnostics Performance Reduced Enabled based on continuous PD tests performance Valve Actuator have detected a Maintenance internal to the instrument or Ext Tubingas performance issue that indicated has reduced control performance Check or replace the component indicated in the possible cause detail Performance Information Performance Performance Information None Indicates information No action On board diagnostics Performance Information based on continuous PD tests that may pertain to control required have detected an Advisory Enabled internal to the instrument performance abnormal performance condition No immediate action required Table C 4 Output Block PV Status Not Enabled I T NOTES X No Effect 1 PV limit substatus reflects only READBACK limit substatus SP limit substatus reflects only out block rate limits Table C 5 Limit Sub Status G x O Tig o o O o O oS 08 TF ig Home 0 AO X dew D X Me Hume x D A X tow tite x D A x N j Nui NOTE X No Effect 262 Instruction Manual FouNDATION fieldbus Communication D103412X012 January 2015 Appendix D Founpation fieldbus Communication DVC6200f digital valve controllers use the FouNDATION fieldbus to communicate with other fieldbus i
249. e remote computer completes the initialization handshake No Return Target mode changes to the next lowest priority non remote mode permitted The target remote mode is lost so no return occurs Remote Cascade Output RCAS OUT Remote Out Output ROUT OUT Tracking Scale TRK SCALE Tracking Input Discrete TRK IN D Data Type DS 65 The value after scaling from TRK SCALE to OUT SCALE applied to OUT in LO mode when external tracking is enabled by TRK IN D Tracking Value TRK VAL Data Type DS 65 The feedforward control input value and status Feed Forward Value FF VAL Data Type DS 68 The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with the feedforward value FF_VAL Feed Forward Scale FF_SCALE A UJ UJ UJ UJ UJ NJ o Ul Data Type Float The feedforward gain value FF_VAL is multiplied by FF_GAIN before it is added to the calculated control output A value of 0 disables feedforward Feed Forward Gain FF_GAIN Continued 112 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup PID Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 32 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Update Event UPDATE_EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 73 0 Undefined This alert is generated by any changes to the stat
250. e If valve response is unsatisfactory the method permits adjusting the digital valve controller tuning to improve response If the valve is unstable select Decrease Response to stabilize valve operation This selects the next lower tuning set e g F to E If the valve response is sluggish select Increase Response to make the valve more responsive This selects the next higher tuning set e g F to G If after selecting Decrease Response or Increase Response the valve travel overshoot is excessive Increase Damping or Decrease Damping can be used to select a damping value not represented in a predefined tuning set Select Decrease Damping to select a damping value that allows more overshoot Select Increase Damping to select a damping value that will decrease the overshoot When valve operation is satisfactory select Exit Before exiting you are asked if you want to return the transducer block mode to Auto Select Yes to change the transducer block mode to Auto Select No to leave the transducer block in its current mode Pressure Tuning Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Response Control Pressure Tuning A WARNING Changes to the tuning set may cause the valve actuator assembly to stroke To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by moving parts keep hands tools and other objects away from the valve actuator assembly e Pressure Tuning Set There are twelve Pressure Tuning Sets PRESS TUNIN
251. e assembly for proper operation ValveLink software diagnostics can be used for this purpose Travel Limit Travel Limit Hi Hi The Travel has exceeded the None Check process The actual valve Travel Disabled Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Point loop position has exceeded Advisory Travel Limit LoLo The Travel is lower than the None Check process the configurable travel Disabled Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Point loop limit in N A Travel Limit Hi The Travel has exceeded the None Check process The actual valve Travel Disabled Travel Limit Hi Alert Point loop position has exceeded N A the configurable travel limit in Travel Limit Lo The Travel is lower than the None Check process The actual valve Disabled Travel Limit Lo Alert Point loop position has exceeded the configurable travel limit in 26 Travel Open The Travel is greater than the None Check process The actual valve Disabled Open Alert Point loop position is near the full open position Travel Closed The Travel is greater than the None Check process The actual valve Disabled Closed Alert Point loop position is near the full closed position Proximity Hi Hi The Travel is within the None Check process The actual valve Disabled configured band of the loop position is near the Proximity Hi configured center point None configured center Disabled point N A Proximity N A Proximity Lo None Disabled Proximity Lo Lo None Disabled Cycle
252. e Lock is set to Not Locked the Write Alarm alert is active 196 Instruction Manual Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics D103412X012 January 2015 Block Alarm Field Communicator RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Block Alarm The Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM 36 is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block e Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Alarm State BLOCK ALM ALARM STATE 36 2 indicates the state of the Block Alarm Five states are possible Undefined Clear reported Clear not reported Active reported Active not reported O O O O O Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Unacknowledged BLOCK_ALARM UNACKNOWLEDGED 36 1 1 Undefined 2 Acknowledged 3 Unacknowledged Maintenance Field Communicator RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Maintenance e Restart Actions A WARNING Restarting the instrument may cause loss of process control To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure of process fluid isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid You can restart the instrument to reset parameters links etc within the instrument However due to the effect that a restart can have on the instrument and therefore the control loop restarting the instrument should be used cautiously and only as a last measure The following procedure describes how to use Rest
253. e PID block into its cascade input connection CAS IN 18 If the Use PV for BKCAL OUT option is not selected the working set point SP WRK 68 is used for BKCAL OUT 31 You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only When the mode is set to Auto the SP 8 will remain at the last value it will no longer follow the PV 7 PID Equation Structures for Enhanced PID Block Note Extended parameters are not available at this time for all host systems Refer to your host system documentation or contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for additional information Configure the STRUCTURECONFIG 71 parameter to select the PID equation structure You can select one of the following choices e Proportional integral and derivative on error PID e Proportional and integral on error derivative on PV PI D e Integral on error proportional and derivative on PV I PD e Proportional on error derivative on error PD Integral on error derivative on error ID Integral on error derivative on PV I D e Two degrees of Freedom 2DOF Reverse and Direct Action To configure the block output action set the Direct Acting control option This option defines the relationship between a change in PV 7 and the corresponding change in output With Direct Acting enabled True an increase in PV results in an increase in the output You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only Ala
254. e Priority MAINT_PRI 69 and Advise Priority ADVISE PRI 70 determine the PlantWeb alert priorities Although 16 priorities are available only three are actually meaningful for PlantWeb alerts If the priority is 0 no reporting occurs If the priority is 1 reporting is simulated within the instrument but the alert is not actually reported over the bus The alert condition is reported for priorities 2 through 15 with the higher priorities taking precedence over the lower priorities Failed Suppress FAILED MASK 65 Maintenance Suppress MAINT MASK 66 and Advise Suppress ADVISE MASK 67 determine which of the alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported PlantWeb Alerts Set Block Status If a PlantWeb Alert is active the AO or DO Block Readback parameter status may change This behavior is controlled with the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status PWA SET STATUS 97 parameter in the transducer block Setting PlantWeb Alerts Refer to table C 2 for information on setting PlantWeb alerts When selected PlantWeb alarms will set the PV status according to table C 4 Using PlantWeb Alerts Refer to table C 3 for information on using PlantWeb alerts PlantWeb Alerts January 2015 Table C 2 Setting PlantWeb Alerts PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Alert Condition Default Drive Current Electronics Failed Drive Current Enabled Drive Signal Electronics Maintenance Driv
255. e Signal Enabled Static Memory Processor Impaired Enabled Electronics Maintenance Output Block Timeout Configuration Maintenance Output Block Timeout Disabled Blocks Set to Default Configuration Maintenance Shutdown Alert Configuration Maintenance Blocks Set to Default Enabled 254 Related Parameters What the Alert is Detecting Default The difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time Self Test Shutdown No Shutdown Recovery Auto Alert Point 50 Alert Time 5 sec If one of the following conditions exist Where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed Drive Signal lt 10 and Calibrated Travel gt 3 Drive Signal gt 90 and Calibrated Travel lt 97 Where Zero Power Condition is defined as open Drive Signal lt 10 and Calibrated Travel lt 97 Drive Signal gt 90 and Calibrated Travel gt 3 Program Memory A pending Flash or NVM failure Self Test Shutdown No Enabled is present Shutdown l x A failure of the FRAM memory where static parameters are stored Self Test Shutdown No Shutdown Recovery Auto Processor Anies ter Self Test Shutdown No Enabled Shutdown s nee I O Processor Self Test Shutdown No Enabled LI SS Shutdown E Das If the analog or discrete output block has not executed for longer than the configured
256. e State TVL_PRESS STATE 41 2 indicates if the instrument is being used for travel control position control or as an I P pressure control PD Inside Status PD Inside Status shows the status of Performance Diagnostics Protection Indicates the status of Protection Drive Signal Drive Signal DRIVE SIGNAL 53 indicates the drive signal as a percentage of the maximum drive available going to the I P converter from the printed wiring board In most applications the drive signal ranges between 50 and 75 of the maximum drive signal Temperature Temperature TEMPERATURE 48 displays the internal temperature of the instrument in either degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius Cycle Counter Cycle Counter CYCLE COUNT 73 records the number of times the travel changes direction The change in direction must occur after the deadband has been exceeded before it can be counted as a cycle Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator TRAVEL ACCUM 72 indicates the total change in travel in percent of ranged travel The accumulator only increments when travel exceeds the deadband Then the greatest amount of change in one direction from the original reference point after the deadband has been exceeded will be added to the Travel Accumulator Travel Count Travel Count TVL COUNT 43 1 is the Travel Sensor readback displayed in A D counts 207 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012
257. e acting with spring e Valve Style Select the valve style rotary or sliding stem e Zero Power Condition this identifies whether the valve is fully open or fully closed when the input is 0 If you are unsure how to set this parameter disconnect the instrument from the segment With double acting and single acting direct digital valve controllers disconnecting the instrument from the segment is the same as setting the output A pressure to zero For single acting reverse digital valve controllers disconnecting the instrument from the segment is the same as setting the output B pressure to supply A WARNING If you answer YES to the prompt for permission to move the valve when setting the Travel Sensor Motion the instrument will move the valve through its full travel range To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid Travel Sensor Motion Device Setup asks if it can move the valve to determine travel sensor motion If you answer Yes the instrument will stroke the valve the full travel span to determine travel sensor motion If you answer No then you must specify the direction of travel movement For quarter turn actuators determine rotation by viewing the rotation of the magnet assembly from the back of the instrument Note Travel Sensor Motion in this instance
258. e if any of the following are true e The Actual mode of the resource block is not Auto e The Input Selector block Target mode is Out of Service 121 Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 e The Input Selector block Target mode is Auto OP_SELECT 22 is not being used and SELECT_TYPE 19 is 0 In this case the BLOCK_ERR 6 parameter shows a Block Configuration Error The Input Selector block Actual mode will be Manual if all of the above is not true and the Target mode is Manual Figure 4 13 Input Selector Function Block Schematic IN_1 AUTO pan our gorithm IN 4 MAN DISABLE 1 DISABLE 2 SELECTED DISABLE 3 gt Q DISABLE 4 SEL_TYPE si 5 OP SELECT MIN GOOD N jad SELECT_TYPE NOTE THIS FIGURE DOES NOT INCLUDE THE ADDITIONAL 4 INPUTS IN THE EXTENDED PARAMETERS Status Handling Quality Use and Propagation In Auto mode OUT 7 reflects the value and status of the selected input based on the following criteria e Abad or disabled input is never used by any of the selection algorithms Foraselection algorithm to use an input with status of Uncertain the STATUS_OPTS 10 parameter must have Use Uncertain as Good STATUS_OPTS 10 is applied before selection e If the number of good inputs is less than MIN GOOD 20 or if the number of inputs evaluated is 0 the status of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Bad e
259. e of these blocks detects a loss of a correct path to the downstream block such as when the downstream block is in the OOS Man or LO mode it enters the IMan mode For example when the transducer block enters the OOS mode the AO block enters the IMan mode Local Override LO Only the AO DO and PID blocks support this mode If the PID block enters the LO mode the block output follows the tracking value TRK VAL if external tracking is enabled by TRK IN D In the AO and DO block the block enters LO mode when the block detects that fault state is active In this case the output is determined by the selection for I O OPTS Manual Man If the data status of a function block s input is bad its target mode is Man the block enters the manual mode In this mode the function block does not update its OUT value If the target is Man the user may write a desired value to the output Automatic Auto The block performs the specified calculations based on the local set point and outputs the result independently without interfacing with another block The user can write to the set point of a block in this mode Any block outputs continue to update Cascade Cas The block performs the specified calculations based on the set point from another block via the cascade input parameter and outputs the result Any block outputs continue to update 266 Instruction Manual FouNDATION fieldbus Communication D103412X012 January 2015 Rem
260. e output connection failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade or remote output in other words the remote cascade or remote output target mode stays in effect Normal On failure of a remote connection the block attempts to attain the highest permitted non remote mode until the remote connection is restored Cas is the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is the next highest permitted non remote mode If Cas or Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retained target mode is the mode the block was in before changing to one of the remote target modes On failure of a remote connection the block attempts to attain the retained target mode Auto On failure of a remote connection the block attempts to attain Auto if permitted until the remote connection is restored Man On failure of a remote connection the block sheds to Man until a remote connection is restored 104 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup PID Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Shed With No Return Options For any shed with no return option the target mode changes as determined by the option Therefore there is no attempt to restore the connection following failure The behavior on change to a remote target mode is identical to thatfor Shed With Return Options Normal On failure of a remote connection the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted non remote mode Cas is
261. e scaling as OUT 153 Detailed Setup AI Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 57 Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index E Write Block Initial Grant GRANT_DENY Data Type DS 70 Options for controlling access of host computer and Valid Bits i i 12 1 JN ALL All bits 0 local control panels to operating tuning and alarm 0 Program parameters of the block 1 Tune GRANT 0 N A 1 granted 122 ALL 2 Alarm 3 Local DENY 0 N A 1 denied I O Options I IO_OPTS nu OOS 10 Low cutoff All bits 0 3 Propagate Failure forward Status Options 14 005 6 Uncertain if Limited STATUS_OPTS 7 Bad if Limited 8 Uncertain in Man Mode Al Channel CHANNEL pe OOS See table 4 54 0 Undefined 0 Undefined Linearization Type 1 Direct L_TYPE 16 005 MAN 2 Indirect 3 Ind Sqr Root Low Cutoff Positi LOW_CUT m Process Value Filter Time Positive PV FTIME Field Value 19 FIELD VAL ei 1 l All bits 0 Data Type Bit String 0 Disable 1 Enable User options for Output Control Data Type Bit String 0 Disable 1 Enable User options for Status All bits 0 Data Type Unsigned16 Used to select the type ofthreshold that is used to set the output Data Type Enum Linearization type Determines whether the field value is used directly Direct is converted linearly Indirect or is converted with the square root Indirect Square Root The
262. e the device has defined as alarms and has reported to DeltaV All device alarms are configured and processed in the DeltaV system identically to process alarms This means that how the alarms are communicated within the system what workstations are notified alarm annunciation graphical representations event recording acknowledgement etc are identical for process and device alarms This ensures that device alarms and process alarms are available to all users and applications in a consistent fashion Setting up PlantWeb Alerts This section walks you through the steps and considerations to implement PlantWeb alerts DeltaV Hardware and Software Requirements The first step to implement PlantWeb alerts is to have the correct hardware and software e DeltaV v6 3 or later DeltaV Operate e MD Controllers e Fieldbus devices While device alerts are supported on all fieldbus devices devices that offer PlantWeb alerts provide significantly more useful information Series 2 H1 cards 291 Operating with a DeltaV System Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Initial Device Setup When new FF devices are commissioned on the DeltaV system device alarms are automatically enabled and default priorities are assigned to the alarms Select properties on the device then the Alarms and Displays tab as shown in figure F 5 to view whether device alarms are enabled on a particular device Figure F 5 Alarms amp Display Tab
263. e travel to the specified target at the rate of 1 075 per second of the ranged travel e Step to Target steps the travel to the specified target Stop stops the command 204 Instruction Manual Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics D103412X012 January 2015 Trend Field Communicator TB gt Device Diagnostic gt Trend Trend chart of Setpoint FINAL_VALUE VALUE 13 2 Travel TRAVEL VALUE 34 2 and Pressure A PRESSURE_A VALUE 36 2 Device Variables All Block Modes Block Mode Target The Target TARGET 5 1 mode is the mode requested by the user or host system Generally only one mode is allowed to be set and it must be a permitted mode as defined by the permitted attribute of the mode parameter Additionally all cascade targets Cas Rcas must have AUTO set Block Mode Actual This is the current mode of the block The actual ACTUAL 5 2 mode may differ from the target mode due to operating conditions of the block Note Block Mode Actual drops the AUTO bit for the cascade targets For example target mode might have Cas and Auto set but actual mode will only have Cas set Block Mode Permitted The permitted PERMITTED 5 3 mode defines the modes allowed for the block This is set by the user or host system but is restricted by the instrument to modes supported by the instrument for the particular block Any change request to the Target or Normal attribute is checked against the permitted attrib
264. ect function blocks to local input output functions They read sensor hardware and write to effector actuator hardware This permits the transducer block to execute as frequently as necessary to obtain good data from sensors and ensure proper writes to the actuator without burdening the function blocks that use the data The transducer block also isolates the function block from the specific characteristics of the physical I O 264 Instruction Manual FouNDATION fieldbus Communication D103412X012 January 2015 Block Modes All blocks have modes The mode determines the source of the set point the destination of the output how the block executes and the relationship between setpoint and output The block mode is determined by the Block Mode parameter It is a structured parameter composed of the attributes actual target permitted and normal The following defines each of the attributes e Target mode The Target mode is the mode requested by the user or host system Only one mode is allowed to be set and it must be a permitted mode as defined by the permitted attribute of the mode parameter e Actual mode This is the current mode of the block The actual mode may differ from the target mode due to operating conditions of the block e Permitted mode The permitted mode defines the modes allowed for the block This is set by the user or host system but is restricted by the instrument to modes supported by the instrument for the particular
265. ed Supply TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Manoa TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Pressure Time Maximum Recorded Temperature TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Maximum Recorded Temperature Maximum Recorded Temperature Time Maximum Supply Pressure TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Maximum Supply Pressure ae Recorded Supply TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure amen PPY TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Pressure Time Minimu Recorded TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Minimum Recorded Temperature Temperature inmid TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Minimum Recorded Temperature Time Temperature Time TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Maximum Recorded Temperature Time Output Block Timeout Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Output Block Timeout gt Output Block Timeout Alert ae u ONERE TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Output Block Timeout gt Output Block Timeout Alert Enable Output Block Timeout Manual gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Output Block T
266. ed as a target mode Changing the block mode requires accessing the Block Mode parameter For information on using the host system to change the block mode via this parameter see the appropriate host documentation 265 FounDarioN fieldbus Communication Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Note A downstream block changing to Out of Service impacts the mode of the upstream block Refer to the block hierarchy in figure D 2 Figure D 2 Digital Valve Controller Block Hierarchy Example RESOURCE BLOCK ANALOG OUTPUT TRANSDUCER PID BLOCK AO BLOCK BLOCK NOTES 1 CHANGING THE RESOURCE BLOCK TO OUT OF SERVICE CHANGES ALL FUNCTION BLOCKS TO OUT OF SERVICE BUT DOES NOT AFFECT THE TRANSDUCER BLOCK 2 CHANGING A DOWNSTREAM BLOCK TO OUT OF SERVICE AFFECTS THEUP STREAM BLOCK FOR EXAMPLE WHEN THE TRANSDUCER BLOCK IS OUT OF SERVICE THE AO BLOCK MODE WILL CHANGE TO IMAN INITIALIZE MANUAL Note There is no mode associated with the FOUNDATION fieldbus Loop Mode is dependent on the blocks within the Loop Explanation of Modes Out of Service OOS The functions performed by the block are not executed If the block has any outputs these typically do not update and the status of any values passed to downstream blocks will be BAD To make changes to some of the parameters in a block requires that the block be Out of Service Initialization Manual IMan Only the AO DO OS and PID blocks support this mode When on
267. ed the alert condition is evaluated and the ACTIVE parameter is updated to reflect if alert is active or not If the bit is set reporting is suppressed Default is all bits cleared 1 These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL 74 Continued Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW nitial Value Category escription Data Type Bit String 4 byte O disable 1 enable Maintenance alert mask MASK Maintenance Suppress Same as for MAINT MASK RW ALL MAINT_ACTIVE above All bits 0 reported If alert is enabled the alert condition is evaluated and the ACTIVE parameter is updated to reflect if alert is active or not If the bit is set reporting is suppressed Default is all bits cleared Data Type Bit String 4 byte 0 disable 1 enable Advise alert mask MASK controls Advise Suppress 67 RW ALL Same as for All bits 0 ALL s e i its is enabled the alert condition is ADVISE_MASK ADVISE_ENABLE above evaluated and the ACTIVE parameter is updated to reflect if alert is active or not If the bit is set reporting is suppressed Default is all bits cleared Failed Priority Maintenance Priority Data Type Uint8 MAINT_PRI e m au E SEDE Maintenance alert priority Advise
268. ed to set the analog output defined by the CHANNEL 22 parameter You can access the actuator position associated with the output channel through the READBACK 16 parameter in OUT units and in the PV 7 attribute in engineering units The digital valve controller supports position feedback and therefore provides the actual valve position in PV 7 and READBACK 16 directly 93 Detailed Setup AO Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Figure 4 8 Analog Output Function Block Timing Diagram CAS_IN 2 gt L 1 2 j oe 1 gt aj sp RATE_UP OUT x x e TRANSDUCER BLOCK TRAVEL TARGET SP x L lt 1 second gt 1 second gt E 1 second sha 1 second gt Time Action On Fault Detection To define the action you wish the valve to take when the block is in CAS mode and the CAS_IN 17 input detects a communication failure or is commanded to go to fault state by the upstream block or the resource block configure the following parameters IO_OPTS 14 Determines the action OUT 9 will take upon a fault state If the IO_OPTS 14 Fault State to Value is not selected then OUT 9 holds its last position when Fault State is set If Fault State to Value is selected OUT 9 goes to the FSTATE_VAL 24 value when Fault State is set FSTATE_T
269. eds Maintenance Now Drive Current Drive Current Alert Drive Current Alert Enable Drive Current Alert Point Drive Current Alert Time Drive Current Manual Recovery Drive Current Shutdown Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert Drive Signal Alert Enable Effective Area Failed Active Failed Enable Failed Suppress Feedback Connection Flow Direction Flow Tends To I O Processor Alert I O Processor Alert Enable I O Processor Man Recovery I O Processor Shutdown Inlet Pressure 238 D103412X012 enu Structure TB gt Device Variables gt Pressures gt A Minus TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Actual Travel gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Fail Action gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Manufacturer gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Model Number gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Serial Number gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Size TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Style TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alert Handling gt Simulate Active Alerts gt Advise Active TB gt Configure Setup gt Deta
270. efore proceeding Install a jumper across the SIMULATE ENABLE terminals to enable the instrument to accept a simulate command These terminals are marked AUX on the terminal board see figure 2 2 With the jumper in place and the simulate parameter in the AO or DO block set to enabled the transducer block ignores the output of the AO or DO block The simulate value and status become the readback value and status to the AO or DO block and the transducer block is ignored For more information on running simulations see the Detailed Setup section of this manual the FOUNDATION fieldbus specifications and the host documentation A WARNING Removing the jumper will disable the simulate which may cause the valve to move To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process 13 Installation Information Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Instruction Manual Basic Setup D103412X012 January 2015 Section 3 Basic Setup Basic Setup A WARNING Changes to the instrument setup may cause changes in the output pressure or valve travel Depending on the application these changes may upset process control which may result in personal injury or property damage When the DVC6200f digital valve controller is ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller and sets up the instrument as specified on
271. el Pressure Select 42 Travel Pressure State 42 Device Variables 207 Trend 205 Trim Style 1 60 Trim Style 2 60 Troubleshooting Al Function Block 152 DVC6200f 219 MAI Function Block 160 mounting 219 utility connections 219 Tuning Pressure 41 Travel 39 Tuning Set Device Setup 19 Pressure 41 Travel 39 Tuning Set B 19 Tuning Sets Gain Values 19 U Unbalanced Area 58 Unscheduled Transfers Device Communication 271 Upper Bench Set 60 Utility Connections Troubleshooting 219 V Valve Actual Travel 58 Class 58 310 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Inlet Pressure 58 Manufacturer 58 Model Number 58 Outlet Pressure 58 Packing Type 58 Serial Number 58 Shaft Stem Diameter 58 Size 58 Style 58 Device Setup 18 Valve Position Proximity Detection Channels 30 33 DI Function Block 179 Valve Travel Channel 23 DI Function Block 178 Variable Limit Switch Channels 26 29 DI Function Block 179 Vibration Testing Method 8 View Edit Feedback Connection 59 View Lists 195 Al Function Block 156 Analog Output AO Function Block 100 DI Function Block 186 DO Function Block 175 ISEL Function Block 133 MAI Function Block 163 OS Function Block 145 PID Function Block 117 Resource Block 37 Transducer Block 86 W Weight DVC6200f 8 DVC6205f 8 DVC6215 8 Wiring and Electrical Connections Communication Connections 12 Wiring Practices 11 Write Alar
272. eldbus card defective or not compatible with PC 1g Replace Fieldbus card 2a Incorrect signal level 2a1 Check that segment is properly terminated see host system documentation 2a2 Wrong cable type or segment length too long See Site Planning Guide 2a3 Bad power supply or conditioner 2b Excess noise on segment 2b1 Check integrity of wiring connections Make sure cable shield is grounded only at the control system 2b2 Check for corrosion or moisture on terminals in terminal box refer to page 218 for terminal box information 2c Replace printed wiring board assembly see Replacing PWB Assembly on er 215 parameter Locked 3b If a transducer block parameter the mode may be incorrect or the parameter may be protected transducer block mode to Manual protection the valid range refer to me parameter fables in Section 4 3 d Function block or in out block mode may be incorrect any given parameter Continued Continued 2 Device does not stay on segment 220 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 7 2 Instrument Troubleshooting Continued Symptom Possible Cause O 4 Function block actual mode does not 4a Resource block actual mode is Out of Service change with target mode 5 Input or Output Block does not go to mode target 6 Block dynamic parameters do not update 7 Transducer block Setpoint FINAL_VALUE 13 is not being automatically updated from the AO blo
273. en or closed when the electrical segment power to the instrument is removed Zero Power Condition ZPC is Tuning Set determined by relay and actuator action where Preset values that identify gain and rate settings for Relay A and C Port A will be at atmosphere for a FIELDVUE instrument The tuning set and pressure and if double acting Port B will be at supply pressure together determine an supply pressure For Relay B Port B will be at instrument s response to input signal changes supply pressure 299 Glossary Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 300 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Index A Acknowledge Option Resource Block 24 Act On IR 107 Action on Failure DI Function Block 181 Action on Fault Detection AO Function Block 94 DO Function Block 170 Active PlantWeb Alerts 200 Actuator Fail Action 59 Manufacturer 59 Model Number 59 Serial Number 59 Size 59 Style 59 Device Setup 18 Actuator Compatibility 8 Actuator Information for initial setup 17 Advanced Diagnostics AD 4 Air 60 as supply medium 7 Alarm Detection Al Function Block 147 DI Function Block 181 ISEL Function Block 127 PID Function Block 107 Alarm Handling 23 Alarm Priorities ISEL Function Block 128 PID Function Block 108 Alert Conditions 200 Instrument 45 Alert Handling 62 PlantWeb Alert Handling 62 PlantWeb Alert Simulate 62 PlantWeb Alerts 251 Simulate Active Alerts 62 Alert
274. ening is open and free of debris to prevent pressure buildup under the cover A WARNING To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover when flammable gases or dust are present do not rub or clean the cover with solvents To do so could result in a spark that may cause the flammable gases or dust to explode resulting in personal injury or property damage Clean with a mild detergent and water only A WARNING Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts Before performing any maintenance procedures on the DVC6200f digital valve controller e Always wear protective clothing gloves and eyewear e Do notremove the actuator from the valve while the valve is still pressurized e Disconnect any operating lines providing air pressure electric power or a control signal to the actuator Be sure the actuator cannot suddenly open or close the valve e Use bypass valves or completely shut off the process to isolate the valve from process pressure Relieve process pressure from both sides of the valve e Ventthe pneumatic actuator loading pressure and relieve any actuator spring precompression e Uselock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment e Check with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process media A WARNING When using natural gas as the supply medium or for e
275. er from the Start menu 2 Locate the the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane the left panel and right click once on the digital valve controller icon or name 3 Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left click to bring up the Device Connection View 4 Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F 2 and left click 286 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Figure F 1 Navigating to AMS Device Manager Exploring Delta File Edit View Object Applications Tools Help var JRZ x s m Containers contents of var gi Deltav System Library EMF System Configuration Fieldbus Resource B TRANSDUCER1200 Fieldbus Transducer Gg Setup FFA RMTI Fieldbus Function El Control Strategies _ Fieldbus Function o Unassigned 1 0 References Fieldbus Function E Em liljerorz Fieldbus Function g Mice A ME Fieldbus Function Control Network 14 Fieldbus Function B B lllrroo Fieldbus Function Z t Assigned Module C FEIER Y E ipiis ca Bes yo ieldbus Function E Update Download Status J ae FJ POL UST ieldbus Function i E IE ieldbus Device Al erify without downloa DIGITAL VALVE si iaqnose CONTROLLER ICON Sa AND NAME FFI Commission i Replace Upload Function Blocks O
276. ert This alert is active if Travel exceeds the Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert point Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert This alert is active if Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert point Travel Hi Lo Travel Limit Hi Alert This alert is active if Travel exceeds the Travel Limit Hi Alert point Travel Limit Lo Alert This alert is active if Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Alert point e Proximity lf a proximity alert is active it will appear under PROX ALERTS Travel Open Travel Open Alert This alert is active if the travel is greater than the travel open alert point 201 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Travel Closed Travel Closed Alert This alert is active if the travel is greater than the travel closed alert point Proximity Proximity Hi Hi Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Hi Deadband Proximity Hi Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Deadband Proximity Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Deadband Proximity Lo Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Lo Deadband e Travel History lf a travel history aler
277. esired or expected value or pattern Device ID Unique identifier embedded in the instrument at the factory Drive Signal The signal to the I P converter from the printed wiring board It is the percentage of the total microprocessor effort needed to drive the valve fully open In most applications drive signal ranges from 55 to 75 Feedback Arm The mechanical connection between the valve stem linkage and the FIELDVUE Instrument travel sensor Feedback Signal Indicates to the instrument the actual position of the valve The travel sensor provides the feedback signal to the instrument printed wiring board assembly A mechanical linkage connects the travel sensor to the valve stem or shaft Firmware The combination of a hardware device and computer instructions and data that reside as read only software on that device Note 1 This term firmware is sometimes used to refer only to the hardware device or only to the computer instructions or data but these meanings are deprecated 2 The confusion surrounding this term has led some to suggest that it be avoided altogether The term is included here because of its use in older documentation and culture 297 Glossary January 2015 Gain The ratio of output change to input change Hardware Revision Revision number of the Fisher instrument hardware The physical components of the instrument are defined as the hardware Instrument Level Determines the functions a
278. ess fluid 189 Calibration Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 If a double acting relay is used you will be prompted to run the relay adjustment when auto or manual calibration is selected Select Yes to adjust the relay select No to proceed with calibration For additional information refer to Relay Adjustment in this section Note Relay Adjustment is only available for the double acting relay Relay A Auto Calibration TB gt Configure Setup gt Calibration gt Auto Calibration Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to automatically calibrate travel 1 The auto calibration procedure is automatic It is completed when the Calibration menu appears During calibration the instrument seeks the high and low end points and the minor loop feedback MLFB and output bias By searching for the end points the instrument establishes the limits of physical travel i e the actual travel 0 and 100 positions This also determines how far the relay beam swings to calibrate the sensitivity of the MLFB sensor 2 Place the instrument In Service and verify that the travel properly tracks the current source Manual Calibration Field Communicator TB gt Configure Setup gt Calibration gt Manual Calibration Note 0 Travel Valve Closed 100 Travel Valve Open 1 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change required to set the travel at 0 move the valve to close Selecting large medium
279. esting of the control strategy you can enable the SIMULATE D 17 parameter Normally the valve position value and status used for READBACK D 16 in the DO block reflect actual process values to the nearest 5 as provided by the transducer block When the SIMULATE D 17 parameter is enabled value and status used for READBACK D 16 is supplied by the user manually To enable simulation in the DO function block the simulate jumper must be installed Refer to page 13 of the Installation section for information on the installation of this jumper 170 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup DO Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Note When simulate is active the output block no longer writes values to the transducer block If the Output Blk Timeout period is exceeded the transducer block may move the valve to the Zero Power Condition depending on the configuration of the Output Block Timeout Alert The SIMULATE_D 10 parameter has three components e Simulate Enable_Disable determines whether the function block will use the actual valve position value and status or Simulate Value and Simulate Status e Transducer Value and Status reflect the process values provided by the transducer block e Simulate Value and Status may be entered by the user when Simulate Enable_Disable is set to Enabled To use simulate first install the simulate jumper in the terminal box then set Simulate Enable_Disable to Enabled then enter the desired value
280. etecting A travel sensor failure or large travel deviation has resulted in fallback to pressure control The supply pressure has exceeded the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point The supply pressure is lower than the Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point The temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point The temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point Effect on Valve Instrument None Indicates a reduced performance condition None Indicates a condition that could cause damage to the instrument or actuator None Indicates a condition that could reduce performance or prevent the valve from shutting tightly None Indicates a condition that could shorten service life or lead to reduced performance Continued Instruction Manual Recommended Action Check instrument feedback linkage and travel sensor Confirm proper air supply Check instrument environment D103412X012 The instrument has detected that the travel sensor is outside its normal range of operation or that a gross deviation exists between set point and actual travel It has switched to Pressure Control and is no longer using the travel sensor to position the valve The Supply Pressure sensor on board has detected an abnormally high supply pressure Verify the proper supply pressure and that the alert is properly set The Supply Pressure sensor on board has detected an abnormally low supply pres
281. f Close Pressure Integral Deadzone TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Integral Deadzone Pressure Integral Gain gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Integral Gain Pressure Integral Limit Hi gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Integral Limit Hi Pressure Integral Limit Lo TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Integral Limit Lo Pressure MLFB Gain TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure MLFB Gain gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration gt Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery Pressure Proportional Gain gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Prop Gain Pressure Range Lo gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Pressure Control Pressure Range Lo TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Tuning Set Continued 281 Operating with a DeltaV System Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table F 1 Transducer Block TB Parameters Configuration Index Continued Protection TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt Pro
282. f the input range is not specified then the corresponding OUT n will be set to the closest endpoint of the input value either high or low when the specified region is exceeded Table 4 45 IN ARRAY Coordinates Table 4 46 OUT ARRAY Coordinates mde Cone O wm ZEN X11 Start value of SP for the OUT 1 line WE Y11 Value of OUT 1 at X11 X11 X12 Value of OUT 1 at X17 21 Value of OUT 2 at X21 KZ G z Xo lt X22 X22 End value of SP for the OUT 2 line X21 X22 A configuration error is set in BLOCK ERR and the actual mode of the block goes to Out of Service if the X values have any of the following conditions X21 lt X11 X12 lt X11 X22 lt X21 Refer to figure 4 20 for an example of LOCKVAL true and figure 4 21 for an example of LOCKVAL false The parameter LOCKVAL provides an option to specify whether OUT 1 remains at its ending level when control is switched 140 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup OS Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 to OUT 2 or goes to If LOCKVAL is true OUT 1 remains at its ending value when X is greater than X425 If LOCKVAL is false then OUT 1 goes to Y41 when X is greater than X17 Figure 4 20 OUT with LOCKVAL True Figure 4 21 OUT with LOCKVAL False OUT 1 remains at end point when OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 2 OUT 2 is non zero OUT 1 goes to zero OUT 2 becomes 0 50 100 0 p 10026 SP Some
283. for Setting Use default settings The temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Alert Point 186 F Other alert points may be chosen to Point indicate changes in the instrument environment Temperature High Enabled Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category Set the Alert Point at 40 F if the instrument uses Nitrile elastomers The temperature is lower than and 63 F if it uses Fluorosilicone the Temperature Lo Alert Alert Point 63 F elastomers Point Temperature Limit Environment Advisory Temperature Low Enabled Other alert points may be chosen to indicate changes in the instrument environment Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category Use the default settings with valves that are 4 inch and smaller with PTFE packing systems With other valves the user can refine the The Travel Deviation has settings with ValveLink software Dynamic er m Alert Point 525 Travel Deviation exceeded the Travel Deviation Error Band and Step Response Tests Set I Alert Time 10 sec Enabled Alert Point by more than the Deadband 2 the related parameters as follows Travel Deviation Time 3 Tvl Dev Alert Point set equal times 2 the Maximum Dynamic Error minimum 376 Tvl Dev DB set equal to the Dynamic Error Band minimum 225 Tvl Dev Time set equal to the T98 time for a Step Test from 0 to 10025 Travel minimum 10 seconds Travel Deviation Travel Maintenance Enable thi
284. gapore 128461 Singapore www Fisher com E M ERSON Process Manaaement sQ gt 1 1 E E PU uu cus E i Hed Sa E 2010 2015 Fisher Controls International LLC All rights reserved
285. ged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled Acknowledge Option Discrete Priority Discrete Limit Discrete Alarm Unacknowledged Discrete Alarm Alarm State Discrete Alarm Time Stamp Discrete Alarm Subcode Discrete Alarm Discrete Value 187 Detailed Setup DI Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 188 Instruction Manual Calibration D103412X012 January 2015 Section 5 Calibration Calibration Overview When a DVC6200f digital valve controller is ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator and connects the necessary tubing then sets up and calibrates the controller For digital valve controllers that are ordered separately recalibration of the pressure sensors generally is unnecessary However after mounting on an actuator perform the initial setup then calibrate travel by selecting Configure Setup gt Calibration gt Auto Calibration For more detailed calibration information refer to the following calibration procedures Calibration TB gt Configure Setup gt Calibration e Auto Calibration This procedure automatically calibrates the tra
286. gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Signal gt Drive Signal TB gt Device Variables gt Drive Signal gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Signal gt Drive Signal Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Signal gt Drive Signal Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Effective Area gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alert Handling gt Simulate Active Alerts gt Failed Active gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Enable gt Failed Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Reporting gt Failed Suppress gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Feedback Connection gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Flow Direction gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Flow Tends To gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt I O Processor Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt I O Processor Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired g
287. guration is locked Also see Write Lock on page 21 O Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support permits the instrument to treat each PlantWeb alert separately when broadcast to the Host Without Multi Bit Alarm Support an individual PlantWeb alert must be acknowledged before another PlantWeb alert can be broadcast to the Host e Features Selected Note Typically this parameter does not need to be changed The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory Fault State Software Write Lock and Output Readback are set by default Features Selected FEATURE_SEL 18 indicates which Resource Block Options features have been selected and is used to select the desired features o Reports Selecting reports enables alert and event reporting Reporting of specific alerts may be suppressed See Alerts on page 45 o Fault State Selecting fault state enables the ability of the output block to react to various abnormal conditions by shedding mode See parameter descriptions for Set Fault State SET_FSTATE 29 and Clear Fault State CLR_FSTATE 30 in table 4 3 and Action on Fault Detection o Soft Write Lock When selected permits using Write Lock WRITE_LOCK 34 to prevent any external change to parameter values Block connections and calculation results will proceed normally but the configuration is locked Also see Write Lock on page 21 o Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Su
288. he drive signal to the I P converter increases increasing the I P output pressure The I P output pressure is routed to the pneumatic relay submodule The relay is also connected to supply pressure and amplifies the small pneumatic signal from the I P converter The relay accepts the amplified pneumatic signal and provides two output pressures With relay A an increasing setpoint will produce increasing pressure at output A and decreasing pressure at output B With relay B an increasing setpoint will produce decreasing pressure at output B output A is not available With relay C an increasing setpoint will produce an increasing pressure on output A output B is not available The output A pressure is used for double acting and single acting direct applications The output B pressure is used for double acting and single acting reverse applications Figure A 2 FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Assembly HOUSING PNEUMATIC RELAY GAUGES TERMINAL BOX WITH COVER PRINTED WIRING BOARD ASSEMBLY MODULE BASE ASSEMBLY IIP CONVERTER W9925 1 As shown in figure A 1 the increased output A pressure causes the actuator stem to move upward The stem position is sensed by the travel sensor The stem continues to move upward until the correct stem position is attained At this point the printed wiring board assembly stabilizes the I P drive signal This prevents any further increase in the pneumatic signal from the I P converter A
289. he last value saved in non volatile memory This does not act like Fault State it only uses the value of FSTATE_VAL 24 Fault State to Value The output action to take when a fault occurs if not selected use hold last value if selected use FSTATE_VAL 24 Increase to Close If the Increase to Close bit is set the value to the transducer is inverted e g 20 becomes 80 SP PV Track in Man Permits the setpoint to track the process variable when the target mode of the block is MAN SP PV Track in LO or IMan Permits the setpoint to track the process variable when the actual mode of the block is LO or IMan SP Track retained Target Permits the setpoint to track the RCas or Cas parameter based on the retained target mode when the actual mode of the block is LO or Man When SP PV track options are enabled the SP Track retained target will have precedence in the selection of the value to track when the actual mode is Man and LO Simulation When simulate is active the transducer sub parameters show the actual transducer block status and value as normally passed back to the AO block The Simulate sub parameters are writable and replace actual transducer values Note When simulate is active the output block no longer writes values to the transducer block If the Output Blk Timeout period is exceeded the transducer block may move the valve to the Zero Power Condition depending on the configuration of the Output Block Timeout Alert
290. he website download files locate the folder with the new support files This folder is called RELEASE 3 Open this folder and select the folder named 005100 4 Copy the 005100 folder and all its subfolders from the CD ROM or website download location to the base folder If this is an update the folders already exist the system informs you that the folders already exist and asks if they should be replaced Answer Yes or OK so the folders are properly updated 5 The new support files are now installed You may have to restart applications and drivers in order for the new files to become active DD installation is complete Consult the system documentation for commissioning new devices or updating existing devices Displaying the Device Description Version You can use the DD In Use method to display version information for the device descriptions installed on the system The DD in Use method is included with the device description DD software For information on using methods see the host system documentation DD in Use displays the version number displayed in the format device type device revision DD revision The Min Compatible DD revision displayed is the latest device description revision that is compatible with the displayed device revision This method is available via the resource block 2 7 Device Description Installation Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 278 Instruction Manual Operating with a DeltaV
291. hen Zero Power Condition is open This pressure must be greater than the Pressure Range Lo Pressure Range Lo Pressure Range Lo PRESS_RANGE_LO 42 8 is the low end of the output pressure range Enter the pressure that corresponds to 0 valve travel when Zero Power Condition is closed or 100 valve travel when Zero Power Condition is open The pressure must be less than the Pressure Range Hi Input Characterization Field Communicator TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Input Characterization Input Characterization INPUT_CHAR 50 defines the relationship between the travel target and the setpoint received from the output block Travel target is the output from the characterization function 43 Detailed Setup Transducer Block January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Custom Characterization Table TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Custom Characterization Table You can select from the three fixed input characteristics shown in figure 4 1 or you can select a custom characteristic Figure 4 1 shows the relationship between the travel target and travel set point for the fixed input characteristics You can specify 21 points on a custom characteristic curve Each point defines a travel target in of ranged travel for a corresponding set point in of ranged set point Set point values range from 25 0 to 125 Before modification the custom characteristi
292. hen attaching the cover to the module base assembly in step 6 W N 6 Attach the cover key 43 to the module base assembly Submodlule Maintenance The digital valve controller s module base contains the following submodules I P converter PWB assembly and pneumatic relay If problems occur these submodules may be removed from the module base and replaced with new submodules After replacing a submodule the module base may be put back into service CAUTION Exercise care when performing maintenance on the module base Reinstall the cover to protect the I P converter and gauges when servicing other submodules In order to maintain accuracy specifications do not strike or drop the I P converter during submodule maintenance I P Converter Refer to figure 8 2 or 8 4 for key number locations The I P converter key 41 is located on the front of the module base Note After I P converter submodule replacement calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications Replacing the I P Filter A screen in the supply port beneath the I P converter serves as a secondary filter for the supply medium To replace this filter perform the following procedure 213 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 WN Remove the I P converter key 41 and shroud key 169 as described in the Removing the I P Converter procedure Remove the screen key 231 from the s
293. hen the Travel Accumulator value exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point It is cleared after you reset the Travel Accumulation to a value less than the alert point Travel Accumulator Alert Enable When enabled Travel Accumulator Alert Enable activates checking of the difference between the Travel Accumulator value and the Travel Accumulator Alert Point e Travel Accumulator Alert Point Travel Accumulator Alert Point TVL_ACCUM_ALRT_PT 77 4 is the value of the Travel Accumulator in percent of ranged travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Accumulator Alert Travel Accumulator Deadband Travel Accumulator Deadband TVL_ACCUM_DB 77 5 is the area around the travel reference point in percent of ranged travel that was established at the last increment of the accumulator This area must be exceeded before a change in travel can be accumulated See figure 4 5 Performance Alerts Field Communicator gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance Alerts Note Performance Alerts are only available with a PD tier instrument Additionally for the PD alerts to function properly e The transducer block mode must not be out of service e The travel pressure control state must be in travel control mode and e Bench Set Hi Bench Set Lo and Nominal Supply Pressure must be set in the Spec Sheets then enable the Performance Information instrument alert PERF_ENABLE 75 7 PD Inside Status PD
294. her the alarm is annunciated on a particular workstation in addition to the color of the alarm and the horn sound The DeltaV workstation default is to annunciate device alarms above the ADVISORY 7 priority Therefore by default both the FAILED and COMM PlantWeb alerts annunciate to the operator The priority of each alarm needs to be considered The priority of a device alarm is determined by how important that device problem is and the consequences to the process The priority is not based solely on the type of device This means that while some DVC6200f s may be critical to operation other DVC6200f s may not In this example the DVC6200f s would have different default alarm priorities Note 1 If your installation has the Fieldbus devices but is not ready to use PlantWeb alerts then you can disable the individual alarms at the device or through the System Alarm Management application Later on individual alarms can be enabled without having to download the device 2 When you first begin to use device alarms be sure that your alarm priority settings for the workstations or the individual device alarm priorities are such that they don t cause undue operator burden This could mean only having a few device alarms set at WARNING or above or changing the DeltaV Operate default such that only CRITICAL device alarms or even perhaps NO device alarms annunciate to the operator 3 DO NOT enable ALL of the PlantWeb alerts in a device Onl
295. his parameter reflects the error status ue associated with the hardware or software 14 Power components associated with a block Multiple 1 5 Pic M errors may be shown see table 4 80 Data Type DS 66 The process variable used in block execution N A AR o o to Dynamic Value is converted from Readback to show the me actuator position in the same units as the set point value OOS Data Type DS 66 OUT STATE The primary discrete value calculated as a result of executing the function ALL Normal Most common mode for Target PERMITTED ALL OOS MAN AUTO NORMAL gt Block Error BLOCK_ERR Process Value Discrete PV_D Output Discrete OUT_D El gt 2 Simulate Discrete SIMULATE_D SIMULATE_STATUS SIMULATE_VALUE TRANSDUCER_STATUS TRANSDUCER_VALUE Data Type DS 83 ALL Allows the transducer discrete input or output to the block to be manually supplied when simulate is enabled When simulation is ALL O disabled the simulate value and status track O Not initialized the actual value and status 1 Simulation Disabled 2 Simulation Active r r 1 Simulation ENABLE DISABLE Disabled Transducer State XD_STATE Data Type Unsigned16 Index to the text describing the states of a discrete output Output State OUT_STATE CO O O WO U1 WO gt L gt s ps Data Type Uint16 Index the text describing the states of a discrete for
296. hrough a connection to CAS IN 17 The SP 8 value is used to set the OUT 9 attribute automatically This is the most frequently used mode in the digital valve controller Note The transducer block must be in Auto for the mode to go to AUTO CAS MAN or RCAS e RemoteCascade RCas The SP 8 is set by a host computer by writing to the RCAS IN 28 parameter The SP 8 value is used to set the OUT 9 attribute automatically 90 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup AO Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 e Out of Service OOS The block is not processed The output channel is maintained at the last value and the status of OUT 9 is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK_ERR 6 attribute shows Out of Service e Initialization Manual Iman The path to the output hardware is broken and the AO block output will remain at the last position This means the transducer block mode is Out of Service or Manual or configured to respond to the DO block e Local Override LO The output of the block is not responding to inputs because the fault state action is active OUT 9 freezes or goes to value per lO OPTS 14 The target mode of the block may be restricted to one or more of the following modes Man Auto Cas RCas or OOS Mode Handling Shed Options RCAS Mode Only Automatically changing through the permitted modes when starting from a remote mode fall from or shed or climb to a remote mode is determined by the p
297. hysteresis in the switching point may be required because the output may change by a full stroke of the valve HYSTVAL 12 contains the amount of hysteresis If X lt X12 HYSTVAL OUT 1 may be determined by the calculated y value If X12 HYSTVAL lt X lt X12 and X has not reached X12 since it was less than X12 HYSTVAL OUT 1 may be determined by the calculated y value If X12 HYSTVAL lt X lt X12 and X has reached X12 since it was less than X12 HYSTVAL OUT 1 may be determined by the LOCKVAL setting If X12 X OUT 1 may be determined by the LOCKVAL setting Initialization and Back Calculation Requirements Refer to figure 4 22 Output Splitter Configuration where PID1 Upstream driving controller or function block Splitter Split range function block being described AO Receiver of OUT 1 for 0 50 range of SP PID2 Receiver of OUT 2 for 50 100 range of SP Figure 4 22 Output Splitter Configuration OUT BK CAL IN2 0072 OUT1 BK_ BK CAL INT IN1 141 Detailed Setup OS Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 CAS_IN of the Splitter receives the OUT of PID1 BKCAL_IN of PID1 receives BKCAL_OUT of the Splitter CAS_IN of the AO receives OUT 1 of the Splitter and PID2 receives OUT 2 of the Splitter BKCAL IN 1 of the Splitter receives BKCAL OUT of the AO and BKCAL IN 2 of the Splitter receives BKCAL OUT of PID2 The discussion in this section defines the behavior wh
298. ic UPDATE STATE i 1 Update reported data 2 Update not reported TIME STAMP STATIC_REVISION RELATIVE_INDEX Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 72 The block alarm is used for all configuration 0 Undefined hardware connection failure or system problems 1 Clear reported in the block The cause of the alarm will be set in ALARM_STATE 2 Clear not reported the subcode 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported VALUE Data Type Unsigned8 TIME_STAMP SUBCODE Alarm Summary ALARM_SUM High Alarm Current alert status unacknowledged states UNACKNOWLEDGED i Low Low Alarm unreported states and disabled states of the Low Alarm _ alarms associated with the function block 1e x Deviation High Alarm Deviation Low Alarm DISABLED Block Alarm 198 Data Bit String High Alarm 0 Disable Low Low Alarm Acknowledge Option ow Aam All bits 0 1 Enable ACK_OPTION Used to set auto acknowledgment of alarms Deviation High Alarm Deviation Low Alarm Block Alarm Data Type Float Alarm Hysteresis 0 to 50 0 50 The amount the alarm value must return to within ALARM_HYS the alarm limit before the associated active alarm condition clears High High Priority 0to 15 Data Type Unsigned8 HI HI PRI The priority of the HI HI Alarm Tu Data Type Float io PV SCALE or INF INF The setting for the alarm li
299. ical st Critical performance issues Performance Critical Performance Enabled based on continuous PD tests Use default setting Failed internal to the instrument Performance Reduced Performance Reduced performance issues Performance Reduced based on continuous PD tests Use default setting Maintenance Enabled internal to the instrument Performance Information Performance Performance Information Performance Information based on continuous PD tests Use default setting Advisory Enabled internal to the instrument Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Drive Current Drive Current The difference between the If configured for Self Test Check I P module The instrument has Electronics Enabled expected Drive Current and the Shutdown then the transducer detected that the Failed actual Drive Current has Actual mode is placed Out of difference between the exceeded the Drive Current Service until the problem is expected Drive Current Alert Time fixed Out of Service results in and the actual Drive the instrument output Current is greater than pressure s and actuator the configured limit position being at the Zero 1 Replace the I P Power Condition module 2 Calibrate the device If the problem persists replace the printed wiring board PWB assembly Recommended Action Alert Condition Default What the Alert is Detecting Effect on Valve Instrument Drive Signa
300. ice Variables gt Identification Factory S N RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Fault State RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Options gt Function Block Options RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Function Block Options RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Options gt Features Available RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Features Available RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Options gt Features Selected gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Field S N gt Device Variables gt Identification Field S N RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Version gt Version Information Hardware Revision RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Version gt Version Information ITK Version RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Manufacturer gt Device Variables gt Identification Manufacturer gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Alarm Handling gt All Alarms Maximum Alerts Allow RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Alarm Handling gt All Alarms Maximum Alerts Possible RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Options gt Miscellaneous Options RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Miscellaneous Options RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Resource Block Error gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Comm Timeout gt RCas Timeout gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Comm Timeout gt ROut Timeout RB gt Config
301. ich is used to handle the initial value calculation and status which can in turn be sent to PID1 This behavior is defined in such a way that no bumps are generated by changing modes and that PID1 does not wind up The splitter utilizes special handling for cascade initialization because it has two independent outputs When a downstream block indicates to the splitter that it wants to initialize by asserting IR initialization request on its BKCAL OUT one of two things happens Under some circumstances it is possible to pass an initialization request from a downstream block back up to the block upstream of the splitter so that all three blocks balance for bumpless transfer to cascade mode Otherwise the requested splitter output goes to the requested value by placing an internal offset between that output and the output of the curve and then ramping that offset to zero in BAL TIME seconds after the cascade is made up The splitter normally runs with both outputs connected to blocks in cascade mode If one or both of the blocks is not in cascade mode special limiting action is taken Specifically if one block indicates that it is not in cascade by NI not invited status its BKCAL OUT then the BKCAL OUT of the splitter asserts limits at the range extremes of the block that is still in cascade mode Even if the upstream controller does not want to operate in that range there will be no reset windup when it can move into the range If
302. ignal DRIVE SIGNAL 53 displays the commanded Drive Signal being sent to the I P converter as a percentage of the maximum drive e Drive Signal Alert The Drive Signal Alert is active if one of the following conditions exist Where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed Drive Signal lt 10 and Calibrated Travel gt 3 Drive Signal gt 90 and Calibrated Travel lt 97 Where Zero Power Condition is defined as open Drive Signal lt 10 and Calibrated Travel lt 97 Drive Signal gt 90 and Calibrated Travel gt 3 Drive Signal Alert Enable When enabled Drive Signal Alert Enable activates the Drive Signal Alert Processor Impaired Program Memory Alert This alert is active if a pending Flash or NVM failure is present Program Memory Alert Enable When enabled Program Memory Alert Enable activates the Program Memory Alert e Program Memory Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 76 1 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the Program Memory Alert is active the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function e Program Memory Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 2 permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown When enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when the condition that caused Progra
303. ignaling bus powered FISCO I S Fieldbus Device Capabilities Backup Link Master capable Introduction and Specifications January 2015 Supply Pressure 1 Minimum Recommended 0 3 bar 5 psig higher than maximum actuator requirements Maximum 10 0 bar 145 psig or maximum pressure rating of the actuator whichever is lower Supply Medium Air or natural gas Air Supply pressure must be clean dry air that meets the requirements of ISA Standard 7 0 01 Natural Gas Natural gas must be clean dry oil free and noncorrosive H2S content should not exceed 20 A maximum 40 micrometer particle size in the air system is acceptable Further filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size is recommended Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight w w or volume v v basis Condensation in the air supply should be minimized Per ISO 8573 1 Maximum particle density size Class 7 Oil content Class 3 Pressure Dew Point Class 3 or at least 10 K less than the lowest ambient temperature expected Output Signal Pneumatic signal up to full supply pressure Minimum Span 0 4 bar 6 psig Maximum Span 9 5 bar 140 psig Action Bl Double W Single Direct or Bl Reverse Steady State Air Consumption 2 3 Standard Relay At 1 4 bar 20 psig supply pressure Less than 0 38 normal m hr 14 scfh At 5 5 bar ra psig supply pressure Less than 1 3 normal m hr 49 scfh Low Bleed Relay At 1 4 bar 20 psig supply pressure
304. iled Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Enable gt Advise Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Reporting gt Advise Suppress gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Air TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Alert Conditions gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Alert Key TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Area Units TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Block Error gt Block Configuration Error gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Blocks Set to Defaults gt Block Set to Defaults Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Blocks Set to Defaults gt Block Set to Defaults Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Calibration Date TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Calibration Location gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Calibration Person gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Custom Characterization Table TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Cycle Counter gt Cycle Counter TB gt Device Variables gt Cycle Counter gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Histo
305. ilure is present A failure of the FRAM memory where static parameters are stored A failure of the main Processor A failure of the I O Processor If the AO or DO block has not executed for longer than the configured timeout this alert is detected If the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults A user configured Self Test Shutdown condition has taken the instrument to OOS Effect on Valve Instrument If configured for Self Test Shutdown then the transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed Out of Service results in the instrument output pressure s and actuator position being at the Zero Power Condition If configured for Self Test Shutdown then the transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed Out of Service results in the instrument output pressure s and actuator position being at the Zero Power Condition The transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service when the defaults are applied Out of service results in the actuator being at the Zero Power Condition None Indicates why the instrument remains OOS Continued Instruction Manual Recommended Action Replace PWB assembly Check Output Block Download device configuration Same as the configured Self Test Shutdown D103412X012 An error has been detected in the printed wiring board PWB assembly Replace the PWB assembly The function b
306. imeout gt Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery Recovery Output Block Timeout Shutdown TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Output Block Timeout gt Output Block Timeout Shutdown Packing Type TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Packing Type PD Inside Status gt Configure Setup gt Device Variables gt PD Inside Status TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance Alerts gt PD Run Continued Output Block Timeout TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Output Block Timeout 239 Field Communicator Menu Structure Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Transducer Block TB Menu Structure Continued au u SSD gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance Alerts gt Peformance Information Alert Enable Performance Reduced Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance Alerts gt Peformance Reduced Alert iu Pete AEH TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance Alerts gt Peformance Reduced Alert Enable Confit ai et n Performance Tuner z gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery Pressure A Sensor Shutdown gt Configure Setup gt Detailed
307. ine where to send their alarms Area A isthe default area assignment for all controllers and workstations see figures F 6 and F 7 Also by default Area A is assigned to all workstations Alarms and Events subsystem This means that all controller status problems are sent to all workstations by default Figure F 6 Controller Properties Figure F 7 Device Properties CTLR1 Properties E Fieldbus Device Properties General Controller Advanced Licensing General Alarms amp Displays Object type Controller Modified Oct 29 2004 4 34 55 PM Modified by ADMINISTRATOR v Enable Device Alarms v Enable Device Alert Re annunciation T device alarms associated with ares Name Displays Description Primary control Browse Alarms amp Events wiht Hrsg Faceplate BREA Browse FFD EV fp Browse v Enable network redundancy for this node Show integrity error when not in time sync is redundant Model Software Revision Model Major revision Minor revision E Cancel Help The controller is assigned to Area A A device that is NOT yet OK Cancel Hel PUN ee associated with a control module will default to the same area as the controller A fieldbus device will change its area association once the device is configured to a control module In addition the device is assigned to the same place i
308. ined parameter is changed 2 Updated not reported TIME STAMP STATIC_REVISION RELATIVE_INDEX Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM DID Ui Q Z Z Z gt gt gt N UNACKNOWLEDGED 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field ALARM STATE 290 TIME_STAMP SUBCODE 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 72 N gt N Ul Ww 162 Instruction Manual D103412X012 View Lists Detailed Setup MAI Function Block January 2015 View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 65 MAI Function Block View 1 8 8OEKHR 8 o Co oS Table 4 67 MAI Function Block View 3 Ca fon oS Urs Table 4 66 MAI Function Block View 2 index Number STREV 1 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 10 11 12 13 14 15 35 98 Table 4 68 MAI Function Block View 4 index Number ST REV 1 3 4 163 Detailed Setup M
309. ing Device Variables and Diagnostics D103412X012 January 2015 Travel Sensor Span Error Indicates that span between the endpoints of travel are not far enough apart This error is reported during automatic calibration MLFB Error Indicates that the Minor Loop Feedback sensor gave a non valid value during automatic calibration Travel Sensor Hi Error Indicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly above the normal operating range and has failed Travel Sensor Lo Error Indicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly below the normal operating range and has failed Pressure B Sensor Failure Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure and has failed Pressure A Sensor Failure Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure and has failed Supply Sensor Failure Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure and has failed IOP Failure Indicates the I O processor has failed Drive Current Alert Indicates that the Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Point for more than the Drive Current Alert Time Simulate Jumper ON Indicates the simulate jumper is connected to the DVC6200f between the two AUX terminals Block Error Table 6 2 l
310. ing previous messages Function Block Scheduling Figure D 6 shows an example of a link schedule A single iteration of the link wide schedule is called the macrocycle When the system is configured and the function blocks are linked a master link wide schedule is created for the LAS Each device maintains its portion of the link wide schedule known as the Function Block Schedule The Function Block Schedule indicates when the function blocks for the device are to be executed The scheduled execution time for each function block is represented as an offset from the beginning of the macrocycle start time Figure D 6 Example Link Schedule Showing Scheduled and Unscheduled Communication Start of Next Macrocycle Communication Macrocycle Start Time Sequence Repeats _ Offset from macrocycle start time 0 for Al Execution im I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Device 1 aS i EH I I I I I 1 I I I I ga Offset from macrocycle W start time 20 for Al I E Communication i q Scheduled I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Unscheduled l I I l I l I I l I I I I l I I l I l I I l I Communication a I I I I Offset from macrocycle start time 30 for Al Execution I V I I 5 g 4 l 1 Device 2 r 1 b l I I I I I I l I
311. ins dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 26 AO Function Block View 1 READBACK 17 CAS_IN Table 4 27 AO Function Block View 2 N C CW scr ORAE O oOo Z som 100 Table 4 28 AO Function Block View 3 6 BOKHR MEN NNNM C 9 35 MALO N sto 3 ORSDDN Table 4 29 AO Function Block View 4 Instruction Manual D103412X012 FieldCommunicator Menu Structure ANALOG OUTPUT FUNCTION BLOCK Quick Config Alert Key Process Value Scale EU at 100 Process Value Scale EU at 0 Process Value Scale Units Index Process Value Scale Decimal Simulate Simulate Status Simulate Simulate Value Simulate Transducer Status Simulate Transducer Value Simulate Simulate En Disable Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit Common Config Alert Key I O Options Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Process Value Scale EU at 100 Process Value Scale EU at 0 Process Value Scale Units Index Process Value Scale Decimal Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit Advanced Config Fault State Time Fault State Value Shed Options Simulate Simulate Status Simulate Simulate Value Simulate Tra
312. ion Hazardous Area Approvals CSA Intrinsically Safe FISCO Explosion proof Division 2 Dust Ignition proof Intrinsically Safe FISCO Explosion proof Non Incendive Dust Ignition proof ATEX Intrinsically Safe FISCO Flameproof IECEx Intrinsically Safe FISCO Flameproof Electrical Housing CSA Type 4X IP66 FM Type 4X IP66 ATEX IP66 IECEx IP66 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Other Classifications Certifications Natural Gas Certified Single Seal Device CSA FM ATEX and IECEx CUTR Customs Union Technical Regulations Russia Kazakhstan and Belarus INMETRO National Institute of Metrology Quality and Technology Brazil KGS Korea Gas Safety Corporation South Korea NEPSI National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation China PESO CCOE Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation Chief Controller of Explosives India TIIS Technology Institution of Industrial Safety Japan Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for classification certification specific information Connections Supply Pressure 1 4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting 67CFR regulator Output Pressure 1 4 NPT internal Tubing 3 8 inch recommended Vent 3 8 NPT internal Electrical 1 2 NPT internal M20 adapter optional Actuator Compatibility Stem Travel Sliding Stem Linear
313. ion about the Device Description DD Transducer Block This section contains information on the DVC6200f digital valve controller transducer block Descriptions of all transducer block parameters are included The transducer block decouples function blocks from the local output functions required to command output hardware The transducer block typically contains setup and calibration information 199 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Device Diagnostics Active PlantWeb Alerts To view the active PlantWeb alerts select Active PlantWeb Alerts Alert Conditions Field Communicator TB gt Device Diagnostic gt Active Conditions Instrument Alert Conditions when enabled detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest The alert conditions for each group of alerts are listed below If there are no alerts active for a particular group the group will not be displayed on the Field Communicator e Electronics if an electronics alert is active it will appear under ELECT ALERTS Drive Current Drive Current Alert This alert is active when the difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert The Drive Signal Alert is active if one of the following conditions exist Where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed Drive Signal lt 10 and Calibrated Travel gt
314. iority for Write Alarm The lowest priority is 0 The highest is 15 Communication Time Out Field Communicator RB gt Configure Setup gt Communication Time Out e Shed Remote Cascade Note Typically this parameter does not need to be changed The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory Perform this procedure only if a remote computer is sending setpoints from your advanced control Default value for RCas Timeout is 20 seconds Shed Remote Cascade SHED_RCAS 26 determines how long function blocks in the DVC6200f should wait before giving up on remote computer writes to RCas parameters When the timeout is exceeded the block sheds to the next mode as defined by the block shed options If Shed Remote Cascade is set to 0 the block will not shed from RCas Enter a positive value in the Shed Remote Cascade field Time duration is in 1 32 milliseconds 640000 20 secs e Shed Remote Out Note Typically this parameter does not need to be changed The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory Perform this procedure only if a remote computer is sending setpoints from your advanced control Default value for Shed Remote Out is 20 seconds Shed Remote Out SHED_ROUT 27 determine how long function blocks in the DVC6200f should wait before giving up on computer writes to ROut parameters When the timeout is exceeded the block sheds to the next mode as define
315. is restored Shed With No Return Options Note During Shed with No Return Options the target mode is changed while the actual mode stays the same 91 Detailed Setup AO Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 For any shed with no return option the target mode changes as determined by the option Therefore there is no attempt to restore the connection following failure The behavior on change to the remote cascade target mode is identical to that for Shed With Return Options Normal On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted non remote mode Cas is the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is the next highest permitted non remote mode If Cas or Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retained target mode is the previous target mode before it was changed to RCAS or ROUT On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode Auto On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to Auto if permitted Man On failure of remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to Man if permitted The user may configure SHED_OPT 27 so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted When doing this the mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic e Shed logic never results in a non permitted target mod
316. is set to Two Degrees of Freedom Control Otherwise it is automatically set to a value of 1 or 0 based on the Structure selection Data Type Float Fraction of proportional action taken on error versus PV For a value of 0 6 then 60 of the proportional action will be based on error and 4026 on PV The value of BETA may be changed over a range of 0 1 if STRUCTURE is set to Two Degrees of Freedom Control Otherwise it is automatically set to a value of 1 or 0 based on the Structure selection Data Type Float continue EU of PV_SCALE s O Request Tuning 1 Force Tuning 2 Reset Tuner Data Type Bit String Operator request to initiate control autotuning T State Data Type Unsigned8 T Status T STATUS 116 0 5 Rate Too Low Warning 1 Insufficient Process Response obsolete 2 Scan Rate Too High Warning 3 nverse Direct Acting Error 4 PV Deviation Too Large 5 Initial PV Deviation Too Large 6 PV Limited or Constant 7 PV Bad 8 Invalid Mode for Tuning 9 BKCAL_IN Non Good or Limited 10 Out Limited 11 Bypass Active 12 Mode Changed 13 Tracking Active 14 Disconnected 15 SP Changed Continued Data Type Bit String Autotuner status Instruction Manual Detailed Setup PID Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 32 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block o ee T Ipgain N A D
317. is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the active status in the status parameter As soon as the unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting procedure and other block alert may be reported without clearing the active status if the subcode has changed Type DS 74 The current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states AllbtsO oF the alarms associated with the function block O clear reported 0 acknowledged O reported O enabled Data Type Bit String 0 Disable 1 Enable Used to set auto acknowledgement of alarms e Type Unsigned8 of the discrete alarm Data Type Unsigned8 State of discrete input which will generate an alarm Data Type DS 72 The discrete alarm is used for indication of a state change in selected discrete channel 185 Detailed Setup DI Function Block January 2015 View Lists Instruction Manual D103412X012 View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 82 DI Function Block View 1
318. iscrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions iss ipse Bises Range Initial Value Description PARAMETER NAME Number g RW Mode Static Revision ST_REV gt ps Data Type Unsigned16 The revision level of the static data associated N A 0 to 65535 with the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed Data Type Octet String 7 bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended application of the block Data Type Unsigned16 The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block Tag Description TAG DESC Strategy STRATEGY gt Es 0 to 65535 Data Type Unsigned8 Alert Ke The identification number of the plant unit RW a Tto 255 This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Block Mode MODE BLK OOS until Data Type DS 69 OOS block is Valid Bits 7 0OS 4 MAN 3 AUTO TARGET ALL MAN configured The actual target permitted and normal AUTO thenlastvalid modes of the block Target The requested block mode target Actual The current mode of the block Permitted Allowed modes for Target 290 ACTUAL A r r OOS MAN A UTO LL AUTO Defined Bits 1 Block Configuration Data Types Bit String Erf r 0 Inactive 3 Simulate Active 7 Input Bad PV Dynamic T
319. isibility to instrument alerts Fieldbus Diagnostics can be viewed with any host system Instruction Manual Introduction and Specifications D103412X012 January 2015 Instrument Blocks The digital valve controller is a block based device For detailed information on the blocks within the digital valve controller see the Detailed Setup section of this manual The DVC6200f digital valve controller includes the resource and transducer block e Resource Block The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device it has no input or output parameters The resource block monitors and controls the general operation of other blocks within the device For example when the mode of the resource block is Out of Service it impacts all function blocks e Transducer Block The transducer block connects the analog output function block to the I P converter relay and travel sensor hardware within the digital valve controller Function Blocks In addition to the resource and transducer block the digital valve controller may contain the following function blocks For additional information on function blocks refer to Appendix D FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication e Analog Output AO Function Block The analog output function block accepts the output from another function block such as a PID block and transfers it as an actuator control signal to the transducer block If the DO block is selected the AO block is
320. ists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR 6 and XD_ERROR 11 parameters Conditions in italics are not applicable for the transducer block and are provided only for your reference Table 6 2 Transducer Block BLOCK_ERR and XD_ERROR Conditions Condition Number Condition Name and Description Other N A Block Configuration Error Indicates that one of the following parameters have been configured out of the proper range 15 16 47 1 47 2 46 3 46 5 42 7 42 8 Link Configuration Error N A Simulate Active Indicates that alerts are being simulated This is not an indication that the I O blocks are using simulation data See AO block parameter SIMULATE 10 and DO block parameter SIMULATE_D 10 203 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Device Record Field Communicator TB gt Device Diagnostic gt Device Record The following parameters are contained in the Device Record menu of the transducer block e Maximum Recorded Temperature Maximum Recorded Temperature TEMP_MAX 86 1 shows the maximum temperature the instrument has experienced since installation Maximum Recorded Temperature Time Maximum Recorded Temperature Time TEMP_MAX_TIME 86 2 shows the date and time when the Temperature Maximum occurred e Minimum Recorded Temperature Minimum Recorded Temperature TEMP_MIN 86 3 shows the minimum temperature the instrument has experien
321. ition exists either currently active or latched on through the shutdown recovery parameter in the transducer block alerts are reported even though the mode of the transducer block is OOS Refer to table C 1 for reporting of PlantWeb Alerts Alert Handling Alert handling is diagrammed in figure C 1 There are two ways of seeing PlantWeb alerts One way is to see if the instrument alert condition causing a PlantWeb alert is detected The second is to view alerts reported to the system operator console For a PlantWeb alert to be active it has to pass four tests The first is to check if the Instrument alert condition is enabled If a condition is not enabled the instrument does not check for the alert condition Second the condition that will cause an alert must exist For example the current travel is above the Travel Limit Hi Alert Point Third the corresponding PlantWeb alert must be enabled in one or more of the three categories Failed Maintenance or Advise Fourth the transducer block mode must be correct See table C 1 Note Additional details on setting up and using Instrument Alerts can be found on page 45 of this manual 251 PlantWeb Alerts Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Figure C 1 Alert Handling Set Alert Points and Deadband in the Transducer Enable Instrument Alert Condition in the Transducer Block Enable PlantWeb Alert inthe Block Transducer Block Use Resource and Transducer Blo
322. ividually setting or changing any tuning parameter or running the Performance Tuner or Stabilize Optimize will automatically change the tuning set to X expert Table 4 8 Gain Values for Preselected Travel Tuning Sets Tuning Set Travel Proportional Gain Travel Velocity Gain Travel Minor Loop Feedback Gain eu E F G H J K L M X Expert User Adjusted User Adjusted User Adjusted Note Use Expert tuning if standard tuning has not achieved the desired results 39 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Stabilize Optimize may be used to achieve the desired results more rapidly than Expert tuning Table 3 2 provides tuning set selection guidelines for Fisher and Baumann actuators These tuning sets are recommended starting points After you finish setting up and calibrating the instrument you may have to select either a higher orlower tuning set to get the desired response Foran actuator not listed in table 3 2 you can estimate a starting tuning set by calculating the casing or cylinder volume Then find an actuator in table 3 2 with the closest equivalent volume and use the tuning set suggested for that actuator Travel Proportional Gain Travel Proportional Gain SERVO_GAIN 18 is the proportional gain for the travel control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert Travel Velocity Gain Travel Velocity Gain SERVO RATE 20 is the vel
323. ization Performance Tuner Custom Characterization Table Stabilize Optimize Top Level Outblock Selection Configure Setup Device Diagnostics Pressure Tunin Travel Press Control g Device Variables Pressure Tuning Set Pressure Proportional Gain Pressure MLFB Gain Pressure Integral Gain Travel Pressure State Travel Pressure Select Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback Travel Cutoff Hi Travel Cutoff Lo Pressure Cutoff Open Pressure Cutoff Closed Pressure Range Hi Pressure Range Lo Pressure Integral Dead Zone Pressure Integral Limit Hi Pressure Integral Limit Lo Basic Setup Detailed Setup Detailed Setup Calibration Transducer Block Mode Protection Response Control Alerts Instrument nstrument Valve and Actuator P 4 MAI Channel Map Alert Handling Alerts See facing page Elect Alerts Configuration Alerts Sensor Alerts Environment Alerts Travel Alerts Tag Description Pressure Units Temperature Units Travel Units Length Units MAI Channel Map Area Units Spring Rate Units Relay Type Zero Power Condition Maximum Supply Pressure Calibration Person Calibration Location Calibration Date Last Calibration Type Prox Alerts Travel History Alerts Performance Alerts PlantWeb Alert Enable PlantWeb Alert Reporting MAI Channel 1 MAI Channel 2 MAI Channel 3 MAI Channel 4 Alert Handling P
324. k processing time that is free to 0 to 100 process additional blocks Because no additional function blocks may be added to DVC6200f instruments this parameter value is fixed at 0 Date Type Unsigned32 Time duration in 1 32 millisecond at which to give up on computer writes to function block is RCAS parameters If this time is exceeded then ASe fi ROSIUNE 240000 the o block will change to a mode other than RCAS based on the SHED_OPT parameter setting Shed from RCAS mode never happens when SHED_RCAS is set to zero Continued Free Space FREE_SPACE N Free Time FREE_TIME NJ N NJ NJ UJ NJ NJ c gt 2 z RCAS Timeout SHED_RCAS 32 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Resource Block D103412X012 January 2015 Continued Initial Description Value Data Type Unsigned32 Time duration in 1 32 millisecond at which to give up on computer writes to function block ROUT parameters If this time is exceeded then AE p Positive 940000 the block will change to a mode other than ROUT based on the SHED_OPT parameter setting Shed from ROUT mode never happens when SHED_ROUT is set to zero Data Type Unsigned8 Forces output function blocks that are not Out of Service to the fault state condition While this parameter is active the output function blocks will go to an actual mode of Local Override LO and will perform their fault state actions see 1 Clear Acti
325. l Drive Signal If one of the following None Indicates reduced Check instrument The instrument I P Electronics Enabled conditions exist performance pneumatics drive signal necessary Maintenance to generate the Where Zero Power Condition is pressure output from defined as closed the instrument is not Drive Signal lt 10 and within the expected Calibrated Travel gt 3 range Potential causes Drive Signal gt 90 and include I P filter Calibrated Travel lt 97 plugged instrument pneumatic relay failure Where Zero Power Condition is low supply pressure air defined as open leaks or valve sticking Drive Signal lt 10 and Test the control valve Calibrated Travel lt 97 assembly for proper Drive Signal gt 90 and operation ValveLink Calibrated Travel gt 3 diagnostics can be used for this purpose Continued 257 PlantWeb Alerts January 2015 Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Processor Impaired Electronics Maintenance Output Block Timeout Configuration Maintenance Blocks Set to Default Configuration Failed Shutdown Alert Configuration Failed 258 Alert Condition Default Program Memory Enabled Static Memory Enabled Processor Enabled I O Processor Enabled Output Block Timeout Disabled Blocks Set to Default Enabled What the Alert is Detecting A pending Flash or NVM fa
326. l Open Alert Point for open detection or less than the Travel Closed Alert Point for closed detection These channels provide an adjustable deadband to clear the detected position O Not Active 1 Active Variable Limit Switch Channels 26 through 29 provide variable limit switch functionality for the DI block Trip points for this limit switch functionality are based on the Travel Alert settings in the transducer Block The DI function block provides the same type of position detection as the travel alerts in the transducer block Table 4 78 lists the transducer block parameters used with DI block channels 26 through 29 Refer to Travel and Prox on page 50 for more information on the transducer block travel alerts O Not Active 1 Active Table 4 78 Transducer Block Parameters Used with Discrete Input Function Block Channels 26 through 29 Variable Limit Switch Valve Position Proximity Detection Channels 30 through 33 provide valve position proximity detection for the DI block The transducer block Travel Alert Point and Travel Alert Deadband parameters are also used with the valve position proximity but they provide a different function The Travel Alert Point for the selected channel determines the center point for the position to be detected The Travel Alert Deadband for the selected channel sets the upper and lower trigger points or the width of the proximity detection band A 1 deadzone exists above and below this band that the
327. lantWeb Alert Simulate Simulate Active Alerts MAI Channel 5 MAI Channel 6 MAI Channel 7 MAI Channel 8 PlantWeb Alert Handling Valve PlantWeb Alert Handling Simulate Active Alarms VIN T Valve Valve Model Number PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status Failed Active Valve Serial Number Block Error Reporting Maint Active Trim Valve Styl Advise Active Actuator e mam Valve and Actuator Reference Valve Class Rated Travel Reference Trim Style 1 Actuator Trim Style 2 Actuator Manufacturer Actuator Model Number Actuator Style Actuator Serial Number Actuator Size Actuator Fail Action Feedback Connection Travel Sensor Motion Lever Style Lever Arm Length Effective Area Air Upper Bench Set Lower Bench Set Nominal Supply Pressure Spring Rate Stroke Time Open Stroke Time Close 244 Actual Travel Shaft Stem Diameter Packing Type Inlet Pressure Outlet Pressure Trim Seat Type Leak Class Port Diameter Port Type Flow Direction Push Down To Flow Tends To Unbalanced Area Instruction Manual D103412X012 TRANSDUCER BLOCK DETAILED SETUP gt ALERTS continued on next page Elect Alerts Drive Current Alerts Elect Alerts Configuration Alerts Sensor Alerts Environment Alerts Travel Alerts Prox Alerts Travel History Alerts Performance Alerts PlantWeb Alert Enable PlantWeb Alert Reporting
328. larm limit an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV 7 span can be set using the ALARM HYS 24 parameter The priority of each alarm is set the following parameters HI PRI 27 HI HI PRI 25 LO PRI 29 LO LO PRI 31 Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority as shown in table 4 53 Table 4 53 AI Function Block Alarm Priorities Priority Number Priority Description MEE EE The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected An alarm condition with a priority of 1 is recognized by the system but is not reported to the operator 5 An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the operator but generally does not require operator attention such as diagnostics and system alerts Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority 1 The priority classes advise and critical have no relationship to PlantWeb Alerts 148 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup AI Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 54 Channel Selections for the Analog Input Function Block channel Parameter Bock IndexNumber XDSCAEUnt 51342 2 1342 6 pressure e 38 psig 1143 bar 1137 kPa 1133 inHo 1155 ini20 1146 ko cm2 1145 e 38 psg 1143 bar 1137 kPa 1133 inHo 1155 ini20 11
329. led Setup gt Instrument gt Calibration Calibration Person TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Cycle Counter Cycle Count TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt Cycle Count gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Cycle Counter Cycle Count Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Cycle Counter Cycle Count Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Cycle Counter Cycle Count Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Cycle Counter Cycle Count Deadband TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Transducer Block Error Device Needs Maintenance Now gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Drive Current Drive Current TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status Drive Current Alert TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Drive Current Drive Current Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Drive Current Drive Current Alert Enable TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Drive Current Drive Current Alert Point TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Drive Current Drive Current Alert Time TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup
330. leshooting D103412X012 January 2015 Table 7 2 Instrument Troubleshooting Continued Symptom Possible Cause Ration O 14 Instrument will not calibrate has 14a Travel sensor failed 14a Replace the housing key 1 sluggish performance or oscillates 14b Travel feedback is out of accepted range 14b Check the mounting Ensure the correcting mounting kit has been selected and the magnetic array is properly installed 14c Cables not plugged into PWB correctly 14c Inspect connections and correct 14d Configuration errors 14d Verify configuration Use Device Setup on page 16 14e Restricted pneumatic passages in I P converter 14e Check screen in I P converter supply port of the module base Replace if necessary If passages in I P converter restricted replace I P converter see Replacing the I P Converter on page 214 14f O ring s between I P converter ass y missing or hard 14f Replace O ring s refer to the I P Converter section and flattened losing seal on page 213 14g I P converter ass y damaged corroded clogged 14g Check for bent flapper open coil continuity contamination staining or dirty air supply Coil resistance should be between 1680 1860 ohms Replace I P ass y if damaged corroded clogged or open coil see Replacing the I P Converter on page 214 14h I P converter ass y out of spec 14h I P converter ass y nozzle may have been adjusted Verify drive signal 55 to 80 for double acting 60 to 85 for single
331. lishers post the data in a buffer that is transmitted to the subscriber S when the publisher is issued the Compel Data CD message from the LAS The buffer contains only one copy of the data New data completely overwrites previous data Updates to published data are transferred simultaneously to all subscribers in a single broadcast Transfers of this type are scheduled on a precisely periodic basis Figure D 4 diagrams the method of scheduled data transfer Scheduled data transfers are typically used for the regular cyclic transfer of process loop data between devices on the fieldbus Scheduled transfers use publisher subscriber type of reporting for data transfer The Link Active Scheduler maintains a list of transmit times for all publishers in all devices that need to be cyclically transmitted When it is time for a device to publish data the LAS issues a Compel Data CD message to the device Upon receipt of the CD the device broadcasts or publishes the data to all devices on the fieldbus Any device that is configured to receive the data is called a subscriber 270 Instruction Manual FouNDATION fieldbus Communication D103412X012 January 2015 Figure D 4 Scheduled Data Transfer Host System Schedule CD X A LAS Link Active Scheduler P Publisher Device X Device Y Device Z S Subscriber CD Compel Data DT Data Transfer Packet B2713 1 Unscheduled Transfers Figure D 5 diagrams an unscheduled transfer Uns
332. llback Manual Recovery or Pressure Fallback Auto Recovery the valve travel has the potential of moving rapidly causing potential process instability when returning to Travel Control Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Note Travel Pressure Select must be set to Travel for double acting actuators Travel Pressure Select TVL_PRESS_ SELECT 41 1 determines if the instrument is setup for position or pressure control Select Travel Pressure Travel with Pressure Fallback Auto recovery or Travel with Pressure Fallback Manual Recovery If the travel sensor fails and Travel with Pressure Fallback Auto Recovery is selected it will return to travel control when the travel sensor starts working again Travel with Pressure Fallback Manual recovery will stay in pressure control until Travel Pressure Select is changed to Travel or Travel with Pressure Fallback Auto recovery It is not necessary to enable the Travel Sensor Alert for Pressure Fallback to occur Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback occurs when the instrument detects that the travel sensor is outside of its normal range of operation or that a gross deviation exists between set point and actual travel It switches to Pressure Control and no longer uses the travel sensor to position the valve e Travel Cutoff Hi Travel Cutoff Hi FINAL_VALUE_CUTOFF_HI 15 defines the high cutoff point for the travel in percent
333. lock providing the setpoint for the valve position AO or DO function block has not executed within the user configured time limit If configured for Self Test Shutdown the transducer Actual mode is set to Out of Service 1 Download the control schedule from the host configuration device 2 Make sure the Time Out Alert Point is greater than the block execution schedule This alert should only be utilized in very critical loops where execution time is critical When restoring power to the device the configuration parameters could not be recalled from non volatile memory When the instrument detects this condition the transducer Actual mode is set to Out of Service To correct this situation download the configuration to the device and set the Target Mode of the Resource block The instrument Actual mode remains OOS due to a configured Self Test Shutdown where Manual Recovery was specified even though the condition may have cleared Check Recommended Action for the indicated condition Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Travel Sensor Sensors Failed Alert Condition Default Travel Sensor Enabled Port A Pressure Sensor Enabled Output Press Sensor Sensors Maintenance Port B Pressure Sensor Enabled Supply Press Sensor Enabled Supply Press Sensor Sensors Ad
334. lock has not been licensed Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing Note Actual Block Mode MODE BLK ACTUAL 5 2 will remain in IMAN and the block Readback status will be Bad Not Connected if the Output Block Selection is set incorrectly From the transducer block method Outblock Selection select the desired output block see page 45 89 Detailed Setup AO Function Block January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Figure 4 7 Analog Output Function Block Schematic RCAS_IN Operator Setpoint CAS_IN E SP LOW LIM SP HI LIM B2717 Modes RCAS OUT BKCAL_OUT SP RATE DN READ BACK SP RATE UP Convert and Status Calculation SP_WRK PV SCALE IO_OPTS a Access Analog Access Analog Input 4 1 I I I I L Z Position Analog Feedback Output The Analog Output function block supports the following modes e Manual Man You can manually set the output to the I O channel through the OUT 9 attribute This mode is used primarily for maintenance calibration and diagnostics e Automatic Auto The block output OUT 9 reflects the target operating point specified by the setpoint SP 8 attribute Typically the setpoint is set by the user e Cascade Cas The SP 8 attribute is set by another function block t
335. locks In addition to function blocks fieldbus devices contain two other block types to support the function blocks These are the resource block and the transducer block The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device Transducer blocks couple the function blocks to local input output functions Figure D 1 Function Block Internal Structure Input Execution Control Output Events Events Input Parameter Processing Output Output Linkages Algorithm Snap Parameter Linkages B2711 Resource Blocks The resource block contains hardware specific characteristics associated with the device it has no input or output parameters The algorithm within a resource block monitors and controls the general operation of the physical device hardware The execution of this algorithm is dependent on the characteristics of the physical device as defined by the manufacturer As a result of this activity the algorithm may cause the generation of events There is only one resource block defined for a device For example placing the resource block in Out of Service mode stops all function block execution by setting their modes to Out of Service as well The actual mode of the function blocks is changed to Out of Service but the function block target modes will not change Placing the resource block in the Out of Service mode does not affect the mode of the transducer block Transducer Blocks Transducer blocks conn
336. lue Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled Acknowledge Option Instruction Manual D103412X012 All continued Alarm Hysteresis High High Priority High High Limit High Priority High Limit Low Priority Low Limit Low Low Priority Low Low Limit High High Alarm Unacknowledged High High Alarm Alarm State High High Alarm Time Stamp High High Alarm Subcode High High Alarm Float Value High Alarm Unacknowledged High Alarm Alarm State High Alarm Time Stamp High Alarm Subcode High Alarm Float Value Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Alarm Alarm State Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Alarm Subcode Low Alarm Float Value Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Low Alarm Alarm State Low Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Low Alarm Subcode Low Low Alarm Float Value Alarm output Status Alarm output Value Alarm select StdDev Cap StdDev Instruction Manual Detailed Setup MAI Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Multiple Analog Input Function Block Overview The Multiple Analog Input MAI function block figure 4 26 has the ability to process up to eight field device measurements and make them available to other function blocks The output values from the MAI block are in engineering units and contain a status indicating the quality of the measurement The measuring device may have several measurements or derived values available in different cha
337. lve actuator and accessory installation operation and maintenance To avoid personal injury or property damage it is important to carefully read understand and follow all of the contents of this manual including all safety cautions and warnings If you have any questions about these instructions contact your Emerson Process Management sales office before proceeding Instrument Description DVC6200f digital valve controllers for FOUNDATION fieldbus are communicating microprocessor based instruments In addition to the traditional function of converting a digital signal to a pneumatic output pressure the DVC6200f digital valve controller using FOUNDATION fieldbus communications protocol gives easy access to information critical to process operation as well as process control This can be done using a DeltaV console another FOUNDATION fieldbus system console or with ValveLink software version 10 2 or later Using a compatible fieldbus configuration device you can obtain information about the health of the instrument the actuator and the valve You can also obtain asset information about the actuator or valve manufacturer model and serial number You can set input and output configuration parameters and calibrate the instrument Using the Founpation fieldbus protocol information from the instrument can be integrated into control systems DVC6200f digital valve controllers can be mounted on single or double acting sliding stem actuato
338. m 24 Write Lock 21 Resource Block 196 Write Lock 21 Write Priority 22 Z Zero Power Condition 57 Device Setup 18 c Neither Emerson Emerson Process Management nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection use or maintenance of any product Responsibility for proper selection use and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user Fisher FIELDVUE ValveLink PlantWeb DeltaV and Baumann are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business unit of Emerson Electric Co Emerson Process Management Emerson and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co FOUNDATION fieldbus is a mark owned by the Fieldbus Foundation All other marks are the property of their respective owners The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees express or implied regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability All sales are governed by our terms and conditions which are available upon request We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice Emerson Process Management Marshalltown lowa 50158 USA Sorocaba 18087 Brazil Chatham Kent ME4 4QZ UK Dubai United Arab Emirates Sin
339. m Memory Shutdown clears If not enabled the transducer block will 46 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manualor Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or untilthe shutdown trigger is disabled e Static Memory Alert This alert is active if a failure occurs in the FRAM memory where the static parameters are stored e Static Memory Alert Enable When enabled Static Memory Alert Enable activates the Static Memory Alert e Static Memory Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER 76 1 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the Static Memory Alert is active the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function e Static Memory Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 2 permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown When enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when the condition that caused Static Memory Shutdown clears If not enabled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto
340. meter is TRUE then DISABLE_3 Value input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is not 0 Use evaluated 1 Disable BAD Status NC Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 4 18 ALL constant Enable Disable for Input_4 If parameter is TRUE then DISABLE_4 Value input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is not 0 Use evaluated 1 Disable 1 First Good 2 Minimum Select Type 19 ALL 3 Maximum Data Type Unsigned8 SELECT_TYPE 4 Middle Determines the selector action 5 Average 6 Hot Spare Data Type Unsigned8 Min Good 20 ALL 1 4 The minimum number of inputs which are good is MIN GOOD 0 initial value only less than the value of MIN GOOD then set the OUT status to bad mas Selected 21 NIA Val Data Type DS 66 SELECTED The integer indicating the selected input number pes Data Type DS 66 Status An operator settable parameter to force a given input Operator Select 22 ALL MU to be used OP SELECT Value a _ Continued 130 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 40 Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index ere Initial PARAMETER_NAME Be Update Event UPDATE_EVT UNACKNOWLEDGED UPDATE_STATE TIME_STAMP STATIC_REVISION RELATIVE_INDEX Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Update Reported 2 Updated not reported 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged Detailed Setup
341. mit used to detect the a HI HI alarm condition High Priority Data Type Unsigned8 Hiah Limit Data Type Float E LIM 51 ALL PV_SCALE or INF INF The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the HI alarm condition Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 Data Float 53 ALL PV_SCALE or INF INF The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the LO_LIM ne LO alarm condition Low Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 LO_LO_PRI The priority of the LO LO alarm Continued 113 Detailed Setup PID Function Block January 2015 Table 4 32 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Data Type Float SOOW n The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the LO_LO_LIM WE PV_SCALE or INF INF Instruction Manual D103412X012 LO LO alarm condition Deviation High Priority Data Type Unsigned8 Deviation High Limit DV_HI_LIM et fs PV_SCALE or INF INF Data Type Float The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the deviation high alarm condition Deviation Low Priority 0to 15 Data Type Unsigned8 DV LO PRI The priority of the deviation low alarm Deviation Low Limit DV LO LIM High High Alarm HI HI ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM STATE TIME STAMP SUBCODE High Alarm HI ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM STATE TIME STAMP SUBCODE Low Alarm LO ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED ALARM STATE TIME ST
342. ms that match the alarm banner settings or user specified ranges The standard AlarmSum display is configured to show all alarms reporting to that workstation see figure F 8 294 Instruction Manual Operating with a DeltaV System D103412X012 January 2015 Figure F 8 DeltaV Alarm Summary Configuration DeltaV Alarm Summary Configuration zix General Layout Columns Sorting Filters Colors Time Format Actions v Only Alarms from Plant Areas Units Equipment Modules Filtered Units Equipment Modules Devices Modules Show Process Alarms with Priorities thraugh W Show Device Alarms with Priorities through I Show 515 Process Alarms with Priorities through Show SIS Device Alarms with Priorities through Show 515 Hardware Alarms with Priorities through Only Recent Alarms that hawe occured withir Days a Hours Minutes 30 Cancel Apply Help Each display alarm summary configured to match the alarm banner or be uniquely defined Note If you think you should be seeing a device alarm in the alarm banner and it is not there verify that the device is shown on the AlarmSum display This display shows ALL of the alarms reporting to that workstation regardless of the device alarm annunciation settings If the device is not shown in this display then it is not reporting to this workstation or the logged on user
343. n STBY_FIRMWARE_REVISION 55 identifies the revision of the alternative firmware Hardware Revision Hardware Revision HARDWARE_REV 48 identifies the revision of the electronic hardware e ITK Version ITK Version ITK_VER 41 identifies the major version of the Interoperability Tester used by the Fieldbus Foundation in certifying the device as interoperable This device revision meets the requirements of version 5 Block Errors Table 4 1 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the Resource block and are provided only for your reference Table 4 1 Resource Block BLOCK_ERR Conditions gt 3 Simulate Active Indicates that the simulation jumper is in place on the aux terminals This is not an indication that the I O blocks are using simulation data See AO block parameter SIMULATE 10 and DO block parameter SIMULATE_D 10 5 Device Fault State Indicates the device is in Fault State Device Needs Maintenance Soon Indicates a Maintenance or Advisory PlantWeb Alert condition is active 7 Input failure process variable had Bad status N A Output failure N A Output faiture NA Lost NV Data Indicates failure of the memory containing non volatile parameters Out of Service MSB The resource block actual mode is Out of Service Local Override NJA 25 Detailed Setup Resource Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 2 Pa
344. n Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Filtering The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid changes in input You can adjust the filter time constant in seconds using the PV_FTIME 18 parameter Set the filter time constant to zero to disable the filter feature Signal Conversion You can set the signal conversion type with the Linearization Type L_TYPE 16 parameter You can view the converted signal in percent of XD_SCALE 10 through the FIELD_VAL 19 parameter 100 X Channel Value EU 0 EU 100 EU 0 FIELD_VAL XD_SCALE values You can choose from direct indirect or indirect square root signal conversion with the L_TYPE 16 parameter Direct Direct signal conversion allows the signal to pass through the accessed channel input value or the simulated value when simulation is enabled PV Channel Value Indirect Indirect signal conversion converts the signal linearly to the accessed channel input value or the simulated value when simulation is enabled from its specified range XD_SCALE 10 to the range and units of the PV 7 and OUT 8 parameters OUT SCALE 11 py 100 EU 0 EU G0 100 OUT_SCALE values Indirect Square Root Indirect Square Root signal conversion takes the square root of the value computed with the indirect signal conversion and scales it to the range and uni
345. n Travel Control Actual valve travel in of calibrated travel range ee In Pressure Control Implied valve travelin of pressure range 34 2 NJA NJA Controls Al channel 4 2 Data 05 65 STATUS indicates the validity of 35 1 N A N A past fro pa M VALUE VALUE is pressure of air supply controls Al channel 5 35 2 N A N A STATUS Indicates the validity of Pressure of primary air output Data 05 65 STATUS indicates the validity of VALUE VALUE is the Pressure on secondary output controls Al channel 7 Continued Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D ti PARAMETER_NAME Number RW angs nitla Value Category escription PRESSURE_DIFF Data ie 65 TE STATUS indicates the validity between PRESSURE_A and wem E C Data Type Enum Uint8 When this is set to 2 all the alert ACTIVE parameters can be written except for INST_ALERTS_ACTIVE SHUTDOWN_ALERT_ACTIVE This PWA Simulate RO or 1 Simulate Off allows alerts to be simulated for 1 Simulate Off testing with hosts NOTE only PWA_SIMULATE RW 2 Simulate Enabled ACTIVE parameters are affected by this PWA Simulate is RW only if a jumper is installed across the Aux Terminal If no jumpered is installed across the Aux Terminal PWA EMEN is RO Grant De
346. n the logical hierarchy as this control module So if the control module is under a unit the device is also considered under this same unit The device is automatically associated with the same area as the control module that uses the lowest index number function block in the device This block is usually the primary input or output function block of the device This ensures that wherever the control module is reporting information all device information that may also be relevant is also reported Note 1 For devices with multiple inputs or outputs such as the 848 you need to decide which area is best for device alarm reporting and be sure to assign the correct control module to the lowest index number function block If there is no module assigned to this function block then the device will always be assigned to the same area as the controller 2 With controller area default of AREA A and the default of AREA A being assigned to all workstations you need to evaluate the alarm settings when commissioning a new fieldbus device with device alarms enabled If the device detects a FAILED or COM FAIL alarm prior to being assigned to a control module this device alarm will be reported and annunciated to all workstations This is 293 Operating with a DeltaV System Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 because all workstations have Area A assigned Consider lowering the priority of these alarms to ADVISORY until the end of the commissioni
347. nce 1 enable 1 Performance Information Performance Alerts Enable Reduced Continued SEE II pec 79 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME E RW mds isa ME ES P ZZ escription INST ALERTS CONFIG _ Drive Current 1 Program Memory 2 Static Memory Data Type Bit String 4 byte Shutdown Trigger 3 Processor or I O O attempt control Processor All bits 0 SETUP 1 fail to zero drive e g OOS mode SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 4 Travel Sensor Action on specific instrument alerts 5 Port A Pressure Sensor 6 Output Block Timeout 7 31 Reserved 0 reserved 1 Program Memory 2 Static Memory Data Type Bit String 4 byte 3 Processor or I O 0 Auto 76 2 RW ALL Processor All bits 0 SETUP 1 Manual 4 Travel Sensor Recovery action after a shutdown 5 Port A Pressure Sensor trigger fail to zero drive above 6 Output Block Timeout 7 31 Reserved Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY Data Type Float The maximum time between updates from the AO or DO block to the transducer block setpoint Output Blk Timeout Time 0 800 OUTPUT BLK TIMEOUT seconds 600 sec PETE Data Type Float 76 4 RW ALL gt 5 lt 100 25 SETUP percent different drive signal not reaching I P accurately Drive Current Alert Point DRIVE CURREN
348. nction Block 5 159 Application Information 160 Field Communicator Menu Structure 164 Modes 159 Status Handling 159 View Lists 163 N natural gas as supply medium 7 209 Natural Gas Certified Single Seal Device Other Classifications Certifications 8 NEPSI China Certification 8 Network Communication 269 Network Management 272 Nominal Supply Pressure 60 O Open Closed Limit Switch Channel 24 and 25 DI Function Block 179 Options 9 Resource Block Diagnostic 22 Features Available 23 Features Selected 23 Function Block 22 Miscellaneous 23 Outblock Selection 45 Output Block PV Status 61 AO Function Block 93 DO Function Block 169 Output Block Timeout Alerts 47 Output Selection and Limiting PID Function Block 106 Output Signal Specifications 7 306 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Output Splitter OS Function Block 5 136 Field Communicator Menu Structure 146 Initialization and Back Calculation Requirements 141 Modes 137 parameters 143 Status Handling 138 View Lists 145 Output Tracking PID Function Block 106 P Parameters Al Function Block 152 AO Function Block 96 DI Function Block 182 DO Function Block 171 ISEL Function Block 128 MAI Function Block 161 OS Function Block 143 PID Function Block 109 Resource Block 30 Transducer Block 63 Parts Kits 225 Parts List 226 Parts Ordering 225 PD Inside Status Alert 55 Device Variables 207 PD
349. ndex Number 1 OUT_RANGE GRANT_DENY GRANT GRANT_DENY DENY 134 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 43 ISEL Function Block View 3 Parameter NE NN Zo ee ee 7 NE NN F PN Ce NE NEN a pa SS 36 fome ooo o o CO o fose SS 38 E 3 smp _ j ERE 3s Coa fo j Ca fe j 39 oss SS 3 3 Table 4 44 ISEL Function Block View 4 50 1 7 1 12 13 14 1 1 17 1 2 22 2 2 27 2 2 3 3 32 1 2 3 4 1 5 6 8 1 5 6 8 9 0 1 Coo fan 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block FieldCommunicator Menu Structure Quick Config Alert Key Min Good Output Range EU at 100 Output Range EU at 0 Output Range Units Index Output Range Decimal Select Type Common Config Min Good Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output Range EU at 100 Output Range EU at 0 Output Range Units Index Output Range Decimal Select Type Advanced Config Alert Key Static Revision Status Options Strategy Connectors Disable Analog Input 1 Status Disable Analog Input 1 Value Disable Analog Input 2 Status Disable Analog Input 2 Value Disable Analog Input 3 Status Disable Analog Input 3 Value Disable Analog Input 4 Status Disable Analog Inpu
350. nditions are suppressed so that they are not reported Even if reporting is suppressed the bit in Advise Active ADVISE_ACTIVE 61 is still set Instrument Field Communicator gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument Tag Description The Tag Description TAG DESC 2 is a 32 character description used to assign a unique description to each block within the digital valve controller to describe the intended application for the block Pressure Units Define the output and supply pressure units PRESSURE UNITS 90 in either psi bar or kPa Temperature Units Enter the temperature units TEMPERATURE UNITS 89 in degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius The temperature is measured from a sensor mounted on the digital valve controller s printed wiring board Travel Units Define the units for valve travel TVL UNITS 91 in inches centimeters millimeters or degrees Length Units Define the units for valve dimensions LENGTH UNITS 92 in inches centimeters or millimeters Area Units Define the units for actuator area AREA UNITS 93 in inches centimeter or millimeter Spring Rate Units Define the units for actuator spring rate SPRING RATE UNITS 94 in Ibs in2 or N M Relay Type Enter the Relay Type RELAY TYPE 42 5 There are three categories of relays that result in combinations from which to select Relay Type The relay type is printed on the label affixed to the relay body A 7 double acti
351. ne Download device See DeltaV books online 279 Operating with a DeltaV System Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table F 1 Transducer Block TB Parameters Configuration Index Parameter Label Actual Travel Actuator Fail Action Actuator Manufacturer ID Actuator Model Number Actuator Serial Number Actuator Size Actuator Style r Alert Conditions Alert Key Area Units Block Configuration Error Blocks Setto Default Alert Blocks Set to Default Alert Enable Calibration Date Calibration Location Calibration Person Cycle Count Cycle Count Alert Cycle Count Alert Enable Cycle Count Alert Point Cycle Count Deadband Device Needs Maintenance Now Drive Current Drive Current Alert Drive Current Alert Enable Drive Current Alert Point Drive Current Alert Time Drive Current Manual Recovery Drive Current Shutdown Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert Drive Signal Alert Enable Effective Area Feedback Connection Flow Direction Flow Tends To I O Processor Alert I O Processor Alert Enable I O Processor Manual Recovery I O Processor Shutdown Inlet Pressure Input Characterization Integrator Limited Hi Integrator Limited Lo Integrator Suspended IOP Failure Last Valid Point Leak Class Length Units 280 Path to Parameter gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Actual Travel TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator
352. ned in ANSI ISA Standard 51 1 Process Instrument Terminology 1 The pressure temperature limits in this document and any other applicable code or standard should not be exceeded 2 Normal m3 hour Normal cubic meters per hour at 0 C and 1 01325 bar absolute Scfh Standard cubic feet per hour at 60 F and 14 7 psia 3 Values at 1 4 bar 20 psig based on a single acting direct relay values at 5 5 bar 80 psig based on double acting relay 4 Temperature limits vy based on hazardous area approval 5 Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm 0 75 inch or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees Also not applicable for digital valve controllers in long stroke applications 6 4 conductor shielded cable 18 to 22 AWG minimum wire size in rigid or flexible metal conduit is required Dr connection between base unit and feedback unit Pneumatic tubing between base unit output connection and actuator has been tested to 91 meters 300 feet At 15 meters 50 feet there was no performance degradation At91 meters there was minimal pneumatic lag Table 1 2 EMC Summary Results Immunity Phenomenon Basic Standard Test Level 1 we Sit 4 kV contact Electrostatic discharge ESD IEC 61000 4 2 2 kV air 80 to 1000 MHz 10V m with 1 kHz AM at 80 Enclosure Radiated EM field IEC 61000 4 3 1400 to 2000 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz AM at 80 A 2000 to 2700 MHz 1V m with 1 kHz AM at 80 A AQ Rated power frequen
353. nerally does not require operator attention such as diagnostics and system alerts Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority 1 The priority classes advise and critical have no relationship to Plant Web Alerts Application Information The PID function block is a powerful flexible control algorithm that is designed to work in a variety of control strategies The PID block is configured differently for different applications DeltaV Tune DeltaV Tune quickly and automatically determines optimal tuning parameters for PID control loops For more information on DeltaV Tune refer to DeltaV Books Online or DeltaV documentation Block Errors Table 4 31 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the PID block and are provided only for your reference 108 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup PID Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 31 BLOCK_ERR Conditions Condition Number Condition Name and Description Other N A 7 i 12 Readback Check Failed N A 13 Device Needs Maintenance Now N A Power Up Set if devices was powered up with this block in Out of Service OOS mode Cleared on first change of mode to other than OOS Out of Service The actual mode is Out of Service OOS 14 PID Function Block Parameter List
354. ng or single acting B single acting reverse C single acting direct Lo Bleed The label affixed to the relay body indicates it is a low bleed version Zero Power Condition Zero Power Condition ZERO PWR COND 42 2 identifies whether the valve is open or closed when instrument power is lost If you are unsure how to set this parameter disconnect the segment loop power to the instrument The resulting valve travel is the Zero Power Condition Maximum Supply Pressure Enter the maximum supply pressure MAX SUPP PRESS 42 6 in psi bar or kPa depending on what was selected for pressure units Calibration Person Name of the person performing last calibration XD CAL WHO 31 Calibration Location Indicates the location of the last instrument calibration XD CAL LOC 29 Calibration Date Enter a date with the format MM DD YY Date is a user defined variable that provides a place to save the date of the last calibration XD CAL DATE 30 Last Calibration Type Indicates the type of the last calibration performed on the instrument Possible values are Not Calibrated Single Point Calibration Auto Calibration Manual Calibration 57 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Valve and Actuator Field Communicator TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator Valve Valve Manufacturer Enter the identification number of the manufacturer of the valve VALVE
355. ng process Reporting Alarms and Events to a Workstation Device alarm and event reporting is no different than control module reporting Alarm and event reporting to workstations is determined by assigning areas to workstations The workstation area assignment is all you need to do to ensure that you have all of the information device and process for that area This is important so that ALL of the information about an area both the process and device information is available at any workstation that is responsible for that area That way the Event Chronicle has a complete record for that area and any user can drill into a graphic or tag and access all of the information This DOES NOT determine WHO views the device alarms Who views the alarms is determined by filtering at each workstation Now that all of the device and process information is assigned to a workstation the next step is to decide what priority of device and process alarms cause alarm annunciation to the users on that workstation Setting up WHO Sees Device Alarms The priority of the alarms and the settings at that workstation determine what alarms are annunciated on a particular workstation Annunciated means sound the horn and shown in the alarm banner Alarm List display etc There are two different approaches that can be used to adjust the device alarm filtering for a particular workstation e Adjust the default DeltaV Operate alarm settings in the UserRef UserSe
356. nnels Use the channel numbers to define the variables that the MAI block processes Figure 4 26 Multiple Analog Input MAI Function Block OUT_1 OUT_2 OUT_3 OUT_4 OUT_5 OUT_6 OUT_7 FIELDBUS FBUS_31A OUT_8 Out1 The block output value and status for the first channel The MAI block supports mode control In Automatic mode the block s output parameters OUT_1 to OUT_8 8 through 15 reflects the process variable PV values and status In Manual mode OUT may be set manually The Manual mode is reflected in the output status Table 4 64 lists the MAI block parameters and their units of measure description and index numbers Modes The MAI Function Block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE_BLK 5 parameter Manual Man The block output OUT_1 to OUT_8 8 through 15 may be set manually e Automatic Auto OUT_1 to OUT_8 8 through 15 reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value when the simulation is enabled e Out of Service OOS The block is not processed PV is not updated and the OUT status is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK_ERR 6 parameter shows Out of Service In this mode you can make changes to all configurable parameters The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes Status Handling In Man mode the OUT status constant limit is set to indicate that the value is a constant and the OUT status is Good 159 Det
357. nsducer Status Simulate Transducer Value Simulate Simulate En Disable Setpoint Rate Down Setpoint Rate Up Static Revision Status Options Strategy Transducer Scale EU at 100 Transducer Scale EU at 0 Transducer Scale Units Index Transducer Scale Decimal I O Reference AO Channel Connectors Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Output Status Output Value Online Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Block Error Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output Status Output Value Process Value Status Process Value Value Remote Cascade Input Status Remote Cascade Input Value Remote Cascade Output Status Remote Cascade Output Value Readback Status Readback Value Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Status Block Error Other Tag Description Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value StdDev Cap StdDev Detailed Setup AO Function Block January 2015 All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert
358. nsion cff DeltaV Registry File This file is used by DeltaV to define the device interface file extension reg DeltaV thx File This file is used by DeltaV to define the device and the data interface to the device file extension fhx DeltaV Windows Resource File These files define the user interface for the device for DeltaV and include the definitions for the transducer block interface and the resource block interface file extension dll The directory structure defined by the Fieldbus Foundation for device descriptions is as follows Xxxxxx yyyy rrddcc eee where is the path to the DD structure as implemented by the host system This is typically defined as the base path Ir dd CC eee to the DD since access to the specific device DD is predefined from the base folder For a DeltaV system the DDs are included with the support files and are located in a folder named amsdevices For other hosts the Fieldbus Foundation defines a folder named release that is included with the CD ROM however you do not need to retain this folder name is the 6 digit hexadecimal equivalent of the manufacturer s identification number as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation Fisher Controls ID number is 5100 or in the folder format 005100 This number is also stored in the instrument Resource Block in the parameter Mfg ID parameter name MANUFAC_ID is the 4 digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device
359. nstruments and the control system Fieldbus is an all digital serial two way communication system which interconnects field equipment such as transmitters digital valve controllers and process controllers Fieldbus is a local area network LAN for instruments used in both process and manufacturing automation with built in capability to distribute the control application across the network Function Block Overview A fieldbus system is a distributed system composed of field devices and control and monitoring equipment integrated into the physical environment of a plant or factory Fieldbus devices work together to provide I O and control for automated processes and operations The Fieldbus Foundation provides a framework for describing these systems as a collection of physical devices interconnected by a fieldbus network One of the ways that the physical devices are used is to perform their portion of the total system operation by implementing one or more function blocks Function Blocks Function blocks within the fieldbus device perform the various functions required for process control Because each system is different the mix and configuration of functions are different Therefore the Fieldbus Foundation has designed a range of function blocks each addressing a different need Analog Input Block Al Multiple Analog Input MAI Discrete Input Block DI Manual Loader Block ML Bias Gain Station Block BG Control Selector Block CS P
360. ntWeb alerts in firmware 1 5 and higher are 18a Check transducer block mode Change to AUTO if reported broadcast automatically mode based Transducer block mode may be MAN or appropriate OOS 19 Field Communicator does not turn 19a Battery pack not charged 19a Charge battery pack on Note Battery pack can be charged while attached to the Field communicator or separately The Field Communicator is fully operable while the battery pack is charging Do not attempt to charge the battery pack in a hazardous area 223 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Technical Support Checklist Have the following information available prior to contacting your Emerson Process Management sales office for support Reference 1 Instrument serial number as read from nameplate 2 What is the firmware version of the DVC6200f 3 What is the hardware version of the DVC6200f 4 What is the Diagnostic Tier of the DVC6200f FD_ AD PD___ 5 What is the Control Tier of the DVC6200f SC FL FC 6 What is the address of the DVC6200f ZEN Mode and Status 7 What are the DVC6200f Block Modes Actual Modes Resource Block TransducerBlock AnalogOutputBlock Target Modes Resource Block TransducerBlock AnalogOutputBlock Permitted Modes Resource Block TransducerBlock A Analog Output Block 8 What is the status of the individual function blocks Operational 9 Does the
361. ntification of Selected Inputs For a SELECT TYPE 19 of Maximum Minimum Middle First Good and Hot Spare SELECTED 21 indicates the number of the selected input When Middle is computed from more than one input SELECTED 21 is set to 0 Fora SELECT TYPE 19 of Average SELECTED 21 indicates the number of inputs used in the average calculation When the block mode is Manual SELECTED 21 is set to 0 Alarm Detection A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK ERR 6 has an error bit set The types of block error for the PID block are defined above Process alarm detection is based on OUT 7 value You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms e High HI LIM 40 e High high HI HI LIM 38 Low LO LIM 42 e Low low LO LO 44 In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV span can be set using the ALARM HYS 36 parameter The priority of each alarm is set in the following parameters e HI PRI 39 e HI HI PRI 37 e LO PRI 41 e LO LO PRI 43 ACK OPTION 35 is used to set automatic acknowledgement of alarms ALARM SUM 34 indicates the current alert status unacknowledged states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 127 Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Alarms are grouped into five level
362. nto the terminal box 9 Install a set screw key 58 into the cap key 4 Loosen the cap not more than 1 turn to align the set screw over one of the recesses in the terminal box Tighten the set screw key 58 Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output After completing maintenance procedures confirm proper valve operation by stroking the digital valve controller output Refer to page 204 218 Instruction Manual Maintenance and Troubleshooting D103412X012 January 2015 Instrument Troubleshooting Whatto Do First When a problem occurs check the following first Mounting e Is the feedback linkage connected correctly See the beginning of this section Utility Connections Are pneumatic connections correct Are there any air leaks See the Installation section e 5 the air supply pressure sufficient to drive the valve Is the digital valve controller correctly connected to the fieldbus See the Installation section Is there power to the device Is the terminal voltage between 9 and 32 volts See the Installation section e Is the segment terminated correctly See host system documentation e Is the host system connected to the segment See host system documentation If communication or output difficulties are experienced with the instrument refer to the troubleshooting information provided in table 7 2 Also see the Technical Support Checklist found on page 224 219 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Instruc
363. nued 98 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 25 Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Detailed Setup AO Function Block January 2015 Label Index RO Block Initial PARAMETER_NAMIE Fault State Value FSTATE_VAL PV Scale 10 Statustimits Limits Dynamic BAD NoCom NoVal Status ALL const Defined by FF spec ALL Back Calculation Output BKCAL_OUT 28 Remote Cascade Input RCAS_IN 26 0 Invalid 1 Normal Shed Normal Return 2 Normal Shed No Return 3 Shed to Auto normal return 4 Shed to Auto no return Target mode changes to Auto on detection of a shed condition 5 Shed to Manual normal return 6 Shed to Manual No return Target mode changes to MAN on detection of a shed condition 7 Shed to retained target normal return 8 Shed to retained target no return Change target to retained target Shed Options SHED_OPT ai Update Event Data Type Float Preset value to use if I O OPTS Fault State to Value or Use Fault State Value on Restart is set Data Type DS 65 The value and status required by the BKCAL IN input of another block to prevent reset windup and to provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control Data Type DS 65 Target SP and status by supervisory host Data Type Unsigned8 Defines the action to be taken when the set point is not updated in a remote mode Remote Cascade Output Dunamis Data Type DS 65 RCAS_OU
364. ny GRANT DENY Data Type ee 50 40 1 RW ALL all bits cleared NONE Options for controlling access of 0 Program host computer and local control 1 Tune panels to operating tuning and 2 Alarm alarm parameters of the block Has 3 Local I no effect on the DVC6200f 40 2 RW ALL all bits cleared NONE GRANT 0 N A 1 granted DENY 0 1 denied Travel Pressure Control 41 TVL_PRESS_CONTROL 1 Travel Data Type Enum Uint8 Travel Pressure Select 2 Pressure TVL_PRESS_ SELECT ule SY ne 3 TVL PRESS Auto Recv pono SEIS O id 4 TVL PRESS Man Recv i Travel Pressure State 41 2 N A Pee a m used for TVL PRESS STATE 2 Pressure feedback Continued 67 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME EJ RW nitla Value Category escription Basic Setup BASIC SETUP 1 Spring amp Diaphragm Actuator Style MAN 2 Piston Dbl w o Spring 1 Spring amp I ACTUATOR_STYLE OOS 3 Piston Dblw Spring Diaphragm SETUP j Data 4 Piston Sgl w Spring Data Type Uint8 Zero Power Condition MAN 1 Valve Closed _ Enum Identifies whether the valve is ZERO_PWR_COND qos PM OOS 2 Valve Open OER 25 s open or closed when instrument power is lost Travel Sensor Motion MAN 1 Counter Clockwise 1 Counter 100 Default Array 64 SStem 19 Arr
365. ocity gain for the travel control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert Travel MLFB Gain Travel MLFB Gain TVL_MLFB_GAIN 44 5 is the minor loop feedback gain for the travel control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert Travel Integral Enable Travel Integral Enable TVL INTEG ENABLE 44 1 is used to enable the integral setting to improve static performance by correcting for error that exists between the travel target and actual travel Travel Integral Gain Travel Integral Gain SERVO RESET 19 also called reset is the ratio of the change in output to the change in input based on the control action in which the output is proportional to the time integral of the input Travel Integral Dead Zone Travel Integral Dead Zone TVL_INTEG_DEADZ 44 4 is a window around the Primary Setpoint in which the integral action is disabled The dead band is configurable from 0 to 226 Travel Integral Limit Hi Travel Integral Limit Hi INTEG LIM HI 44 2 provides an upper limit to the integrator output The high limit is configurable from 0 to 100 of the I P drive signal Travel Integral Limit Lo The Travel Integral Limit Lo TVL_INTEG_LIM_LO 44 3 provides a lower limit to the integrator output The low limit is configurable from 100 to 0 of the I P drive signal e Performance Tuner A WARNING During performance tuning the valve may move
366. ocuments are available from your Emerson Process Management sales office Also visit our website at www FIELDVUE com Educational Services For information on available courses for the DVC6200f digital valve controller as well as a variety of other products contact Emerson Process Management Educational Services Registration Phone 1 641 754 3771 or 1 800 338 8158 e mail education emerson com http www emersonprocess com education Instruction Manual Installation Information D103412X012 January 2015 Section 2 Wiring Practices Quick Connect Cable Entry The DVC6200f is offered with a quick connect cable entry option shown in figure 2 1 for the FOUNDATION fieldbus signal The quick connect cable entry provides an easier and more reliable interface to fieldbus devices and support modules by providing a standard connection Figure 2 1 Quick Connect Connector 1 BLUE 3 NC m 5 9 2 BROWN 4 GREEN YELLOW 1 2 14 NPT NOTES 1 COLORS ARE WIRE COLORS 2 NC NO CONNECTION 18B9424 A Note The quick connect cable entry option is only available for intrinsically safe and non incendive installations Refer to figure 8 2 for identification of parts A WARNING Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion can result from the discharge of static electricity Connect a 14 AWG 2 08 mm ground strap between the digital valve controller and earth ground when flammable or hazardous gases are p
367. ode Actual The current mode of the block Note Bit 6 IMAN is valid for ACTUAL only Permitted Allowed modes for Target Normal Most common mode for Target Data Type Bit String 2 byte O inactive 1 active This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown See table 4 24 Data Type DS 65 The process variable used in block execution This value is converted from READBACK to show the actuator position in the same units as the setpoint value Data Type DS 65 The SP of the analog block Can be derived from CAS_IN RCAS_IN in normal modes or can track PV in MAN IMan or LO modes IO OPTS is used to determine value of SP in MAN IMan or LO If no IO OPTS for SP tracking are set SP will freeze when mode changes from CAS or RCAS Data Type DS 65 The primary value and status calculated by the block in Auto mode OUT may be set manually in Man mode Data Type DS 82 Allows the analog input to be manually supplied when simulate is enabled When simulation is disabled the simulate value and status track actual value amp status Data Type DS 68 The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of decimal places to be used in displaying the PV parameter and parameters which have the same scaling as PV Data Type DS 68 The high and low scale values and engineering units c
368. ode are read only This parameter determines the number of digits to the right of the decimal point used with the value obtained from the transducer for a specified channel 97 Detailed Setup AO Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 25 Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Initial PARAMETER_NAMIE Grant Deny Data Type DS 70 GRANT_DENY Options for controlling access of host computers Prodam P and local control panels to operating tuning and 13 1 ALL 1 e All bits 0 alarm parameters of the block JA sum GRANT 1 granted 0 N A 13 2 ALL 3 Local Allbits 0 DENY 1 denied 0 N A 1 SP tracks PV in Man 3 SP tracks PV in LO or Iman 4 SP Track retained target in Man or LO 5 Increase to Close 6 Fault State to value Data Type Bit String 2 byte IJO Options E It Stat p 14 e Allbits 0 1 enable IO_OPTS value Allows you to select the type of tracking and the 7 Use Fault State e output value when a fault condition occurs value on restart 8 Target to Man if Fault State activated 9 Use PV for BKCAL OUT 0 SP 1 PV Data Type Bit String O disable 15 605 fe Allbits 0 1 enable _ Options the user may select for the block processing of status Data Type DS 65 Status Readback is the de characterized valve position as reported by the transducer block parameter N A FINAL_POSITION_VALUE 17 This
369. oint associated with OUT Data Type DS 70 Options for controlling access of host computers All bits 0 and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block Not used by the device Program GRANT 0 N A 1 granted Tune All bits O DENY 0 N A 1 denied Alarm Local Bypass Enable SP tracks PV in MAN SP tracks PV in ROUT SP tracks PV in LO or MAN SP tracks RCAS or CAS in IMAN LO MAN or ROUT Data Type Bit String Control Options 5 Direct Acting All bits O 0 disable CONTROL OPTS 7 Track Enable 1 enable 8 Track in Manual Allows you to specify control strategy options 9 Use PV for BKCAL_OUT 10 Act on IR 12 Restrict SP to limits in Cas and RCas 13 No output limits in MAN 0 IFS Initiate Fault State Data Type Bit String Status Options if BAD IN O disable STATUS OPTS 1 IFS if BAD CAS IN All bits 0 1 enable _ 2 Use Uncertain as Good Allows you to select options for status handling 5 Target to MAN if BAD IN and processing ri Input 15 ALL Status C Data Type DS 65 IN The primary input value of the block Value Data Type Float Process Value Filter Time 16 ALL Positive The time constant of the first order PV filter It is PV_FTIME the time in seconds required for a 63 percent change in the IN value Continued Grant Deny GRANT_DENY 110 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup PID Function Block D103412X012 January 2015
370. ominal Supply Pressure NOMINAL_SUPPLY_PRESSURE Spring Rate SPRING_RATE Stroking Time Open STROKING_TIME_OPEN Stroking Time Close STROKING_TIME_CLOSE Lever Style LEVER_STYLE Lever Arm Length MOMENT_ARM DEVICE_RECORD Temperature Maximum TEMP_MAX Temperature Maximum Time TEMP_MAX_TIME Temperature Minimum TEMP_MIN Temperature Minimum Time TEMP_MIN_TIME Supply Pressure Maximum SUPP_PRESS_MAX Supply Pressure Maximum Time SUPP_PRESS_MAX_TIME Supply Pressure Minimum SUPP_PRESS_MIN Supply Pressure Minimum Time SUPP_PRESS_MIN_TIME Comm Error Count COMM_ERROR_COUNT Protection 84 PROTECTION 853 Rw open ALL Data Type Enum Uint8 2 close Seconds 859 RW ALL ALL Data Type Float Seconds 1 Pivot Point These parameters can only reset through VL DD Data Type Float Data Type Float Data Type Float NN fone ean 86 7 N A 9999 99 N A Lowest supply pressure recorded E Data Type Enum 1 None 2 Calibration Write lock enable disable If setting 87 RW ALL 2 Calibration NONE is at or above a parameters 3 Setup amp Calibration A All protection level then that parameter is read only Continued Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER NAME Number RW Bugs nita vau Category
371. on 44 Customs Union Technical Regulations CUTR Russia Kazakhstan and Belarus Certification 8 Cycle Counter Alerts 54 Device Variables 207 D DD Information 199 Declaration of SEP 9 DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS Workstation Installing DD on 274 Instruction Manual D103412X012 DeltaV System operating with 279 Software Functionality System Requirements 286 DeltaV Tune for PID controlloops 108 Detailed Setup 1 38 Device Addressing 269 Device Communication 270 Scheduled Transfers 270 Unscheduled Transfers 271 Device Description Overview 273 Device Description Version displaying 277 Device Descriptions 267 Installing on a DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS Workstation 274 Installing on Other Fieldbus Host Systems 276 Device Diagnostics Resource Block 196 Transducer Block 200 Device ID 24 196 Device Revision 25 199 Device Setup 16 Device State Resource Block 196 Device Type 24 199 Device Variables Resource Block 198 Transducer Block 205 diagnostic capabilities 4 Diagnostic Options 22 25 199 Digital Communication Protocol 7 Direct Action PID Function Block 107 Direct Selection of Inputs ISEL Function Block 127 Direct signal conversion Al Function Block 150 Disabling Inputs ISEL Function Block 126 Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge 24 Discrete Alarm Disabled 24 Discrete Input DI Function Block 5 177 Action on Failure 181 Alarm Detection 181 Application
372. on On Fault Detection for the output blocks N A 2 Active 1 Clear on pages 94 and 170 of this section This parameter is used to test the fault state behavior that normally occurs when there isa communication problem between devices This parameter is changed bythe SET_FSTATE and CLR_FSTATE parameters so long as the feature Fault State is selected see Feature Selection index number 18 in this table Data Type Unsigned8 Selecting Set changes the parameter FAULT_STATE to Active This is essentially a Set Fault State 29 ALL 1 Off write only parameter as it will always read OFF SET FSTATE because it is defined as momentary Writing a value of OFF has no affect To use this parameter the feature Fault State must be selected see Features Selected on page 23 H D Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Label Index s _ Number ROUT Timeout SHED_ROUT Fault State FAULT_STATE ALL Data Type Unsigned8 Selecting Clear changes the parameter FAULT_STATE to Clear and clears the output function blocks ofthe FAULT_STATE if the field Clear Fault State 1 Off condition if any has cleared This is essentially a CLR_FSTATE write only parameter as it will always read OFF because it is defined as momentary Writing a value of OFF has no affect To use this parameter the feature Fault State must be selected see Features Selected on page 23 Data Type Unsigned8 The maximum number of ale
373. on volatile parameters for all of the blocks in the instrument to their initial value as listed in table 4 2 After a Restart with Defaults you should place the instrument in service the transducer block mode to auto and run Device Setup and download the instrument configuration from the control system to properly setup the instrument You also may need to re establish communication links and trends Fault State Fault State FAULT_STATE 28 when active indicates that the resource block is currently forcing the output block to perform its FSTATE action Selecting Fault State enables the ability to manually set and clear the fault state e Set Fault State Selecting Set Fault State SET_FSTATE 29 changes the Fault State FAULT_STATE 28 to Active Setting Set FState SET_FSTATE 29 to SET manually places the instrument in the fault state e Clear Fault State Setting Clear FState CLR_FSTATE 30 to CLEAR clears the device fault state if no faults are currently active You can test the actions the output blocks will perform by manually setting fault state active Device Variables Instrument Field Communicator RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument The following parameters are contained in the the Instrument menu of the resource block Identification e Device ID The 32 character Device ID DEVICE ID 54 e Electronics Serial Number The Electronics Serial Number ELECTRONICS SN 49 set at the factory e F
374. ormance Critical Performance Reduced Travel Accumulator E Information Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert Travel Accumulator Alert Enable Travel Accumulator Alert Point Performance Information Alert Travel Accumulator Deadband Performance Information Alert Enable Performance Reduced Performance Critical Ae cnet Reduced Alert mi Critical Alert Ae cnet Reduced Alert Enable mi Critical Alert Enable 246 Instruction Manual D103412X012 TRANSDUCER BLOCK CALIBRATION Top Level Configure Setup t _ Configure Setup Device Diagnostics Device Variables Basic Setup Detailed Setup Calibration Calibration Auto Calibration Manual Calibration Relay Supply Pressure Pressure Pressure B TRANSDUCER BLOCK DEVICE DIAGNOSTICS Top Level Status Configure Setup Device Diagnostics Device Diagnostics Device Variables Active PlantWeb Alerts Alert Conditions Status Device Record Stroke Valve Trend Block Configuration Error Simulate Active Lost Static Data Out of Service Device Record Maximum Recorded Temperature Maximum Recorded Temperature Time Minimum Recorded Temperature Device Needs Maintenance Now Field Communicator Menu Structure January 2015 elf Test Status x Self Test Status S Block Error Block Error Integrator Suspended Integrator Limited Lo Integ
375. ot shown see figure 7 4 210 Boot nitrile 5 2 req d see figure 7 4 231 Seal Screen 1 3 5 Recommended spare 1 Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit 2 Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit 3 Available in the Seal Screen Kit 4 Available in the Terminal Box Kit 5 Available in the I P Converter Kit 6 Available in the Spare Module Base Assembly Kit 8 Available in the Spare Shroud Kit Key Description Parts January 2015 Part Number Relay see figure 8 2 and 8 4 DVC6200f and DVC6205f 24 Relay Assembly includes shroud relay seal mounting screws Standard nitrile elastomers Standard Bleed Housing A used for GX actuator Single acting direct relay C Single acting reverse relay B Housing B used for all actuators except GX Single acting direct relay C Double acting relay A Single acting reverse relay B Low Bleed Housing A used for GX actuator Single acting direct relay C Single acting reverse relay B Housing B used for all actuators except G Single acting direct relay C Double acting relay A Single acting reverse relay B 38B5786X182 38B5786X172 38B5786X132 38B5786X052 38B5786X092 38B5786X202 38B5786X192 38B5786X152 38B5786X072 38B5786X112 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers Standard Bleed Single acting direct relay C Double acting relay A Single acting reverse relay B Low Bleed Single acting direct
376. ote Output ROut The block outputs are set to the value of the remote output parameter that is written by a host computer or others To prevent a sudden change in output the block s calculations are initialized when a change in mode occurs Remote Cascade RCas The block performs the specified calculations based on a set point from a host computer or others via the remote cascade input and outputs the result If the block has any outputs these continue to update Examples of Modes for Various Operational Statuses Table D 2 shows examples of block mode combinations in a digital valve controller however it does not show all combinations When a block changes mode or the data status signal changes for some reason the other blocks connected to that block identify the change by detecting the change in status of an input signal and change their modes too For example when the data status of BKCAL IN in a PID block changes to bad the PID block automatically changes its mode to Iman to initialize the control of its downstream block Table D 2 Examples of Block Mode Combinations and Operational statuses for an Instrument with Standard Control iia Setup and calibration ULL 0 Modification ofsometransducerblockparameters Mama Primary PID Auto 1 TB Transducer Block The respective modes to which each block should enter upon occurrence of a communication error and at a restart and the handling of signals in each mode m
377. ounting or improper adjustment of the travel sensor If this problem occurs during normal operation the most likely cause is a failure of the travel sensor To correct 1 Insure proper mounting and linkage adjustment 2 Inspect and test travel sensor 3 Toggle the transducer target mode If the problem persists replace the printed wiring board PWB assembly The pressure sensor on board the device has failed This may be due to excessive supply pressure or contaminated air If it is verified that the air supply is ok replace the printed wiring board PWB assembly The pressure sensor on board the device has failed This may be due to excessive supply pressure or contaminated air If it is verified that the air supply is ok replace the printed wiring board PWB assembly The temperature sensor on board the device has failed or the unit has been exposed to an temperature extreme beyond the recommended limits 259 PlantWeb Alerts January 2015 Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Pressure Fallback Sensors Maintenance Supply Pressure Environment Maintenance Temperature Limit Environment Advisory 260 Alert Condition Default Pressure Fallback Enabled Supply Press High Enabled Supply Press Low Enabled Temperature High Enabled Temperature Low Enabled What the Alert is D
378. ply Pressure Hi Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Hi Alert Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point Supply Pressure Lo Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Lo Alert Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Supply Pressure Sensor Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Supply Sensor Failure Supply Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable Supply Sensor Failure Tag Descrip
379. ports must be selected 3 Active reported Alert communication with the host must be 4 Active not reported setup In the ALARM_SUM parameter the disable bit TIME STAMP WD O temie Mam mist bees SUBCODE 404 Ro NN 0 WRITE PRI must be greater than 1 LENA ee _ Data Type Unsigned16 ITK Version 41 N A Major version of test this device has been ITK_VER tested to Initial value depends on the revision of the DVC6200f Extended Parameters Private Label Distributor Data Type Unsigned32 paz ro 000 O50 Rea ne Device String Array Data Type Bit String O disabled 1 enabled Function Block Options Alloptions Indicates which function block licensing options FB_OPTIONS enabled are enabled One bit for each block type that is j supported Unlicensed blocks cannot be scheduled and the Actual block mode will remain OOS 1 FD Fieldbus Diagnostics Data Type Enum Diagnostic Options 2 AD Advanced Indicates which diagnostics licensing options are DIAG_OPTIONS Diagnostics enabled Initial value depends on the licensed 3 PD Performance DVC6200f options Diagnostics 0 Software Download 10 Travel Control Miscellaneous Options Capable MISC_OPTIONS 11 Pressure Control Capable 12 Fallback Capable Data Type Bit String 0 Disable 1 Enable Indicates which miscellaneous licensing options are enabled Firmware Revision FIRMWARE REVISION z Data Type Uint FIRMWARE_RE
380. pply Pressure e Supply Supply SUPPLY PRESSURE VALUE 35 2 displays the instrument supply pressure in kPa bar or psi Supply Pressure Hi Alert This alert is active when the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable When enabled Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable activates Supply Pressure Hi Alert Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point The Supply Pressure Hi Alert is active when supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point SUP PRES HI ALRT PT 76 8 Supply Pressure Lo Alert This alert is active when the supply pressure is lower than the Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point 49 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 e Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable When enabled Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable activates Supply Pressure Lo Alert Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point SUP_PRES_LO_ALRT_PT 76 9 When the supply pressure falls below the supply pressure alert point the supply pressure alert is active To disable the supply pressure alert set Supply Pressure Alert Point to zero Temperature Limit e Temperature Degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius The temperature TEMPERATURE 48 is measured from a sensor mounted on the digital valve controller s printed wiring board e Temperature Hi Alert This alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point e Temperature Hi Alert En
381. pport When selected the instrument will allow the instrument to treat each PlantWeb alert separately when broadcast to the Host Alarm Handling RB gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling e Alert Key Alert Key ALERT KEY 4 is a number that permits grouping alerts This number may be used to indicate to the operator the source of the alert such as the instrument plant unit etc Enter a value between 1 and 255 23 Detailed Setup Resource Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 e Confirm Time Confirm Time CONFIRM_TIME 33 determines the time in 1 32 of a millisecond the instrument waits for confirmation of receipt of a report before trying again If Confirm Time is 0 the instrument does not retry to send the report Enter 0 or a value between 320000 10 secs and 640000 20 secs e Limit Notify Limit Notify LIM_NOTIFY 32 is the number of alert reports that the device can send without getting a confirmation up to the maximum permitted in Maximum Notify MAX NOTIFY 31 If Limit Notify is set to zero no alerts are reported Enter a value between 0 and 3 To have the instrument report alerts without having the host poll the alerts parameters select the Reports feature see Feature Select Maximum Notify Maximum Notify MAX_NOTIFY 31 indicates the maximum number of alert reports that the device can send without getting a confirmation This limit is determined by the amount of memory available for
382. r xxxxxx for each manufacturer as defined above For Fisher this folder is 005100 A readme file may be included at the top level Read this file for any additional information regarding the DD e For the DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller The device type parameter for this unit is 4602 This device includes the AO PID ISEL OS Al MAI DO and DI function blocks From Windows Explorer select the release 005100 4602 folder e The most recent device description for Fisher devices can be downloaded from the internet at www fisher com If you are downloading from the internet the file on the website will be compressed zipped and must be decompressed unzipped before proceeding Refer to the website download and installation procedures for setting 2 6 Instruction Manual Device Description Installation D103412X012 January 2015 up the DD on your system Note the folder where the decompressed files are placed This information will be required later in the installation procedure Note This procedure will install the necessary Device Description files ffo and sym and Capabilities file cff for the device 1 Locate or create the folder on the host system to contain all the DD and capabilities files If you are creating a folder you can name this new folder whatever you would like and it can have any path you define For this installation procedure this folder will be referred to as the base folder 2 On the CD ROM or in t
383. rameters Affected by Restart with Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Defaults Continued Index Parameter Name Initial Value Index Parameter Name Initial Value Number Number Resource Block ST_REV TAG_DESC STRATEGY ALERT_KEY MODE_BLK TARGET PERMITTED NORMAL GRANT_DENY FEATURE_SEL CYCLE_SEL SHED_RCAS SHED_ROUT FAULT_STATE LIM_NOTIFY CONFIRM_TIME WRITE_LOCK ALARM_SUM DISABLED 0 spaces 0 0 Auto Auto or Out of Service Auto All bits 0 Set by mfgr 0 0 640000 640000 1 Clear MAX_NOTIFY 640000 1 Unlocked All bits 0 ACK_OPTION Disabled WRITE_PRI 0 ST_REV TAG_DESC STRATEGY ALERT_KEY MODE_BLK TARGET PERMITTED NORMAL SP OUT PV_SCALE EU 100 EU 0 AO Block 0 Spaces 0 0 Out of Service OOS MAN AUTO CAS RCAS Auto Dynamic Dynamic Engineering Units Decimal Places XD_SCALE EU 100 EU 0 Engineering Units Decimal Places IO OPTS STATUS OPTS SP RATE DN SP RATE UP SP HI LIM SP LO LIM CHANNEL 26 All off All off BAD NC const 0 INF INF 100 0 1 analog valve input Continued AO Block continued FSTATE TIME 0 FSTATE VAL 0 RCAS IN Status BAD NoComm NoVal const Value 0 Trk SHED OPT All off PID Block Parameters ST REV 0 TAG DESC spaces STRATEGY 0 ALERT KEY 0 MODE BLK TARGET Out of Service PERMITTED OOS MAN AUTO CAS RCAS ROUT NORMAL Auto SP Dynamic OUT Dynamic PV_SCALE
384. ration Alerts Output Block Timeout e Output Block Timeout Alert This alert is active if the analog or discrete output block has not executed for longer than the configured timeout e Output Block Timeout Alert Enable When enabled Output Block Timeout Alert Enable activates the Output Block Timeout Alert e Output Block Timeout Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 76 1 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the Output Block Timeout Alert is active the transducer Actual 47 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 mode is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function e Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN_RECOVERY 76 2 permits enabling or disabling Manual recovery from Self Test Shutdown When enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when the condition that caused Output Block Timeout Shutdown clears If not enabled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled e Output Block Timeout The Output Block Timeout OUTPUT BLK TIMEOUT 76 3 is the m
385. ration error 6a Block actual mode is Out of Service 7b AO block is not active documentation 5c A bad status is passed to the blocks READBACK or FIELD VAL parameter See transducer section of Detailed Setup for repair information 5d Use Outblock Selection to select the desired output block The deselected block will have a bad status for READBACK This will keep it in IMAN mode when target is other than OOS 5e The Actual Block Mode MODE BLK ACTUAL 5 2 will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not bee licensed Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing 5f Set the schedules using host system or configuration tool All function blocks must be in a schedule that is downloaded to the device 5g Look for configuration error bit in BLOCK ERR By default all enumerature type parameters are initialized to 0 undefined They must be configured before the block can be put into service 6a Change the block target mode to an operational mode see Appendix D FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication and host system documentation 7a Transducer block mode in not Auto 7a Change transducer block mode to Auto 7b Change Outblock Selection to AO Control 8a Transducer block mode is not Auto 8a Change transducer block mode to Auto 8b DO block is not active 9a A function block actual mode is Out of Service or Transducer Block Actual mode is Out of Ser
386. rator Limited Hi Travel Sensor Span Error MLFB Error Travel Sensor Hi Error Travel Sensor Lo Error Pressure B Sensor Failure Pressure A Sensor Failure Supply Sensor Failure IOP Failure Drive Current Alert Simulate Jumper ON Minimum Recorded Temperature Time Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Time TRANSDUCER BLOCK DEVICE VARIABLES AO Control Pre Char Setpoint Top Level Device Variables Setpoint Status All Block Modes AO Control Pre Char Configure Setup Device Diagnostics Device Variables DO Control Input Characterization Travel Pressure State PD Inside Status Travel Protection Drive Signal DO Control Temperature Setpoi Setpoint D Cycle Counter Travel D Travel Accumulator Travel Count Pressures Pressures Supply Pressure A Pressure B A Minus B Travel DeChar AO Control Post Char AO Control Post Char Travel Target Travel Status 247 Field Communicator Menu Structure Instruction Manual January 2015 Resource Block RB Menu Parameter Label Alert Key Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Disabled Block Alarm Automatically Acknowledge Confirm Time DD Information Device ID Device Revision
387. re Units 57 Terminal Box removing 217 replacing 218 January 2015 TIIS Japan Certification 8 Transducer Block 264 Block Error 203 Device Diagnostics 200 Device Variables 205 parameters 63 Status and Limit Propagation 267 View Lists 86 Transducer Block TB Menu Structure 238 Menu Tree 243 244 245 246 247 Transducer Block Mode 15 38 Transducer Block Overview 38 Travel Alert 50 52 Travel Accumulator Alerts 54 Device Variables 207 Travel Alerts 50 201 Travel 50 Travel Deviation 50 201 Travel Hi Lo 52 201 Travel Limit 51 201 Travel Target 50 Travel Closed Alerts 53 Travel Count Device Variables 207 Travel Cutoff Hi 43 Travel Cutoff Lo 43 Travel Deviation Alerts 50 Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback 43 Travel Hi Lo Alerts 52 Travel History Alerts 54 Travel History Alerts 54 202 Cycle Counter 54 202 Travel Accumulator 54 202 Travel Integral Dead Zone 40 Travel Integral Enable 40 Travel Integral Gain 40 Travel Integral Limit Hi 40 Travel Integral Limit Lo 40 Travel Limit Alerts 51 Travel MLFB Gain 40 Travel Open Alerts 53 Travel Pressure Control 42 Travel Proportional Gain 40 309 Index January 2015 Travel Sensor Alerts 48 Travel Sensor Motion 59 60 Device Setup 18 Travel Target Alert 50 Travel Tuning 39 Travel Tuning Set 39 Travel Tuning Sets Gain Values 39 Travel Units 57 Travel Velocity Gain 40 Trav
388. re failure FIELD_VAL_D 17 PV_D 7 and OUT_D 8 change to a Bad status and the BLOCK_ ERR 6 parameter shows Process Variable has Bad Status If the transducer block mode is Out of Service the status of FIELD_VAL_D 17 PV_D 7 and OUT_D 8 is set to Bad Out of Service Simulation To support testing of the control strategy you can enable the SIMULATE_D 9 parameter Normally the measurement value and status used for FIELD VAL D 17 in the DI block reflect actual process values as provided by the transducer block When the SIMULATE_D 9 parameter is enabled value and status used for FIELD_VAL_D 17 is supplied by the user manually To enable simulation in the DI function block the simulate jumper must be installed For information on the installation of this jumper see the Installation section The SIMULATE_D 9 parameter has three components Simulate_D enable disable determines whether the function block will use the actual process value and status or Simulate Value and Simulate Status e Transducer Value and Status reflect the process values provided by the transducer block Simulate Value and Status may be entered by the user when enable disable is set to enabled 181 Detailed Setup DI Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 To use simulate first install the simulate jumper in the terminal box then set Simulate_D enable disable to enabled then enter the desired values for Simulate Value
389. re on both sides of the valve or bleed off the process fluid The Performance Tuner is used to determine digital valve controller tuning It will move the valve slightly and monitor the effects of small tuning changes until an optimum control response is achieved Because the Performance Tuner can detect internal instabilities before they become apparent in the travel response it can generally optimize tuning more effectively than manual tuning Typically the Performance Tuner takes 3 to 5 minutes to tune an instrument although tuning instruments mounted on larger actuators may take longer 20 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Resource Block D103412X012 January 2015 Section 4 Detailed Setup Resource Block Overview The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device it has no input or output parameters The resource block monitors and controls the general operation of other blocks within the device Most of the resource block parameters are operational parameters that provide information about the instrument such as identification hardware information available options etc and are read only Configuration of the resource block involves selecting features from those that are available setting the mode setting write lock and setting up alert reporting details The following procedures address only the key resource block parameters however all resource block parameters are listed in table 4 3
390. refers to the motion of the magnet assembly Note that the magnet assembly may be referred to as a magnetic array in user interface tools For instruments with relay A or C If increasing air pressure at output A causes the magnet assembly to move up or the actuator shaft to rotate counterclockwise enter Towards Top of Instrument CCW If it causes the magnet assembly to move down or the actuator shaft to rotate clockwise enter Away From Top of Instrument CW For instruments with relay B For instruments with relay B If decreasing air pressure at output B causes the magnet assembly to move up or the actuator shaft to rotate counterclockwise enter Towards Top of Instrument CCW If it causes the magnet assembly to move down or the actuator shaft to rotate clockwise enter Away From Top of Instrument CW Note Relay A adjustment may be required before Device Setup can determine travel sensor motion Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display if relay adjustment is necessary Table 3 2 lists the required Travel Sensor Motion selections for Fisher and Baumann actuators Instruction Manual Basic Setup D103412X012 January 2015 e Tuning Set There are twelve tuning sets to choose from Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings Tuning set C provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response For smaller actuators use tuning set C or D For larger actuator
391. relay C Double acting relay A Single acting reverse relay B 38B5786X142 38B5786X032 38B5786X102 38B5786X162 38B5786X082 38B5786X122 Loop Connections Terminal Box see figure 8 2 and 8 4 DVC6200f and DVC6205f 4 TerminalBox Cap 34 O ring 1 4 36 1 4 58 Set Screw hex socket SST 2 72 Cap Screw hex socket SST 2 164 Terminal Box Assembly 227 Parts January 2015 Key Description Part Number Feedback Connections Terminal Box see figure 8 4 DVC6205f 4 Terminal Box Cap 34 O ring 4 36 O ring 58 Set Screw hex socket SST 2 62 Pipe Plug hex hd SST 64 Anti seize compound not furnished with the instrument 262 Adapter 263 O ring Standard 1F463606992 Extreme temperature option fluorosilicone 1F4636X0092 264 Terminal Box Assembly remote PWB Assembly see figure 8 2 and 8 4 DVC6200f and DVC6205f Note Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office if a replacement PWB is needed 50 PWB Assembly Standard Control Fieldbus Diagnostics Advanced Diagnostics Performance Dlagnostic Fieldbus Control Fieldbus Diagnostics Advanced Diagnostics Performance Diagnostics Fieldbus Logic Fieldbus Diagnostics Advanced Diagnostics Performance Diagnostics 228 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Key Description Part Number Pressure Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valve Assemblies see figure 8 3 DVC6200f and DVC6205f 47 Pressure Gauge nickel plated brass case br
392. removing 214 replacing 214 I P Filter replacing 213 Identification of Selected Inputs ISEL Function Block 127 IEC 61514 2 humidity testing method 8 IECEx hazardous area approval 8 Independent Linearity Specification 8 Indirect signal conversion Al Function Block 150 Indirect Square Root Al Function Block 150 Initialization and Back Calculation Requirements OS Function Block 141 INMETRO Brazil Certification 8 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Input Characterization 43 Device Variables 206 Input Selection ISEL Function Block 126 Input Selector ISEL Function Block 5 121 Alarm Detection 127 Alarm Priorities 128 Block Errors 128 Field Communicator Menu Structure 135 Input Selection 126 Direct Selection of Inputs 127 Disabling Inputs 126 Identification of Selected Inputs 127 Modes 121 parameters 128 Status Handling 122 Limit Propagation 123 Quality Use and Propagation 122 STATUS_OPTS Supported 126 Substatus Propagation 123 View Lists 133 Input to Output Mapping OS Function Block 139 Installation 3 Instrument Alert Conditions 251 Instrument Alert Conditions 45 200 ISO 8573 1 Supply Medium 7 ITK Version 25 199 K KGS Korea Gas Safety Corporation Certification 8 L Last Calibration Type 57 Leak Class 58 Length Units 57 Lever Arm Length 60 Lever Style 60 Lightning and Surge Protection 8 Limit Handling OS Function Block 139 Limit Notify
393. resent Refer to national and local codes and standards for grounding requirements To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover do not rub or clean the cover with solvents Clean with a mild detergent and water only To avoid personal injury or property damage do not use the Quick Connect option on instruments in explosion proof or flameproof installations 1 The quick connect cable entry should be installed on the digital valve controller at the factory If it is proceed to step 3 If not continue with step 2 2 To install the Quick Connect a Remove the terminal box cap key 4 from the terminal box key 3 b Apply sealant to the threads of the quick connector c Insert the wire pigtail into the desired conduit opening on the terminal box Tighten the quick connector in the conduit opening Installation Information Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 d Cut and trim the wire ends e The instrument is not polarity sensitive Refer to figure 2 2 Connect the blue wire to one of the LOOP terminals in the terminal box Connect the brown wire to the other LOOP terminal Cut the green yellow wire off inside of the DVC6200f and ensure that the shield is totally isolated at the instrument end Figure 2 2 Loop Connections Terminal Box SAFETY GROUND GROUND GE41456 A Note The green yellow wire is cut off inside the DVC6200f to help prevent ground loop issues The only wires that
394. ressure Press OK when you have read the message 3 The value of the output pressure appears on the display Press OK to display the adjustment menu 4 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of adjustment to the displayed value Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 3 0 psi 0 207 bar 20 7 kPa 0 30 psi 0 0207 bar 2 07 kPa and 0 03 psi 0 00207 bar 0 207 kPa respectively If the displayed value does not match the output pressure press OK then repeat this step step 4 to further adjust the displayed value When the displayed value matches the output pressure select Done and go to step 5 193 Calibration Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 5 The instrument sets the output pressure to full supply The following message appears Use the Increase and Decrease selections until the displayed pressure matches the output x pressure Press OK when you have read the message 6 The value of the output pressure appears on the display Press OK to display the adjustment menu 7 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of adjustment to the displayed value If the displayed value does not match the output pressure press OK then repeat this step step 7 to further adjust the displayed value When the displayed value matches the output pressure select Done and go to step 8 8 Place the instrument In Service and verify that the displayed pressure mat
395. ring key 256 gasket Housing A only used for GX actuator key 287 seal Housing A only used for GX actuator key 288 Housing A used for GX actuator Housing B used for all actuators except GX Feedback Array Kit Sliding Stem Linear GE46670X012 GE40178X012 kit contains feedback array and hex socket cap screws qty 2 washer plain qty 2 external tooth lock washer qty 2 only with aluminum feedback array kit and alignment template 210 mm 8 1 4 inch kit contains feedback array and hex socket cap screws qty 4 washer plain qty 4 external tooth lock washer qty 4 only with aluminum feedback array kit alignment template and insert Stainless steel kits only for use with stainless steel mounting kits 7 mm 1 4 inch Aluminum 19 mm 3 4 inch Aluminum Stainless steel 25 mm 1 inch Aluminum Stainless steel 38 mm 1 1 2 inch Aluminum Stainless steel 50 mm 2 inch Aluminum Stainless steel 110 mm 4 1 8 inch Aluminum Stainless steel 210 mm 8 1 4 inch Aluminum Stainless steel Rotary GG20240X012 GG20240X022 GE65853X012 GG20240X032 GE65853X022 GG20240X042 GE65853X032 GG20240X052 GE65853X042 GG20240X082 GE65853X062 GG20243X012 GE65853X072 Kit contains feedback assembly pointer assembly travel indicator scale and machine pan head screws qty 2 Stainless steel kits only for use with stainless steel mounting kits Aluminum Stainles steel Mounting
396. rm Detection A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK_ERR 6 has an error bit set The types of block error for the PID block are defined above 107 Detailed Setup PID Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Process alarm detection is based on the PV 7 value You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms e High HI_LIM 51 e High high HI HI LIM 49 e Low LO LIM 53 e Lowlow LO LO LIM 55 Additional process alarm detection is based on the difference between SP 8 and PV 7 values and can be configured via the following parameters e Deviation high DV HI LIM 57 e Deviation low DV LO LIM 59 In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV span can be set using the ALARM HYS 47 parameter The priority of each alarm is set in the following parameters e HI PRI 50 e HI HI PRI 48 e LO PRI 52 e LO LO PRI 54 e DV HI PRI 56 e DV LO PRI 58 Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority as shown in table 4 30 Table 4 30 PID Function Block Alarm Priorities Priority Number Priority Description OO o ee 1 An alarm condition with a priority of 1 can be recognized by the system The device monitors the alarm but does not report it until requested by the host system 5 An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the operator but ge
397. rmal Output Scale EU at 100 Output Scale EU at 0 Output Scale Units Index Output Scale Decimal Process Value Filter Time Advanced Config Low Cutoff Simulate Simulate Status Simulate Simulate Value Simulate Transducer Status Simulate Transducer Value Simulate Simulate En Disable Static Revision Status Options Strategy Transducer Scale EU at 100 Transducer Scale EU at 0 Transducer Scale Units Index Transducer Scale Decimal I O Reference Al Channel Connectors Output Status Output Value 158 Online Block Error Field Value Status Field Value Value Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output Status Output Value Process Value Status Process Value Value Status Block Error Other Tag Description Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled High Alarm Unacknowledged High Alarm Alarm State High Alarm Time Stamp High Alarm Subcode High Alarm Float Value High High Alarm Unacknowledged High High Alarm Alarm State
398. rmance Critical Performance Reduced 17 Performance Information 18 Shutdown Alert 0 Drive Current Drive Signal Processor Impaired Output Block Timeout Blocks Set to Defaults Travel Sensor Outlet Pressure Sensor Supply Pressure Sensor 8 Temperature Sensor Data Type Bit String 4 byte Maintenance Active 9 Supply Pressure O inactive MAINT_ACTIVE ROM N A 10 s Limit Allbits 0 NIA 1 active 11 Travel Deviation Maintenance Alert Status 12 Travel Limit 13 Travel Accumulator 14 Cycle Counter 15 Performance Critical 16 Performance Reduced 17 Performance Information 18 Shutdown Alert 1 These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL Continued UNACKNOWLEDGED 73 Detailed Setup Transducer Block January 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW 2d Value Category escription Drive Current Drive Signal Processor Impaired Output Block Timeout Blocks Set to Defaults Advise Active ADVISE_ACTIVE Failed Enable FAILED_ENABLE Maintenance Enable MAINT_ENABLE Advise Enable ADVISE_ENABLE Failed Suppress FAILED_MASK Travel Sensor Outlet Pressure Sensor Supply Pressure Sensor 8 Temperature Sensor 9 Supply Pressure 10 Temperature Limit 11 Travel Deviation 12 Travel Limit 13 Travel Accumulator 14
399. rox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable Proximity Lo Alert TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Lo Alert Proximity Lo Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Lo Alert Enable Proximity Lo Lo Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Lo Lo Alert Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable Push Down To TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Push Down To Continued 240 Field Communicator Menu Structure January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Transducer Block TB Menu Structure Continued Static Memory Shutdown gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Static Memory Shutdown Stroke Time Close gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Reference gt Stroke Time Close Stroke Time Open gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Reference gt Stroke Time Open gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply TB gt Device Variables gt Pressures gt Supply Sup
400. rs as shown in figure 1 2 oron rotary actuators It can also be integrally mounted to the Fisher GX control valve and actuator system as shown in figure 1 3 The DVC6200f mounts on most Fisher and other manufacturers rotary and sliding stem actuators Introduction and Specifications Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Figure 1 2 FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Figure 1 3 FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on a Fisher Sliding Stem Valve Controller Integrally Mounted to a Fisher GX Control Actuator Valve and Actuator System W9616_fieldbus W9643_fieldbus DVC6200f digital valve controllers are available with several selections of control and diagnostic capability Control selections include e Standard Control SC Digital valve controllers with Standard Control have the AO PID ISEL OS Al MAI DO and four DI function blocks in addition to the resource and transducer blocks Fieldbus Control FC Digital valve controllers with Fieldbus Control have the AO function block in addition to the resource and transducer blocks Fieldbus Logic FL Digital valve controllers with Fieldbus Logic have the DO and four DI function blocks in addition to the resource and transducer block The diagnostic capabilities include e Performance Diagnostics PD e Advanced Diagnostics AD e Fieldbus Diagnostics FD Performance and Advanced Diagnostics are available with ValveLink software They provide v
401. rt bit of the IO OPTS 13 parameter may be used to logically invert the value of FIELD VAL D 17 before it is stored as PV D 7 PV FTIME 16 may be used to set the length of time that FIELD VAL D 17 must be in a new state before that new state is reflected in PV D The PV D 7 value goes to the mode switch where it becomes OUT D 8 when the actual mode is AUTO OUT D 8 is also tested for an alarm state Note Invert is the only I O option that the DI block supports You can set the I O option only when the block mode is Out of Service 180 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup DI Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Alarm Detection To select the state that initiates an input alarm and to set discrete alarm substatus in the output configure the DISC_LIM 23 parameter You can enter any value between 0 and 255 A value of 255 disables the alarm When OUT_D 8 matches the DISC_LIM 23 state the discrete value of an alarm is set Block Errors Table 4 80 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the DI block and are provided only for your reference Table 4 80 BLOCK_ERR Conditions Condition Number Block Configuration Error CHANNEL set to 0 through 10 uninitialized 7 i n 12 Readback Check Failed N A i 15 Out of Service The actual mode is Out of Service OOS The block is not being processed Action on Failure In case of hardwa
402. rt reports that this device can send without getting a confirmation N A 3 To control alert flooding the number can be set lower by adjusting the LIM NOTIFY parameter value For DVC6200f instruments this value is fixed at 3 Data Type Unsigned8 The number of alert reports that this device can ALL Oto NOTIFY MAX NOTIFY send without getting a confirmation up to the maximum permitted in the parameter MAX NOTIFY If set to zero then no alerts are reported Data Type Unsigned32 gt 0 The time in 1 32 millisecond the device waits Set by FCS 940000 for confirmation of receipt of an alert report before trying again Continued Maximum Notify MAX_NOTIFY Maximum Alerts Allow LIM_NOTIFY Confirm Time CONFIRM_TIME 33 Detailed Setup Resource Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Initial R D Data Type Unsigned8 If set to Locked no writes from anywhere are allowed except to clear WRITE_LOCK by entering Unlocked Block inputs will continue to be updated if they are subscribers The feature Soft Write Lock must be selected to enable writing to this parameter see Device Features in this section 1 Unlocked 1 Unlocked 2 Locked Write Lock WRITE_LOCK Update Event UPDATE_EVT Data Type DS 73 This alert is generated by any change to the static data To support tracking changes in s
403. ry Alerts gt Cycle Counter gt Cycle Counter Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Cycle Counter gt Cycle Counter Alert Enable TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Cycle Counter gt Cycle Counter Alert Point gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Cycle Counter gt Cycle Counter Deadband TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Block Error gt Device Needs Maintenance Now TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Drive Current Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Alert Time TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Manual Recovery gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Shutdown TB
404. ry information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Continued 96 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 25 Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Block Mode MODE_BLK TARGET ACTUAL PERMITTED NORMAL Block Error BLOCK_ERR Process Variable PV Set Point SP Simulate SIMULATE SIMULATE_STATUS SIMULATE_VALUE TRANSDUCER_STATUS TRANSDUCER_VALUE ENABLE DISABLE Process Value Scale PV_SCALE Transducer Scale XD_SCALE OOS MAN AUTO AUTO CAS AUTO RCAS OOS MAN AUTO CAS RCAS 1 Block Configuration Error 3 Simulate Active 4 Local Override 5 Device Fault State Set 8 Output Failure 14 Power up 15 Out of Service PV Status set equal to READBACK status PV_SCALE 10 OUT_SCALE 10 0 Not Initialized 1 Simulation Disable 2 Simulation Active EU at 100 EU at 0 Units index Decimal Point EU at 100 EU at 0 Units index Decimal Point Continued OOS until block is configured then last valid target UTO CAS RCAS Dynamic Dynamic Dynamic Dynamic 1 Simulation Disabled 100 only 0 only only 2 Detailed Setup AO Function Block January 2015 Label Index RO Block Initial PARAMETER_NAMIE Data Type DS 69 Valid Bits 7 OOS 6 IMAN 5 LO 4 MAN 3 AUTO 2 CAS 1 RCAS The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block Target The requested block m
405. s 38B9580X032 48 Nameplate 49 Screw self tapping 2 req d 61 Pipe Plug hex socket Housing A with relay C 2 req d used for GX actuator Housing A with relay B 1 req d used for GX actuator Housing B with relay B and C 1 req d used for all actuators except GX Not required for relay A 63 Lithium grease not furnished with the instrument 64 Zincbased anti seize compound not furnished with the instrument 65 Lubricant silicone sealant not furnished with the instrument 154 Retaining Ring 2 3 req d 236 Screen required for relay B and C only 7 237 Module Base Seal Recommended spare 1 Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit 2 Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit 6 Available in the Spare Module Base Assembly Kit 7 Available in the Spare Housing Assembly Kit Instruction Manual D103412X012 Figure 8 1 Terminal Box of Natural Gas Certified FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller WIRING CONNECTOR GAS BLOCKING Bv PRESS FIT ADAPTOR W9923 1 Key Description Module Base see figure 8 2 and 8 4 DVC6200f and DVC6205f 2 Module Base 6 11 DriveScrew 9 2 req d 12 O ing 19 Label Shield Assembly 9 61 PipePlug hex socket 6 3 req d 243 Slotted Pin flame arrestor 9 3 req d I P Converter Assembly see figure 8 2 and 8 4 DVC6200f and DVC6205f 23 Cap Screw hex socket SST 2 8 4 req d 39 O ring G 6 41 I P Converter gt 169 5 8 n
406. s These tuning sets are only recommended starting points After you finish setting up and calibrating the instrument use Stabilize Optimize to adjust the tuning set to get the desired response 19 Basic Setup Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 When Device Setup is complete you are asked if you wish to run Auto Calibration now Select yes to automatically calibrate instrument travel at this time Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display The calibration procedure uses the valve and actuator stops as the 0 and 100 calibration points For additional information refer to Auto Calibration in the Calibration section Note Single acting relay B and C are not user adjustable However it is recommended that you check the relay adjustment for double acting relay A in new installations before proceeding with travel calibration Refer to page 191 for relay adjustment instructions If after completing setup and calibration the valve cycles or overshoots unstable or is unresponsive sluggish you can improve operation by running Performance Tuner or Stabilize Optimize Performance Tuner Field Communicator TB Configure Setup gt Basic Setup gt Performance Tuner A WARNING During performance tuning the valve may move causing process fluid or pressure to be released To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of process fluid or pressure isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressu
407. s Options 2 Use Uncertain as Allows you to select options for status handling and STATUS OPTS GOOD All bits 0 processing The supported status option for the input 8 Uncertain if MAN selector block is Use Uncertain as Good Uncertain if Man mode EE BAD Input 1 11 Status Data Type DS 65 IN_1 The block input value and status Input 2 NC Data Type DS 65 IN_2 constant The block input value and status Continued 129 Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 40 Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index Block Initial RO RW Range Description PARAMETER_NAME ee p Input 3 ALL Status Data Type DS 65 IN_3 The block input value and status 607 BAD Input 4 14 ALL Status NC Data Type DS 65 IN_4 constant The block input value and status We 0 BAD Status NC Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 1 15 ALL constant Enable Disable for Input_1 If parameter is TRUE then DISABLE_1 Value input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is not 0 Use evaluated 1 Disable Status Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 2 16 ALL constant Enable Disable for Input_2 If parameter is TRUE then DISABLE_2 Value input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is not 0 Use evaluated 1 Disable BAD Status NC Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 3 17 ALL constant Enable Disable for Input_3 If para
408. s alert for critical loops where it Travel Limit Hi Hi The Travel has exceeded the Alert Point 125 is important to alert an operator if the Disabled Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Point Deadband 5 valve is approaching the wide open Travel Limit position A typical setting might be 95 Travel ee Enable this alert for critical loops where it Travel Limit Lo Lo The Travel is lower than the Alert Point 25 is important to alert an operator if the Disabled Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Point Deadband 5 valve is approaching the closed position A typical setting might be 5 Travel Limit Hi The Travel has exceeded the Alert Point 125 Use the Alert Points and Deadband to s Disabled Travel Limit Hi Alert Point Deadband 5 configure the Proximity Alerts below rave NJA Travel Limit Lo The Travel islower than the Alert Point i Disabled Travel Limit Lo Alert Point Deadband e imi 25 Use the Alert Points and Deadband to 5 configure the Proximity Alerts below Travel Open The Travel is greater than the Alert Point 99 5 Enable and set to report Travel with DI Disabled Open Alert Point Deadband 5 Block Travel Closed The Travel is greater than the Alert Point i Disabled Closed Alert Point Deadband yU 0 5 Enable and set to report Travel with DI 5 Block Proximity Hi Hi Alert Point 125 Enable and set to report Travel with DI He imity Dis
409. s for Simulate Value and Status When SIMULATE_D 10 is Enabled the Simulate Active bit of the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter is set refer to the Block Errors description When the simulate jumper is installed the Simulate Jumper bit of the transducer block parameter SELFTEST_STATUS 78 is set DO Function Block Parameter List table 4 72 e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 72 Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions nes A Range Initial Value Description PARAMETER NAME Number RW g Data Type Unsigned16 Static Revision The revision level of the static data associated with 1 N A Oto 65535 the function block The revision value will be ST_REV incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed Taa Description Data Type Octet String g P 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended application of the block Data Type Unsigned16 Strategy The strategy field can be used to identify grouping STRATEGY wy of blocks This data is not checked or processed the block Data Type Unsigned8 Alert Key The identification number of the plant unit This ALERT_KEY UE EM information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Continued 171 Detailed Setup DO Function Block Instruction M
410. s of priority as shown in table 4 38 Table 4 38 ISEL Function Block Alarm Priorities Priority Number Priority Description 1 Eo O The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected An alarm condition with a priority of 1 can be recognized by the system The device monitors the alarm but does not report it until requested by the host system gt An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the operator but generally does not require operator attention such as diagnostics and system alerts Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority 1 The priority classes advise and critical have no relationship to Plant Web Alerts Block Errors Table 4 39 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK_ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the ISEL block and are provided only for your reference Table 4 39 BLOCK_ERR Conditions Condition Number Condition Name and Description O o Block Configuration Error If OP_SELECT is not being used and SELECT_TYPE 0 This implies OP_SELECT status is good and actual mode is AUTO awa O i eese J eienenn 7 Input failure process variable has Bad status Set if any IN or any DISABLE or OP_SELECT is bad and connected This means that a status of BAD NC
411. s on the instrument How the method prompts the user and how messages appear is determined by the host system For information on using methods on the host system see the appropriate host system documentation Table E 1 contains the methods available in the DVC6200f the block it is found in and the page number where it is described Installing DD on a DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS Workstation The following is general information that may apply when installing the DD on a DeltaV system during the Add Device Definition procedure This procedure is accessed from the DeltaV Library as shown in figure E 1 For complete information refer to the DeltaV documentation Figure E 1 Add Device Definition p Delta System ff fy DeviceNet Explore H AS InterFac E a Profibus DP m a FunctionBla S prin Add Device Definition 2 4 Instruction Manual Device Description Installation D103412X012 January 2015 Note Before beginning the Add Device Definition procedure it is recommended that the Add Device Utility be installed on DeltaV This may help prevent installation errors from occurring Table E 1 Methods Method Bek escrption Location Block Mode Display DD Version page 277 Manual Travel Calibration page 190 Output A Sensor Calibration Output B Sensor Calibration Pant Web Alerts Relay Adjust Stroke Valve Supply Sensor Calibration Define Custom Characteristic Travel Deviation Fallback Outblock Selection Pl
412. s the digital setpoint decreases the drive signal to the I P converter submodule decreases decreasing the I P output pressure The pneumatic relay decreases the output A pressure and increases the output B pressure The stem moves downward until the correct position is attained At this point the printed wiring board assembly stabilizes the I P drive signal This prevents any decrease in the pneumatic signal from the I P converter 236 Instruction Manual Field Communicator Menu Structure D103412X012 January 2015 Appendix B Field Communicator Menu Structure This section contains the Field Communicator menu trees for the transducer block and the resource block It also contains Fast Key Sequence tables with coordinates to help locate the function variable on the appropriate menu tree 237 Field Communicator Menu Structure Instruction Manual January 2015 Transducer Block TB M Parameter Label A Minus B Actual Travel Actuator Fail Action Actuator Manufacturer Actuator Model Number Actuator Serial Number Actuator Size Actuator Style Advise Active Advise Enable Advise Suppress r Alert Conditions Alert Key Area Units Block Configuration Error Blocks Setto Defaults Alert Blocks Setto Defaults Alert Enable Calibration Date Calibration Location Calibration Person Custom Characterization Table Cycle Counter Cycle Counter Alert Cycle Counter Alert Enable Cycle Counter Alert Point Cycle Counter Deadband Device Ne
413. s using tuning set F or G Table 3 3 lists the values for preselected tuning sets Note Tuning set B is only available in Pressure Control Mode Table 3 3 Gain Values for Preselected Tuning Sets Travel OO Tuning Set Minor Loop Minor Loop Proportional Gain Velocity Gain Feedback Gain Proportional Gain Integrator Gain Feedback Gain 35 35 35 35 35 34 31 27 27 23 23 18 18 12 12 12 12 C D E F G H J K L M X Expert User Adjusted User Adjusted User Adjusted User Adjusted User Adjusted User Adjusted A WARNING Changes to the tuning set may cause the valve actuator assembly to stroke To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by moving parts keep hands tools and other objects away from the valve actuator assembly In addition you can select Expert which allows you to individually set the proportional gain velocity gain and minor loop feedback gain for travel tuning and pressure proportional gain pressure integrator gain and pressure minor loop feedback gain for pressure tuning Refer to page 39 for additional information on travel tuning and page 41 for pressure tuning Note Use Expert tuning only if standard tuning has not achieved the desired results Stabilize Optimize or Performance Tuner may be used to achieve the desired results more rapidly than expert tuning Table 3 2 provides tuning set selection guidelines for Fisher and Baumann actuator
414. s ut ex TS x x Tas where GAIN proportional gain value t integral action time constant RESET parameter in seconds S laplace operator derivative action time constant RATE parameter 102 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup PID Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 a fixed smoothing factor of 0 1 applied to RATE F feedforward control contribution from the feedforward input FF_VAL E error between setpoint and process variable To further customize the block for use in your application you can configure filtering feedforward inputs tracking inputs setpoint and output limiting PID equation structures and block output action Table 4 32 lists the PID block parameters and their descriptions units of measure and index numbers and figure 4 10 illustrates the internal components of the PID function block Figure 4 10 PID Function Block Schematic TRK_IN_D BKCAL OUT REAS OUI ROUT_OUT RCAS_IN ROUT_IN rog Setpoint CAS_IN Equation E Limiting Operator o Setpoint cb SP LO LIM OUT HI LIM SP RATE DN OUT LO LIM SP RATE UP OUT SCALE E Alarm Operator Scaling Detection Output IN and Filtering HI HI HI LIM DV HI LIM PV SCALE DV LO LIM PV FILTER EOM LO LO LIM TRK SCALE OUT SCALE B2721 103 Detailed Setup PID Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Modes The PID function block supports the following modes e Manual Man The block output OUT 9
415. second valve opens as the input rises above 50 and the first valve may remain open or shut off quickly Because this block is in the control path it is able to pass limit and cascade initialization information back to the upstream block Table 4 48 lists the OS block parameters and their descriptions units of measure and index numbers Figures 4 17 and 4 18 illustrate the internal components of the OS function block 136 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup OS Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Figure 4 17 Output Splitter Function Block Schematic IN_ARRAY e OUT ARRAY RCAS IN CAS IN our OUT 2 BKCAL IN 1 RCAS OUT BKCAL IN 2 CAS OUT Figure 4 18 Output Splitter Function Block Schematic Diagram SP RATE DN SP RATE UP IN ARRAY OUT ARRAY LOCKVAL Calculate BKCAL OUT Ouput BKCAL IN 1 F3 Z eee Ouput J Em Balance 7l OUT 2 BKCAL IN 2 3 Ouput ay e Modes The Output Splitter function block supports the following actual modes 137 Detailed Setup OS Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 e Out of Service OOS The block is not processed FIELD_VAL and PV are not updated and the OUT status is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK_ERR parameter shows Out of Service In this mode you can make changes to all configured parameters By using permitted mode the target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the following modes Cas Auto or
416. set point In Cascade or Remote Cascade mode the set point is adjusted by another function block or by a host computer and the output is computed based on the set point Figure 4 11 PID Function Block Set Point Selection Operator Set point SP HI LIM SP RATE UP SP LO LIM SP RATE DN Rate Limiting In Automatic mode the set point is entered manually by the operator and the output is computed based on the set point In Auto mode you can also adjust the set point limit and the set point rate of change using the SP RATE UP 20 and SP RATE DN 19 parameters Auto Q Man Setpoint Limiting H CAS B2722 105 Detailed Setup PID Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 In Manual mode the output is entered manually by the operator In Remote Output mode the output is entered by a host computer Output Selection and Limiting Output selection is determined by the mode and the set point In Automatic Cascade or Remote Cascade mode the output is computed by the PID control equation In Manual and Remote Output mode the output may be entered manually see also Set Point Selection and Limiting You can limit the output by configuring the OUT_HI_LIM 28 and OUT_LO_LIM 29 parameters Filtering The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid changes in input You can adjust the filter time constant in seconds using
417. should be installed and left on the connector are the two signal wires f Replace the terminal box cap on the terminal box To secure the terminal box cap engage the lock screw 3 Connect the field wiring connector to the installed quick connector Communication Connections A WARNING Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this connection is attempted in a potentially explosive atmosphere or in an area that has been classified as hazardous Confirm that area classification and atmosphere conditions permit the safe removal of the terminal box cap before proceeding A FOUNDATION fieldbus communicating device such as a Field Communicator or a personal computer running ValveLink software interfaces with the DVC6200f digital valve controller from any wiring termination point in the segment If you choose to connect the fieldbus communicating device directly to the instrument attach the device to the LOCAL connections inside the terminal box to provide local communications with the instrument Installation Information Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Simulate Enable Jumper A WARNING Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this connection is attempted in a potentially explosive atmosphere or in an area that has been classified as hazardous Confirm that area classification and atmosphere conditions permit the safe removal of the terminal box cap b
418. sily replaced in the field without disconnecting field wiring or tubing The master module contains the following submodules current to pneumatic I P converter printed wiring board assembly and pneumatic relay The relay position is detected by sensing the magnet on the relay beam via a detector on the printed wiring board This sensor is used for the minor loop feedback MLFB reading The master module can be rebuilt by replacing the submodules See figures A 1 and A 2 Figure A 1 FIELDVUE DVC6200f Digital Valve Controller Block Diagram DIGITAL SETPOINT 9 32 VOLT FIELDBUS VALVE TRAVEL FEEDBACK PRINTED WIRING BOARD AUXILIARY TERMINALS IIP CONVERTER SUPPLY TERMINAL BOX PRESSURE a VALVE AND ACTUATOR VENT E1376 The DVC6200f digital valve controller is a bus powered instrument that provides a control valve position in response to a digital setpoint from the control room The following describes a direct acting DVC6200f digital valve controller mounted on a sliding stem piston actuator where the valve is closed with zero power to the instrument The setpoint is routed into the terminal box through a single pair of wires and then to the printed wiring board assembly submodule where it is read by the microprocessor processed by a digital algorithm and converted into an analog I P drive signal 235 Principle of Operation Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 As the setpoint increases t
419. ssure Environment Maintenance Alert Condition Default Travel Sensor Enabled Port A Pressure Sensor Enabled Port B Pressure Sensor Enabled Supply Press Sensor Enabled Temperature Sensor Enabled Pressure Fallback Enabled Supply Press High Enabled Supply Press Low Enabled Related Parameters What the Alert is Detecting Default Guidelines for Setting Double Acting Actuators Enable the alert and configure it to report in the Failed Alert Category Self Test Shutdown is generally not enabled Single Acting Actuators If Travel Pressure Control is configured as Travel with Pressure Fallback enable the alert and configure it to report in the Maintenance Alert Category Do not enable Self Test Shutdown Self Test Shutdown No Shutdown Recovery Auto The travel feedback is within acceptable limits lif Travel Pressure Control is configured as Travel Enable the alert and configure it to report in the Failed Alert Category Self Test Shutdown is generally not enabled If Travel Pressure Control is configured as Pressure enable the alert and configure it to report in the Failed Alert Category Enable the Self Test Shutdown Self Test Shutdown No The pressure sensor readingis shutdown Recovery Auto outside the functional range of the sensor For all other Travel Pressure Control selections enable the alert to report in the Maintenance
420. sts allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 73 DO Function Block View 1 index Number ST_REV poi jua 2 7 8 j OO j Table 4 74 DO Function Block View 2 11 PV_STATE XD_STATE a MODE_BLK TARGET_ MODE 1 5 1 5 2 5 3 4 x PR ISAE GRANT_DENY GRANT GRANT_DENY DENY Table 4 75 DO Function Block View 3 C FOND S 3 Table 4 76 DO Function Block View 4 4 Am 4 Oo O 35 SMU amp OHS SS 38 OMNE 39 K 30 stare SH 6 MXKHR M NE 22 24 O gt swo O o 3 1 3 4 14 15 18 19 20 24 27 28 175 Detailed Setup DO Function Block January 2015 Field Communicator Menu Structure DISCRETE OUTPUT FUNCTION BLOCK Quick Config Alert Key Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete Value Setpoint Discrete Status Setpoint Discrete Value Common Config Alert Key I O Options Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Setpoint Discrete Status Setpoint Discrete Value Advanced Config Fault State Time Fault St
421. sure Verify the proper supply pressure and that the alert is properly set The instrument temperature has exceeded the user configured high temperature limit Operation of the instrument above the rated temperature may degrade instrument components This may affect instrument performance and or reduce the life of the instrument The instrument temperature has dropped below the user configured low temperature limit Operation of the instrument below the rated temperature may degrade instrument components This may affect instrument performance and or reduce the life of the instrument Instruction Manual PlantWeb Alerts D103412X012 January 2015 Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Travel Deviation Travel Deviation The Travel Deviation has None Indicates a reduced Check valve Travel Enabled exceeded the Travel Deviation performance condition friction supply Maintenance Alert Point by more than the air instrument Travel Deviation Time tuning Alert Condition Default Recommended Action What the Alert is Detecting Effect on Valve Instrument The valve travel is not following setpoint Check operation of the valve and instrument Possible items include sticking valve low supply pressure broken feedback linkage instrument pneumatic components actuator instrument tubing poor instrument tuning etc Test the control valv
422. t Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor gt Travel Sensor Travel Sensor Alert Travel Sensor Hi Error TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status Travel Sensor Hi Error Travel Sensor shutdown Travel Target Travel Target Travel Velocity Gan TravellPressure Select Travel Pressure State Unbalanced Area Upper Bench Set Valve las Valve Model Number Valve Serial Number 284 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table F 2 Resource Block Parameter Name Alert Key Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Disabled Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge Confirm Time Device ID Device Revision Device State Device Type DD Revision Diagnostic Options Electronics S N Factory S N Fault State Function Block Options Features Available Features Selected Field S N Field S N Hardware Revision ITK Version Manufacturer Manufacturer Maximum Alerts Allow Maximum Alert Possible Miscellaneous Options Resource Block Error RCas Timeout ROut Timeout Firmware Revision Status Standby Firmware Revision Strategy Tag Description Write Alarm Alarm State Write Alarm Disabled Write Lock Write Priority Operating with a DeltaV System January 2015 RB Parameters Configuration Index Path to Parameter gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Alert Key RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Block Alarm
423. t I O Processor Man Recovery TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt I O Processor Shutdown TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Inlet Pressure Continued Instruction Manual Field Communicator Menu Structure D103412X012 January 2015 Transducer Block TB Menu Structure Continued Parameter Label Menu Structure gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Input Characterization Input Characterization TB gt Device Variables gt Input Characterization Leak Class MAI Channel VAI Channel VAI Channel MAI Channel 4 MAI Channel 5 gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel Map gt MAI Channel 5 MAI Channel 6 gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel Map gt MAI Channel 6 MAI Channel 7 gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel Map gt MAI Channel 7 MAI Channel 8 gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel Map gt MAI Channel 8 Maint Active gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alert Handling gt Simulate Active Alerts gt Maint Active Maintenance Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Enable gt Maintenance Enable Maintenance Suppress TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Reporting gt Maintenance Suppress ee Record
424. t 4 Value Input 1 Status Input 1 Value Input 2 Status Input 2 Value Input 3 Status Input 3 Value Input 4 Status Input 4 Value Operator Select Status Operator Select Value Output Status Output Value Selected Status Selected Value Online Block Error Disable Analog Input 1 Status Disable Analog Input 1 Value Disable Analog Input 2 Status Disable Analog Input 2 Value Disable Analog Input 3 Status Disable Analog Input 3 Value Disable Analog Input 4 Status Disable Analog Input 4 Value Input 1 Status Input 1 Value Input 2 Status Input 2 Value Input 3 Status Input 3 Value Input 4 Status Input 4 Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Operator Selected Status Operator Selected Value Output Status Output Value Selected Status Selected Value Status Block Error All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Output Status Output Value Output Range EU at 100 Output Range EU at 0 Output Range Units Index Output Range Decimal Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Status Options Input 1 Status Input 1 Value Input 2 Status Input 2 Value Input 3 Status Input 3 Value Input 4 Status Input 4 Value Disable Analog Input 1 Status Disable Analog Input 1 V
425. t disc may disengage if rotated too far Rotate the adjustment disc shown in figure 5 1 until the output pressure displayed on the Field Communicator is between 50 and 70 of supply pressure This adjustment is very sensitive Be sure to allow the pressure reading to stabilize before making another adjustment stabilization may take up to 30 seconds or more for large actuators Figure 5 1 Relay A Adjustment Shroud Removed for Clarity FOR SINGLE ACTING DIRECT RELAYS ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN THIS DIRECTION UNTIL IT CONTACTS THE BEAM FOR DOUBLE ACTING RELAYS ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN THIS DIRECTION TO DECREASE OUTPUT PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT DISC FOR DOUBLE ACTING RELAYS ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN THIS DIRECTION TO INCREASE OUTPUT PRESSURE 191 Calibration Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 If the low bleed relay option has been ordered stabilization may take approximately two minutes longer than the standard relay Relay A may also be adjusted for use in single acting direct applications Rotate the adjustment disc as shown in figure 5 1 for single acting direct operation Single Acting Relays A WARNING For instrument level PD only If the unused port is monitoring pressure ensure that the pressure source conforms to ISA Standard 7 0 01 and does not exceed the pressure supplied to the instrument Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage caused by loss of process control
426. t is active it will appear under TVL HIST ALERTS Cycle Counter Cycle Counter Alert This alert is active if the Cycle Counter exceeds the Cycle Count Alert Point Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert This alert is active if the Travel Accumulator exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point e Performance if a performance alert is active it will appear under PERF ALERTS Performance Critical Performance Critical Alert This alert is active if the instrument is no longer able to control the valve or performance has been dramatically reduced Performance Reduced Alert This alert is active if the instrument has detected a reduction in performance Performance Information Alert This alert is active if the instrument has detected a condition that may pertain to control performance Status Self Test Status Integrator Suspended The integrator function is temporarily suspended The integrator is suspended if any of the following conditions are met e The setpoint and actual travel are greater than 98 or less than 2 e Theset point is in cutoff e The Transducer block is Out of Service OOS Integrator Limited Lo Indicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further High valve friction may cause this situation Integrator Limited Hi Indicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further High valve friction may cause this situation 202 Instruction Manual View
427. tant is propagated Otherwise if the selected input is a constant and Maximum or Minimum propagate low if Maximum propagate high if Minimum If the selected input is not a constant propagate selected input limit as is When SELECT TYPE 19 is First Good or Hot Spare or if OP SELECT 22 is non zero propagate selected input limit as iS Substatus Propagation Refer to figure 4 15 For SELECT_TYPE 19 of Maximum Minimum First Good Hot Spare and Middle with only one input simply propagate substatus as is For SELECT_TYPE 19 of Maximum and Minimum with more than one input with the same value propagate substatus if all inputs are the same For SELECT TYPE 19 of Average or Middle with more than one input propagate NonSpecific If the status of OUT 7 is Bad then the substatus will be as follows e Out of Service if the Target mode is Out of Service e Configuration Error with a BLOCK ERR 6 of Configuration Error if the Actual mode is Out of Service e Otherwise a substatus of Non Specific 123 Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Figure 4 14 Input Selector Block Limit Propagation No Propagate OP_SELECT selected input equal to zero limit status Yes All inputs with same limit status Propagate Not Limited All inputs with same limit status SELECT TYPE Average Propagate that limit status More than 1 SELEC
428. tate r s TB gt Device Variables gt Travel Pressure State Trend TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Trend Trim Style 1 TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Reference gt Trim Style 1 Continued 242 Instruction Manual FieldCommunicator Menu Structure D103412X012 January 2015 Transducer Block TB Menu Structure Continued gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Valve Size Valve Style TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Valve Style Zero Power Condition TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Zero Power Condition Valve Serial Number TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Valve Serial Number TRANSDUCER BLOCK BASIC SETUP Top Level Configure Setup Configure Setup Device Diagnostics Device Variables Basic Setup Basic Setup Detailed Setup Device Setup Calibration 243 Field Communicator Menu Structure Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Travel Tuning TRANSDUCER BLOCK Penge DETAILED SETUP Travel Proportional Gain Travel Velocity Gain Travel MLFB Gain Response Control Travel Integral Enable Travel Integral Gain Travel Tuning Travel Integral Dead Zone Tuning Travel Integral Limit Hi Travel Press Control Travel Integral Limit Lo Character
429. tatic parameter values the blocks static revision parameter will be incremented each time a static parameter value is changed Also the O Undefined blocks static revision parameter may be incremented if a static parameter is written but the value is not changed If the Actual Mode is not Out of Service and Reports is selected in the TIME STAMP 35 3 ESSET Feature Select parameter then this parameter will be sent to the host system providing the STATIC REVISION 354 e pa host has set up alert communications Changes to static data while the block is Out of Service will be reported when the block transitions to 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Update reported 2 Update not reported UPDATE STATE Block Alarm BLOCK ALM O Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined Data 05 72 2 Unacknowledged This alarm is generated by a nonzero value in the Undelined Block Error parameter This alarm has a fixed 0 0 priority of 2 Fora BLOCK_ALM to be broadcast 1 Clear reported to the host the following conditions must be ALARM_STATE 2 Clear not reported 0 Undefined met 3 Active reported The feature Reports must be selected 4 Active not reported Alert communication with the host must be SUBCODE 394 h RO ee C pi for Block Alarm must be clear ses Ro Wm 10 Alarm Summary ALARM_SUM
430. tection Proximity Hi Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Proximity Hi Alert Enable Proximity Lo Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Proximity Lo Alert Proximity Lo Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Proximity Lo Alert Enable Proximity Lo Lo Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Proximity Lo Lo Alert Push Down To TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Push Down To Spring Rate Static Memory Alert Supp Pressure Minimum Time TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Supp Pressure Minimum Time Supply Pressure gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Supply Pressure TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt Pressures Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Hi Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Hi Alert Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Supply Pressure Pressure Hi Alert Enable Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point Supply
431. ter List table 4 57 e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter 152 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 57 Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO Write Block bande Initial PARAMETER Number RW Mode 9 Value Data Unsigned16 The revision level of the static data associated with the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed Static Revision ST_REV Tag Description TAG_DESC Strategy SIRATEGY Alert Key ALERT_KEY Block Mode MODE_BLK TARGET ACTUAL PERMITTED NORMAL Block Error BLOCK_ERR ae Value Simulate SIMULATE SIMULATE_STATUS SIMULATE_VALUE TRANSDUCER_STATUS TRANSDUCER_VALUE ENABLE DISABLE Transducer Scale XD_SCALE Output Scale OUT_SCALE HEN m OOS until block is configured then last valid 1 Block Configuration Error 3 Simulate Active 7 Input Failure Bad PV Status 14 Power up 15 Out of Service PV Status set equal to FIELDV_VAL Status O Not Initialized 1 Simulation Disabled 2 Simulation Active 1 simulate disabled EU at 100 EU at 10 Units Index Decimal Point EU at 100 EU at 10 Units Index Decimal Point Continued Detailed Setup Al Function Block January 2015
432. the analog input measurement or the simulated value when simulation is enabled e Out of Service OOS The block is not processed FIELD VAL 19 and PV 7 are not updated and the OUT 8 status is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows Out of Service In this mode you can make changes to all configured parameters The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes Alarm Detection A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK ERR 6 has an error bit set The types of block errors for the Al block are defined in table 4 55 147 Detailed Setup AI Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Figure 4 24 Analog Input Function Block Schematic ANALOG MEASUREMENT E 4 ALARM_TYPE ACCESS ANALOG HI_HI_LIM MEAS HI LIM LO LO LIM ALARM LO LIM DETECTION E OUT D CHANNEL HYS LOW CUT STATUS our CALC PV FTIME MODE SIMULATE FIELD VAL 10 oprs STATUS OPTS OUT SCALE XD SCALE FIELDBUS FBUS 02A NOTES OUT BLOCK OUTPUT VALUE AND STATUS OUT D DISCRETE OUTPUT THAT SIGNALS A SELECTED ALARM CONDITION Process Alarm detection is based on the OUT 8 value You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms High HI LIM 28 High high HI HI LIM 26 Low LO LIM 30 Low low LO LO LIM 32 In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the a
433. the instrument is mounted e Actuator Size Enter the size of the actuator ACTUATOR_SIZE 85 1 on which the instrument is mounted e Actuator Fail Action Sets actuator action to be performed upon loss of actuator air pressure ACT_FAIL_ACTION 21 e View Edit Feedback Connection Refer to table 4 10 for Feedback Connection options Choose the assembly that matches the actuator travel range Note As a general rule do not use less than 6025 of the magnet assembly travel range for full travel measurement Performance will decrease as the assembly is increasingly subranged The linear magnet assemblies have a valid travel range indicated by arrows molded into the piece This means that the hall sensor on the back of the DVC6200f housing has to remain within this range throughout the entire valve travel The linear magnet assemblies are symmetrical Either end may be up Table 4 10 Feedback Connection Options Magnet Assembly SStem 110 51 110 2 01 4 125 SStem 210 110 210 4 125 8 25 SStem 1 Roller RShaft Window 1 RShaft Window 2 RShaft End Mount SStem 50 39 50 1 51 2 00 e Travel Sensor Motion A WARNING If you answer YES to the prompt for permission to move the valve when setting the Travel Sensor Motion the instrument will move the valve through its full travel range To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2
434. the order When mounting to a valve in the field the instrument needs to be setup to match the instrument to the valve and actuator Before beginning basic setup be sure the instrument is correctly mounted as described in the Installation section Basic Setup includes the following procedures e Device Setup e Auto Travel Calibrate e Performance Tuner Optional Note The DVC6200f may keep the Transducer Block Mode Out of Service if the instrument is not properly mounted To setup and calibrate the instrument the Transducer Block Mode must be Manual and the Protection must be None When using DD methods the method will request that you change the mode but make changes in Protection automatically If you have a host system that overrides transducer block parameters ensure that the Protection setting is not left as None Doing so will result in transducer block parameters being overwritten Transducer Block Mode Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Transducer Block Mode To setup and calibrate the instrument the transducer block mode must be in Manual For more information about transducer block mode refer to page 38 Protection Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Protection To setup and calibrate the instrument the protection must be set to None with the Field Communicator For more information about confiquration protection refer to page 38 Basic Setup Instruction Manual
435. the upstream block that provides CAS IN 17 Otherwise the AO will not initialize properly and the setpoint at CAS IN 17 will not be passed to OUT 9 An analog readback value such as valve position is Shown by the process value PV 7 attribute in engineering units To support testing you can enable simulation which allows you to manually set the channel feedback There is no alarm detection in the AO function block 92 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup AO Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 To select the manner of processing the SP and the channel output value configure the setpoint limiting options the tracking options and the conversion and status calculations Output Block PV Status The Output Block PV Status is determined by the value of the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status parameter in the transducer block PWA_SET_STATUS 97 the Transducer Block mode and enabled Active PlantWeb alarms Refer to table 4 11 Set Point Selection and Limiting To select the source of the SP 8 value use the MODE 5 attribute In Automatic Auto mode the local manually entered SP 8 is used In Cascade Cas mode the SP 8 comes from another block through the CAS_IN 17 input connector In RemoteCascade RCas mode the SP 8 comes from a host computer that writes to RCAS_IN 28 The range and units of the SP 8 are defined by the PV_SCALE 11 attribute In Manual Man mode the SP 8 automatically tracks the PV 7
436. ting range and has failed Pressure B Sensor Failure Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure and has failed Pressure A Sensor Failure Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure and has failed Supply Sensor Failure Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure and has failed IOP Failure Indicates the I O processor has failed Drive Current Indicates that the Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Point for more than the Drive Current Alert Time Simulate Jumper ON Indicates the simulate jumper is connected to the DVC6200f between the two AUX terminals Data Type Uint8 Ples Represents overall health of device HEALTH INDEX 0 100 100 is perfect 0 is completely bad m Settings for DVC6200f will range from 10 to 100 Reserved A Data Type Array 118 Unit8 RESERVED_A Reserved 82 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Detailed Setup Transducer Block January 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER NAME Number RW angs nita value Category eer Reserved Al Data Type Uint16 Upgrade Paes Data Type Enum Uint8 UPGRADE_PROGRESS Not used by the DVC6200f SPEC_SHEET_VALVE Val
437. ting the function the first output value and status Data Type DS 65 Output 2 MAN OUT SCALE The primary analog output value calculated as a result of OUT 2 OOS 10 executing the function the second output value and status EU at 100 Data Type DS 68 Output 1 Range 10 EU at 0 The high and low scale values engineering units code and OUT 1 RANGE Unit Index number of decimal places to be used in displaying the OUT Decimal Point value this parameter has no effect on this block Continued 143 Detailed Setup OS Function Block January 2015 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Table 4 48 Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Initial PARAMETER_NAME EU at 100 EU at 0 Unit Index Output 2 Range OUT_2_RANGE Decimal Point Grant Deny GRANT_DENY 0 Program 1 Tune 2 Alarm 3 Local Status Options STATUS_OPTS Cascade Input CAS_IN Back Calculation Output BKCAL_OUT Input Array IN_ARRAY Output Array OUT_ARRAY 0 Undfined 1 no lock 2 lock Lockval LOCKVAL Back Calculation Input 1 BKCAL_1_IN Back Calculation Input 2 BKCAL 2 IN Value Balance Time BAL_TIME Data Type DS 68 The high and low scale values engineering units code and number of decimal places to be used in displaying the OUT value this parameter has not effect on this block Data Type DS 70 Options for controlling access of host computers and local control p
438. tion Temperature Temperature Hi Alert Temperature Hi Alert Enable Temperature Hi Alert Point Temperature Lo Alert Temperature Lo Alert Enable Temperature Lo Alert Point Temperature Sensor Alert Temperature Sensor Alert Enable Temperature Units Travel Travel DeChar Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert Travel Accumulator Alert Enable Travel Accumulator Alert Point Travel Accumulator Deadband Travel Closed Alert Travel Closed Alert Enable Travel Closed Alert Point Travel Closed Deadband gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Travel Closed gt Travel Closed Deadband Travel Count TB gt Device Variables gt Travel Count Travel Cutoff Hi gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Travel Cutoff Hi Continued 241 Field Communicator Menu Structure Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Transducer Block TB Menu Structure Continued Parameter Label Menu Structure Travel Cutoff Lo gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Travel Cutoff Lo Travel Deviation gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Alert Travel Deviation
439. tion Error Indicates that one of the following parameters have been configured out of the proper range 15 16 47 1 47 2 46 3 46 5 42 7 42 8 Link Configuration Error N A Simulate Active Indicates that the simulation jumper is in place on the aux terminals This is not an indication that the I O blocks are using simulation data See AO block parameter SIMULATE 10 and DO block parameter SIMULATE D 10 6 SSCS 62 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Transducer Block Parameter List e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Protection Category Indicates whether or not the parameter is writable while the PROTECTION parameter is set to a particular level N A indicates a read only parameter that is never writable regardless of the value of the PROTECTION parameter NONE indicates a read only parameter that is always writable regardless of the value of the PROTECTION parameter CAL indicates a parameter that is only writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is NONE SETUP indicates a parameter that is only writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is NONE or CAL ALL indicates a parameter that is writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is NONE CAL or SETUP amp CAL e Double indentation and shaded Index N
440. tion Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 7 2 Instrument Troubleshooting Symptom Possible Cause ion 1 Instrument will not communicate 1a No power to device 1 1 Ensure device is connected to the segment see host system documentation 1a2 Measure the terminal voltage Terminal voltage should be between 9 and 32 VDC 1a3 Check to be sure device is drawing current There should be approximately 19 mA 1b Internal device wiring problems 1b1 Verify connectors are plugged into the printed wiring board correctly see Printed Wiring Board Assembly on page 215 1b2 Check continuity of cable between terminal box and printed wiring board If necessary replace the terminal box assembly see Replacing the Terminal Box on page 218 1b3 Check for damaged printed wiring board lands and terminals If necessary replace the terminal box assembly see Replacing the Terminal Box on page 218 1c Incompatible network settings 1c Change host parameters Refer to host documentation for procedure 1d Defective printed wiring board PWB assembly 1d Replace printed wiring board see Replacing the PWB Assembly on page 215 1e Defective terminal box 1e Check continuity from each screw terminal to the corresponding PWB connector pin If necessary replace the terminal box assembly see Replacing the Terminal Box on page 218 1f Defective Field Communicator or ValveLink 1f If necessary repair or replace cable modem cable 1g Fi
441. tive not reported 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported Sumus All bits 0 Label Index eee Initial PARAMETER_NAME Be Data Type DS 71 The high alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm Data Type DS 71 The low alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm Data Type DS 71 The low low alarm data which includes a value of the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of the alarm Data Type DS 66 Discrete output to indicate a selected alarm value Data Type Bit String Used to select the process alarm conditions that will cause the OUT D parameter to be set View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer 133 Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block January 2015 Table 4 41 ISEL Function Block View 1 8 feo Table 4 42 ISEL Function Block View 2 i
442. to act as the backup Link Active Scheduler LAS in the event that the LAS is disconnected from the segment As the backup LAS the DVC6200f will take over the management of communications until the host is restored The host system may provide a configuration tool specifically designed to designate a particular device as a backup LAS Otherwise this can be configured manually as follows 1 Access the Management Information Base MIB for the DVC6200f 2 To activate the LAS capability write 0x02 to the BOOT OPERAT FUNCTIONAL CLASS object Index 605 To deactivate write 0x01 Restart the processor Only one device can communicate at a time Permission to communicate on the bus is controlled by a centralized token passed between devices by the LAS Only the device with the token can communicate The LAS maintains a list of all devices are a member of the bus This list is called the Live List Two types of tokens are used by the LAS A time critical token compel data CD is sent by the LAS according toa schedule A non time critical token pass token PT is sent by the LAS to each device in numerical order according to address Device Communication Scheduled Transfers Information is transferred between devices over the fieldbus using three different types of communication e Publisher Subscriber This type of communication is used to transfer critical process loop data such as the process variable The data producers pub
443. travel must exceed to clear 179 Detailed Setup DI Function Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 the detected position Figure 4 31 illustrates the operation of the proximity detection function Travel Alert Point refers to Travel Lo Alert Point Travel Hi Alert Point Travel Lo Lo Alert Point and Travel Hi Hi Alert Point in table 4 79 Travel Alert Deadband refers to Travel Lo Alert Deadband Travel Hi Alert Deadband Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband and Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband in table 4 79 Figure 4 31 Discrete Input Proximity Detection Function DISCRETE INPUT CLEARED DEADZONE 1 OF TRAVEL Z RIGGER POINT FOR DOWNWARD VALVE TRAVEL DETERMINED BY TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND CENTER POINT OF PROXIMITY DETECTION DETERMINED BY TRAVEL ALERT POINT Valve Position TRIGGER POINT FOR UPWARD VALVE TRAVEL DETERMINED BY TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND DISCRETE INPUT SET O Not Active 1 Active Table 4 79 lists the transducer block parameters used for proximity detection with DI block channels 30 through 33 Table 4 79 Transducer Block Parameters Used with Discrete Input Function Block Channels 30 through 33 Lo Lo Proximity Detection Center Point Lo Lo Proximity Detection Width Lo Proximity Detection Center Point Lo Proximity Detection Width Hi Proximity Detection Center Point Hi Proximity Detection Width Hi Hi Proximity Detection Center Point Hi Hi Proximity Detection Width Field Value Processing The Inve
444. tring NA NA Device ID Unique 32 character ID used to identify the DEVICE ID rs STBY FIRMWARE REV SD RARE SEY MINOR 25 2 RO NA 0 255 Describes firmware revision information This is STBY FIRMWARE REV BUILD 553 RO NA 0 55 the revision of the alternative firmware STBY IO FIRMWARE REV 554 RO NA 0 255 nitial value depends on revision of firmware in POAC 555 RO NA 0 255 cis Data Type Visible String Describes firmware revision information STBY FIRMWARE REV ALL 55 6 NA XXXXXX NA Initial value depends on revision of firmware in standby The range of this parameter consists of 55 1 through 55 5 values converted to text and linked together Data Bit String All options O disabled 56 NA 1 enabled PE AVAILABLE enabled Indicates which function blocks are included in the device 36 Instruction Manual D103412X012 View Lists Detailed Setup Resource Block January 2015 View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 4 Resource Block View 1 Table 4 5 Resource Block View 2 Table 4 6 Resource Block View 3 6 BNOKHR SSCS continued Table 4
445. ts of the PV 7 and OUT 8 parameters PV ges xau 100 EU 0 EU 0 100 OUT SCALE values 150 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup AI Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 When the converted input value is below the limit specified by the LOW_CUT 17 parameter a value of zero is used for the converted value PV 7 This option is useful to eliminate false readings when the differential pressure measurement is close to zero Note Invert is the only I O option supported by the AI block You can set the I O option in Out of Service mode only Advanced Features The Al function block provided with the DVC6200f provides added capability through the addition of the following parameters ALARM_SEL Allows one or more of the process alarm conditions detected by the Al function block to be used in setting its OUT_D 37 parameter OUT_D Discrete output of the Al function block based on the detection of process alarm condition s This parameter may be linked to other function blocks that require a discrete input based on the detected alarm condition STDDEV and CAP_STDDEV are diagnostic parameters that can be used to determine the variability of the process Simulation To support testing you can either change the mode of the block to manual and adjust the output value or you can enable simulation through the configuration tool and manually enter a value for the measurement value and its status To enable
446. ttings file e Adjust the individual device alarm priorities By default DeltaV Operator Stations have all process alarms are annunciated and show up on the Alarm Banner Alarm List graphical displays etc on all operator workstations Also by default the device alarms with priority settings below WARNING 8 are NOT annunciated or shown in the alarm banner The low priority device alarms can be shown in graphics and on summaries defined to not be limited by the alarm settings The DeltaV Maintenance Station uses the same DeltaV Operate alarm setting for device alarm annunciation This license only shows device alarms on Maintenance Station graphics NO process alarms are shown in the alarm banner or ANY alarm summary Thus device alarms and process alarms can be either combined and or separated for specific user installations based on their operating philosophy Setting DeltaV Operate Device Alarm Annunciation Defaults DeltaV Operate has default settings in the UserRef grf file for what priority of device alarms will annunciate and show in the alarm banner The default DeltaV Operate alarm settings annunciate device alarms that are of the priority WARNING 8 or higher Device alarms below this priority will not sound the horn or show up in the alarm banner Operator Station displays can be configured to show any alarms reporting to that workstation Along with typical display configuration alarm summaries can be configured to display alar
447. turn Target mode changes to the next lowest priority non remote mode permitted The target remote mode is lost so no return occurs 0 l UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 73 0 Undefined This alert is generated by any change to the static UPDATE STATE i 1 Update reported O Undefined data 2 Update not reported TIME STAMP STATIC_REVISION RELATIVE_INDEX Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM 0 Undefined Data Type DS 72 UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 Acknowledged The block alarm is used for all configuration 2 Unacknowledged hardware connection failure or system problems in 0 Undefined the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will ALARM STATE 2 Clear not reported set the active status in the status parameter As E soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting procedure and other block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed 1 Clear reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported TIME STAMP SUBCODE Data Type Float The ramp rate for SP up in AUTO CAS and RCAS modes Measured in PV units sec Setpoint Rate Up SP RATE UP Data Type Float The ramp rate for SP down in AUTO CAS and RCAS modes Measured in PV units sec Setpoint Rate Down SP RATE DN 174 Instruction Manual D103412X012 View Lists Detailed Setup DO Function Block January 2015 View li
448. tus handling by the function blocks within the digital valve controller refer to the Detailed Setup section 267 FounDarioN fieldbus Communication Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table D 3 Status Attribute Quality and Substatus Components Sst Good NO Good NC Unack Advisory Alarm Ba Ba Bac Non cascade C Cascade Status Propagation The transducer block accepts the output from the AO block or DO block if the output parameter status is Good Non cascade or Good Cascade When the AO or DO block is Out of Service the output parameter status is Bad In this case the transducer block holds the last value If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service the AO block READBACK parameter status is Bad Out of Service This could be caused by a Failed Alert If a Failed Alert is active the block error parameter parameter name BLOCK ERR for the Resource block will indicate Device Needs Maintenance Now For more information on the Resource and Transducer block error indications refer to the Viewing Device Information section of this manual If the transducer block is functioning correctly the AO block READBACK parameter status is Good Non cascade Non specific If a Maintenance or Advisory alert is active the substatus will reflect a Unacknowledged or Active advisory alert When a Maintenance or Advisory alert is active the block error for the resource block indicates Device Needs
449. type as defined by the manufacturer For example the device type for the DVC6200f digital valve controller is 4602 This number is stored in the instrument Resource Block in the parameter Device Type parameter name DEV_TYPE is the 2 digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device revision as defined by the manufacturer It is stored in the instrument Resource Block in the parameter Device Revision parameter name DEV REV is the 2 digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device description DD revision that applies to the device as defined by the manufacturer The host will always use the latest version of the DD that it finds for a particular device revision When part of the name of a capabilities file this value is always the same as the value of the DD REV parameter stored in the Resource Block of the instrument The value of the DD REV parameter represents the earliest version of the DD that is compatible with the device revision of the instrument is a 2 digit hexadecimal equivalent for the capabilities files cff revision as defined by the manufacturer The latest revision of the capabilities files for a particular device revision is the file with the largest value for this number is the file extension At this time five extensions exist for files they are e sym This extension denotes a device description DD symbol file as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation 2 3 Device Description Installation Instruction Manual January
450. ue of 0 XD_SCALE 10 UNITS_INDEX must match the units in the transducer block channel value Configuration error e TYPE 16 must be set to Direct Indirect or Indirect Square Root and cannot be left at an initial value of 0 The actual mode of the Resource block is OOS See Resource Resource block I I Block Diagnostics for corrective action Sied Block is not scheduled and therefore cannot execute to go to Target Mode Schedule the block to execute Process and or block alarms will not work Pea as FEATURES_SEL 18 in the resource block does not have Alerts enabled Enable the Reports Supported bit Notification LIM_NOTIFY 32 in the resource block is not high enough Set equal to MAX_NOTIFY 31 also in the resource block STATUS_OPTS 14 has Propagate Fault Forward bit set This Status Options should be cleared to cause an alarm to occur Value of output does not make sense paara L_TYPE 16 must be set to Direct Indirect or Indirect Square yp Rootand cannot be left at an initial value of 0 Scaling parameters are set incorrectly e XD_SCALE EU0 and EU100 should match that of the trans Scaling ducer block channel value e OUT_SCALE EU0 and EU100 are not set properly Cannot set HI_LIMIT 28 HI_HI_LIMIT 26 Limit values are outside the OUT_SCALE EU0 and LO_LIMIT 30 or LO_LO_LIMIT 32 VALUES Scaling OUT_SCALE EU100 values Change OUT_SCALE 11 or set values within range Al Function Block Parame
451. ued 131 Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block January 2015 Table 4 40 Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index ere Ini PARAMETER NAME RO RW Disable Analog Input 7 DISABLE_7 Disable Analog Input 8 DISABLE_8 Number used to average AVG_USE Alarm Summary ALARM_SUM CURRENT UNACKNOWLEDGED UNREPORTED DISABLED Acknowledge Option ACK_OPTION Value ee Status 0 Use 1 Disable BAD NC constant Status 0 Use 1 Disable lue Instruction Manual D103412X012 Data Type DS 66 Enable Disable for Input 7 If parameter is TRUE then input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is not evaluated Data Type DS 66 Enable Disable for Input_8 If parameter is TRUE then input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is not evaluated Data Type Unsigned8 Number used to average the output The number of min and max dropped is the number of inputs minus AVG_USE Data Type DS 74 Current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block Data Type Bit String Selection of whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged 0 Disable 1 Enable Alarm Hysteresis Data Type Float 37 ALL 15 Data Unsigned8 UN LM Priority of the alarm High High Limit 3g ALL Data Type Float HI HI LIM Value of analog input which will generate an alarm
452. ule base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure 217 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 4 Disconnect the terminal box wiring connector from the PWB assembly key 50 5 Remove the screw key 72 Pull the terminal box assembly straight out of the housing Replacing the Terminal Box Note Inspect all O rings for wear and replace as necessary Dm KR UJ Apply lubricant silicone sealant to the O ring key 34 and install the O ring over the stem of the terminal box Insert the terminal box assembly stem into the housing until it bottoms out Position the terminal box assembly so that the hole for the screw key 72 in the terminal box aligns with the threaded hole in the housing Install the screw key 72 Connect the terminal box wiring connector to the PWB assembly key 50 Reassemble the module base to the housing by performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure Reconnect the field wiring as noted in step 2 in the Removing the Terminal Box procedure Apply lubricant silicone sealant to the O ring key 36 and install the O ring over the 2 5 8 inch threads of the terminal box Use of a tool is recommended to prevent cutting the O ring while installing it over the threads Apply lithium grease key 63 to the 2 5 8 inch threads on the terminal box to prevent seizing or galling when the cap is installed 8 Screw the cap key 4 o
453. umber indicates sub parameter Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO Range Initial Value est Description PARAMETER NAME Number RW g Category Data Uint16 The revision level of the static data m Increments by one each time a static Static Revision PI ST REV 0 to 65535 parameter is written The value is reset to 0 whenever a Restart with Defaults is performed See Restarting the Instrument Tag Description see 298 Type String Sirateqy Uint16 Data Uint The identification number of the Alert Ke plant unit Devices in a loop or plant y 4 RW ALL 1 to 255 1 SETUP section can be assigned with a ALERT_KEY common alert key to aid the operator in determining location of alerts Block Mode 5 ro LV E Type DS 69 MODE o Hi actual target permitted and normal modes TARGET Target The requested block mode ACTUAL Actual The current mode of the block PERMITTED A MANUAL Permitted Allowed modes for 7 005 Normal Most common mode NORMAL for Target 3 Simulate Active 10 Static Memory Failed or thermal Data Type Bit String 2 byte Block Error 1 aM Error status associated with BLOCK ERR Needed Now hardware or firmware for the Functional or thermal transducer block data missing 15 Out of Service Continued 63 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012
454. upply port Install a new screen in the supply port as shown in figure 7 3 Inspect the O ring key 39 in the I P output port if necessary replace it Reinstall the I P converter key 41 and shroud key 169 as described in the Replacing the I P Converter procedure Figure 7 3 I P Filter Location O RING LOCATED IN I P SCREEN FILTER LOCATED IN I P CONVERTER OUTPUT PORT CONVERTER SUPPLY PORT W8072 Removing the I P Converter 1 2 Remove the front cover key 43 if not already removed Refer to figure 7 4 Using a 2 5 mm hex socket wrench remove the four socket head screws key 23 that attach the shroud key 169 and I P converter key 41 to the module base key 2 Remove the shroud key 169 then pull the I P converter key 41 straight out of the module base key 2 Be careful not to damage the two electrical leads that come out of the base of the I P converter Ensure that the O ring key 39 and screen key 231 stay in the module base and do not come out with the I P converter key 41 Replacing the I P Converter 1 Refer to figure 7 3 Inspect the condition of the O ring key 39 and screen key 231 in the module base key 2 Replace them if necessary Apply silicone lubricant to the O rings 2 Ensure the two boots key 210 shown in figure 7 4 are properly installed on the electrical leads 214 Instruction Manual D103412X012 SHROUD KEY 169 Figure 7 4 I P Converter
455. upstream cascade would be broken by a failure at either output The statuses of OUT 1 8 and OUT 2 9 are determined by the statuses of BKCAL_IN_1 and BKCAL IN 2 and the actual mode of the block When a BKCAL IN input sees that its downstream block is not in Cas mode the Splitter function block sets the corresponding OUT value to the BKCAL IN value However this may not be the same value that is calculated by the splitter algorithm When the mode of the downstream block is changed to Cas the difference between the calculated output and the back calculation input is computed and the difference is added to the calculated output Next the difference is reduced to zero over the time defined by the BAL TIME parameter When both BKCAL IN 1 and BKCAL IN 2 indicate that the downstream blocks are not in Cas mode or have Bad status the first downstream block that goes to Cas mode causes the upstream block to initialize so that there is no difference between the calculated output and the back calculation input This provides bumpless transfer for the first downstream block 138 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup OS Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Limit Handling The splitter function block is designed to combine the limit information from the two downstream blocks into limits for the upstream block The general principle is to allow the upstream block to continue control for as long as possible The upstream block is high limited
456. ure Setup gt Setup gt Version gt Version Information Firmware Revision RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Version gt Version Information Standby Firmware Revision RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Strategy gt Device Variables gt Identification Strategy RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Tag Description gt Device Variables gt Identification Tag Description RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Write Alarm Alarm State gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Write Alarm Write Alarm Disabled RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Write Lock gt Write Lock RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Write Lock RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Write Lock gt Write Priority 28 ul Operating with a DeltaV System Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Introduction Note This appendix does not necessarily provide the latest information on the DeltaV system For the latest information on using the DeltaV system refer to the on line help or documentation supplied with the system This appendix provides specific instructions for performing basic setup operations on the DeltaV host system It is not a comprehensive resource rather a starting point For more information refer to the following sources Section 3 Basic Setup and Tuning for detailed inform
457. used to trigger PlantWeb alerts that will be reported in Failed Maintenance or Advisory categories as configured by the user PlantWeb alerts when enabled can participate in the DeltaV alarm interface tools such as the alarm banner alarm list and alarm summary When a PlantWeb alert occurs the DVC6200f sends an event notification and waits a specified period of time for an acknowledgment to be received This occurs even if the condition that caused the alert no longer exists If the acknowledgment is not received within the pre specified time out period the event notification is retransmitted This reduces the possibility of alert messages getting lost PlantWeb alerts are mode based Refer to table C 1 for details Note Additional details on setting up and using PlantWeb Alerts can be found in Appendix C of this manual Electronics Alerts Field Communicator TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts Drive Current e Drive Current Drive Current DRIVE CURRENT 54 displays the measured Drive Current actually flowing through the I P converter in percent of maximum drive e Drive Current Alert This alert is active when the difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time e Drive Current Alert Enable When enabled Drive Current Alert Enable activates the Drive Current Alert e Drive Current Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOW
458. ut Value Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Tracking Input Discrete Status Tracking Input Descrete Value Tracking Value Status Tracking Value Value Status Block Error menu continued on next page 119 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Detailed Setup PID Function Block January 2015 PID FUNCTION BLOCK cont Other All All continued All continued Characteristics Block Tag Cap StdDev Static Revision Updated Event Unacknowledged Other Tag Description Balance Time High High Alarm Bias 120 Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Unacknowledged High Alarm Unacknowledged High Alarm Alarm State High Alarm Time Stamp High Alarm Subcode High Alarm Float Value Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Alarm Alarm State Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Alarm Subcode Low Alarm Float Value Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Low Alarm Alarm State Low Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Low Alarm Subcode Low Low Alarm Float Value Deviation High Alarm Deviation High Alarm Alarm State Deviation High Alarm Time Stamp Deviation High Alarm Subcode Deviation High Alarm Float Value Deviation Low Alarm De
459. ut Block Timeout 7 31 Reserved 1 These parameters can be written when SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL Shutdown Alerts SHUTDOWN ALERTS ACTIVE Continued 78 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive 1 active Performance Diagnostic Detail status Bits which when set will trigger PERF_ACTIVE bit 2 Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive 1 active Performance Diagnostic Detail status Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive 1 active Indicates what caused an Instrument Shutdown Bit remains set even if condition has passed if Shutdown Recovery is Manual All bits are cleared when MODE_BLK TARGET is written Always enabled whenever the corresponding SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER is enabled Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW Value Category escription INST_ALERTS_ENABLE Enabled Bits 0 Drive Current 0 Drive Current 1 Drive Signal 1 Drive Signal 2 Program Memory 2 Program Data Type Bit String 4 byte Electronics Enable 3 Static Memory Memory O disable ELECT_ENABLE TOM ON i 4 Processor 3 Static Memory ETUE 1 enable 5 I O Processor 4 Processor Electronic Alerts Enable 6 Output Block Timeout 5 1 0 Processor 7 Blocks Set to Defaults 7 Block
460. ute to ensure the requested mode is permitted When setting the Permitted mode there is no check against any of the other attributes Normal or Target modes Therefore the normal or target mode attributes may have a value that is not permitted because the permitted attribute was modified after the Normal or Target mode was set This will have no effect on the instrument until the user attempts to modify the Target or Normal mode At this time these attributes are tested against the Permitted modes thus the user cannot change the Normal or Target modes to what was formerly permitted Block Mode Normal The normal NORMAL 5 4 mode is the mode the block should be in during normal operating conditions The normal mode is set by the user or host system and can only be set to a permitted mode see permitted mode The user or host system can compare the actual mode to the normal mode and based on the results determine if the block is operating normally 205 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 AO Control Pre Characterization e Setpoint Setpoint FINAL_VALUE VALUE 13 2 shows the value of the setpoint in percent of ranged travel or pressure Setpoint is used for both travel and pressure control This parameter will be written directly if the transducer block is in MAN mode or will be written automatically by the AO block if the transducer block is in AUTO mode e Setpoint Status Shows
461. vailable 23 Features Selected 23 Feedback Connection Options 59 Feedforward Calculation PID Function Block 106 FieldCommunicator Menu Structure Al Function Block 158 AO Function Block 101 DO Function Block 176 ISEL Function Block 135 MAIFunction Block 164 OS Function Block 146 Field Serial Number 24 198 Field Value Processing DI Function Block 180 Fieldbus Connections Quick Connect Cable Entry 11 Fieldbus Control FC 4 Fieldbus Diagnostics FD 4 Fieldbus Installation and Wiring Guidelines 10 Fieldbus Logic FL 4 Filtering Al Function Block 150 PID Function Block 106 Firmware Revision 25 199 Flow Direction 58 FM hazardous area approval 8 Function Block Input Selector ISEL 121 Overview 263 Function Block Options 22 199 Function Block Scheduling 272 Function Blocks 5 Analog Input Al 5 147 Analog Output AO 5 89 Discrete Input DI 177 Discrete Output DO 5 165 304 Input Selector ISEL 5 Multiple Analog Input MAI 5 159 Output Splitter OS 5 136 Proportional Integral Derivative PID 5 102 G Gain Values preselected tuning sets 19 Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valves maintenance 217 H Hardware Revision 25 199 Hazardous Area Approvals 8 ATEX 8 CSA 8 FM 8 IECEx 8 Humidity Testing Method 8 I O Options AO Function Block 94 I O Selection DI Function Block 178 DO Function Block 168 I P Converter maintenance 213
462. vailable for the instrument Leak Class Defines the allowable leakage by a valve when it is closed Leak class numbers are listed in two standards ANSI FCI 70 2 and IEC 534 4 Linearity dynamic Linearity independent is the maximum deviation from a straight line best fit to the opening and closing curves and a line representing the average value of those curves Memory A type of semiconductor used for storing programs or data FIELDVUE instruments use three types of memory Random Access Memory RAM Read Only Memory ROM and Non Volatile Memory NVM Non Volatile Memory NVM A type of semiconductor memory that retains its contents even though power is disconnected NVM contents can be changed during configuration unlike ROM which can be changed only at time of instrument manufacture NVM stores configuration restart data Octet See byte Parallel Simultaneous said of data transmission on two or more channels at the same time 298 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Pressure Sensor A FIELDVUE instrument internal device that senses the output pressure from the pneumatic relay Random Access Memory RAM Atype of semiconductor memory that is normally used by the microprocessor during normal operation that permits rapid retrieval and storage of programs and data See also Read Only Memory ROM and Non Volatile Memory NVM Rate Amount of change in output proportional to the rate of change in input Rea
463. value when you select the SP PV Track in Man I O option in IO OPTS 14 This option can be used to minimize valve movement when the AO block is transitioned from Manual mode to Auto You can disable this option in OOS mode only The SP 8 value is limited to the range defined by the setpoint high limit attribute SP HI 20 and the setpoint low limit attribute SP LO LIM 21 In Auto mode the rate at which a change in the SP 8 is passed to OUT 9 is limited by the values of the setpoint upward rate limit attribute SP RATE UP 19 and the setpoint downward rate limit attribute SP RATE DN 18 A limit of zero disables rate limiting As shown in figure 4 8 the block executes a percentage of the set point change each macrocycle For example if the set point rate is set at 10 per second and the macrocycle is 500 milliseconds 0 5 seconds or 50 of 1 second then during the first macrocycle the set point will change 5 50 of the 10 per second rate If the macrocycle is 750 milliseconds 0 75 seconds or 7525 of 1 second then during the first macrocycle the setpoint will change 7 526 7526 of 10 When the transducer block receives the setpoint change from an AO block with rate limits it will smoothly move the valve to the requested setpoint at the rate limit configured in the AO block In Auto mode the converted SP 8 value is stored in the OUT 9 attribute In Man mode the OUT 9 attribute is set manually and is us
464. ve Size VALVE_SIZE Valve Class VALVE_CLASS Rated Travel RATEDTRAVEL Actual Travel ACTUAL_TRAVEL Shaft Stem Diameter SHAFT_STEM_DIA Packing Type PACKING_TYPE Inlet Pressure INLET_PRESSURE Outlet Pressure OUTLET_PRESSURE SPEC_SHEET_TRIM Seat Type SEAT_TYPE Leak Class LEAK CLASS Port Diameter PORT DIAMETER Port Type PORT TYPE Flow Direction FLOWDIRECTION Push Down To PUSH DOWN TO Flow Tends To FLOW TENDS TO Unbalanced Area UNBALANCED AREA Trim Style 1 TRIM STYLE 1 Trim Style 2 TRIM STYLE 2 OU e ua Due fe mt res fae m ae Deje m jm jm Kurasin Kursus Kursus e sm a oea NN Kama ANSI Seat Leakage Classification 1 1 2 II 3 III 4 IV 5 V 6 VI ae ALL Data Type Enum Uint8 9 BFW Il 10 BFW III 11 BFW IV 12 BFWV 13 BFW VI 14 1 10th of IV 15 Bubble Tight r balanced 1 up 846 RW a Pen ALL Data Type Enum Uint8 2 close 847 RW AL Pen ALL Data Type Enum Uint8 2 close Continued 83 Detailed Setup Transducer Block Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 4 14 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO R Initial Val Protect D PARAMETER_NAME Number RW eee Value Category escription SPEC_SHEET_ACT Actuator Size ACTUATOR SIZE Effective Area EFFECTIVE AREA Air AIR Lower Bench Set LOWER_BENCH_SET Upper Bench Set UPPER_BENCH_SET N
465. ve and Actuator gt Valve gt Outlet Pressure Output Block Timeout gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration gt Output Block Timeout Output Blk Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration gt Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert Output Block Timeout Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration gt Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert Enable Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery Packing Type gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Packing Type gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance gt PD Run Performance Critical Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance gt Performance Critical Performance Critical Alert Performance Critical Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance gt Performance Critical Performance Critical Alert Enable Performance Information Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance gt Performance Information Performance Information Alert SIE TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance gt Performance Information Performance Information Alert Enable Performance Reduced Alert Enable Performance Tuner Pressure Cutof
466. vel The calibration procedure uses the valve and actuator stops as the 0 and 100 calibration points See page 190 e Manual Calibration This procedure permits manual calibration of the travel This calibration procedure allows you to determine the 0 and 100 calibration points See page 190 e Relay This procedure permits adjustment of the pneumatic relay See page 191 e Supply Pressure This procedure permits calibrating the supply pressure sensor Normally the sensor is calibrated at the factory and should not need calibration See page 192 e Pressure A This procedure permits calibrating the pressure A sensor Normally the sensor is calibrated at the factory and should not need calibration See page 193 e Pressure B This procedure permits calibrating the pressure B sensor Normally the sensor is calibrated at the factory and should not need calibration See page 193 Note The Instrument Mode must be Out Of Service and the Protection set to None before the instrument can be calibrated If you are operating in burst mode we recommend that you disable burst before continuing with calibration Once calibration is complete burst mode may then be turned back on A WARNING During calibration the valve will move full stroke To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid isolate the valve from the process and equalize pressure on both sides of the valve or bleed off the proc
467. ver all transducer block parameters are listed in table 4 14 Detailed Setup Note To setup and calibrate the instrument the transducer block Mode must be Manual and the Protection must be None Transducer Block Mode Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Transducer Block Mode Modes The transducer block can be in one of three modes MODE 5 o Automatic Auto This is the normal mode for this block When the transducer block is in the auto mode it accepts the output from the AO or DO block as a set point and outputs a drive signal to the I P converter based upon this set point o Out of Service OOS Placing the transducer block in Out of Service mode changes the output to the zero power I P drive condition Field Communicator O Manual MAN Placing the transducer block in Manual will hold the value at the current setpoint FINAL VALUE 13 The transducer block will not accept changes from the AO or DO blocks This mode is required to change some parameters and to run some diagnostics Protection Field Communicator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Protection To configure any parameters in the digital valve controller Write Lock WRITE LOCK 34 in the resource block must be set to Unlocked refer to page 21 In addition protection is provided for various transducer block parameters as Instruction Manual Detailed Setup Transducer Block D103412X012 January 20
468. viation Low Alarm Alarm State Deviation Low Alarm Time Stamp Deviation Low Alarm Subcode Deviation Low Alarm Float Value Unacknowledged Unacknowledged continued Error SP Work SP FTime mathform structureconfig Ugamma UBeta IDeadBand StdDv Cap StdDev T Request T State T Status T Ipgain T Targetop T Auto Hysteresis T Aoperiods Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Process Value Status Process Value Value Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Output Status Output Value Process Value Scale EU at 100 Output Scale Units Index Status Options Input Status Input Value Process Value Filter Time Bypass Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Setpoint Rate Down Setpoint Rate Up Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit Gain Reset Balance Time Rate Back Calculation Input Status Back Calculation Input Value Output High Limit Output Low Limit Back Calculation Hysteresis Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Remote Cascade Input Status Remote Cascade Input Value Remote Out Input Status Remote Out Input Value Shed Options Remote Cascade Output Status Remote Cascade Output Value Remote Out Output Status Remote Out Output Value Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event St atic Rev Update Event Relative Index
469. vice or Manual 8 b Change Outblock Selection to DO Control 9a1 Change the target mode to an operational mode see Appendix D FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication and host system documentation 9a2 Verify that the correct block AO or DO is configured in Feature Select in the resource block Only the selected out block is able to set the transducer setpoint and move the valve 9b Pneumatic connections are incorrect or supply 9b Check pneumatic connections and supply pressure pressure is incorrect Be sure supply pressure regulator is set correctly Continued 221 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 Table 7 2 Instrument Troubleshooting Symptom Possible Cause 9 Valve does not move when the set 9c Instrument is in fault state 9c Set Clear FState to Clear Refer to Fault State on page 23 of the Detailed Setup Blocks Section or host system documentation 9d The valve has failed 9 Apply a pneumatic pressure to the valve actuator and check valve action 9e The I P converter or relay has failed 9e Replace the I P converter or relay see Replacing the IIP Converter on page 214 10a Insufficient supply pressure or leak in pneumatic 10a Check supply pressure and supply pressure connections regulator setting Check for leaks around pneumatic connections 10b Setpoint may be limited 10b Check the AO Block values of SP HI LIMIT and SP LO LIMIT see page 98 or host s
470. view gt DO Control Travel D Travel DeChar TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt AO Control Pre Characterization Travel DeChar Travel Status TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt AO Control Post Characterization Travel Status Trim Style Trim Style 2 TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Reference gt Trim Style 2 Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert Travel Accumulator Alert Point gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert Point Travel Closed Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Travel Closed Travel Closed Alert Travel Integral Limit Lo gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning Travel Integral Limit Lo Travel Integral Gain TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning Travel Integral Gain Travel Limit Hi Alert TB Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel gt Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Limit Hi Alert Travel Limit Hi Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel gt Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Limit Hi Alert Enable Continued 283 Operating with a DeltaV System Instruction Manual
471. visory Temperature Sensor Sensors Advisory Temperature Sensor Enabled What the Alert is Detecting The travel feedback is within acceptable limits The pressure sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor The pressure sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor The temperature sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor Effect on Valve Instrument Action If configured for Self Test Shutdown then the transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed Out of service results in the actuator being at the Zero Power Condition and linkage Confirm proper air supply If configured for Self Test Shutdown then the transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed Out of service results in the actuator being at the No Power condition None Indicates a possible hardware problem that would degrade diagnostic capability Confirm proper air supply None Indicates a possible hardware problem that would degrade diagnostic capability Replace PWB assembly None Indicates a possible hardware problem that would degrade instrument calibration and diagnostic capability Continued Recommended Check mounting PlantWeb Alerts January 2015 Travel feedback value is outside expected limits If this problem occurs during instrument set up the most likely cause is faulty m
472. would not cause an input failure but a status of BAD LUV or BAD no LUV would cause and input failure Outputfalure SetiOUTqualtyisbadandihe Actual Readback Check Failed N A Out of Service The block is in Out of Service OOS mode ISEL Function Block Parameter List table 4 40 e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Double indentations and shaded Index Numbers indicate sub parameters 128 Instruction Manual Detailed Setup ISEL Function Block D103412X012 January 2015 Table 4 40 Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions Label Index Block Initial ES Data Type Unsigned16 Static Revision The revision level of the static data associated with the gt 1 N A 0 to 65535 function block The revision value will be incremented ST REV each time a static parameter value in the block is changed Description Data Type Octet String g P 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII spaces The user description of the intended application of the TAG_DESC block Data Type Unsigned16 Strategy The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of STRATEGY 3 d n V Topps blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 Alert Key ALL 1to255 The identification number of the plant unit This ALERT KEY information may be used in the host for sorting alarms ne Block Mode MODE_BLK block OO
473. xplosion proof applications the following warnings also apply e Remove electrical power before removing the housing cap Personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion may result if power is not disconnected before removing the cap e Remove electrical power before disconnecting any of the pneumatic connections e When disconnecting any of the pneumatic connections or any pressure retaining part natural gas will seep from the unit and any connected equipment into the surrounding atmosphere Personal injury or property damage may result 209 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Instruction Manual January 2015 D103412X012 from fire or explosion if natural gas is used as the supply medium and appropriate preventive measures are not taken Preventive measures may include but are not limited to one or more of the following ensuring adequate ventilation andthe removal of any ignition sources e Ensure that the cover is correctly installed before putting this unit back into service Failure to do so could result in personalinjury or property damage from fire or explosion CAUTION When replacing components use only components specified by the factory Always use proper component replacement techniques as presented in this manual Improper techniques or component selection may invalidate the approvals and the product specifications as indicated in table 1 1 and may also impair operations and the intended function of the device Bec
474. y removing 216 replacing 216 Port Diameter 58 Port Type 58 Pressure A or B Sensor calibration 193 Index January 2015 Pressure Cutoff Closed 43 Pressure Cutoff Open 43 Pressure Fallback Alerts 49 Pressure Fallback Auto Recovery 42 Pressure Fallback Manual Recovery 42 Pressure Integral Dead Zone 42 Pressure Integral Gain 42 Pressure Integral Limit Hi 42 Pressure Integral Limit Lo 42 Pressure MLFB Gain 42 Pressure Proportional Gain 42 Pressure Range Hi 43 Pressure Range Lo 43 Pressure Sensors Alerts 48 Pressure Tuning 41 Pressure Tuning Set 41 Pressure Tuning Sets Gain Values 42 Pressure Units 57 Pressures 208 Principle of Operation Block Diagram 235 Printed Wiring Board PWB Assembly removing 215 replacing 215 Processor Impaired Alerts 46 Proportional Integral Derivative PID Function Block 5 Protection 15 38 Device Variables 207 Proximity Alerts 53 Proximity Alerts 52 201 Proximity 53 202 Travel 52 Travel Closed 53 202 Travel Open 53 201 Push Down To 58 Q Quality Use and Propagation ISEL Function Block 122 Quick Connect Cable Entry 11 307 Index January 2015 R Related Documents 10 Relay calibration 191 Relay A 191 Relay B 16 191 192 Relay C 191 192 Relay Type 57 Resource Block 264 Block Alarm 197 Block Errors 25 Clear Fault State 198 Device State 196 Device Variables 198 Options Diagnostic 199
475. y enable the alerts that are needed 296 Instruction Manual D103412X012 Glossary Algorithm A set of logical steps to solve a problem or accomplish a task A computer program contains one or more algorithms Alphanumeric Consisting of letters and numbers ANSI acronym The acronym ANSI stands for the American National Standards Institute ANSI Class Valve pressure temperature rating Bench Set Pressure supplied to an actuator required to drive the actuator through rated valve travel Expressed in pounds per square inch Byte A unit of binary digits bits A byte consists of eight bits Configuration Stored instructions and operating parameters for a FIELDVUE Instrument Control Loop An arrangement of physical and electronic components for process control The electronic components of the loop continuously measure one or more aspects of the process then alter those aspects as necessary to achieve a desired process condition A simple control loop measures only one variable More sophisticated control loops measure many variables and maintain specified relationships among those variables Controller A device that operates automatically to regulate a controlled variable Glossary January 2015 Deadband Region around a reference point that must be exceeded before a new event occurs Deviation Usually the difference between set point and process variable More generally any departure from a d
476. ystem documentation point is changed 10 Valve does not stroke from 0 to 10075 with set point change 11 Deviation between set point and actual valve position remains 11a Digital valve controller output is in cutoff 11a Check values for Travel Cutoff High and Travel Cutoff Low see page 43 or host system documentation 11b Digital valve controller is not calibrated correctly 11b Perform Auto or Manual Travel Calibration Travel Calibration on page 190 11c Incorrect turning Tuning that is too conservative will 11c Perform Stabilizing Optimize Valve Response result in excess error procedure to adjust tuning and stabilize optimize valve response see Stabilize Optimize on page 40 12a1 Perform Stabilizing Optimize Valve Response procedure to adjust tuning and stabilize optimize valve response see Stabilize Optimize on page 40 12a2 Use a larger size actuator 13a Perform Stabilize Optimize Valve Response procedure to adjust tuning and stabilize valve 12 The valve cycles does not stay on 12a Large amount of packing friction set point 13 Valve responds too slowly 13a Insufficient instrument gain response see Stabilize Optimize on page 40 13b I P converter input filter clogged or air blockage in 13b1 Replace I P converter filter see Replacing the I P I P ass y nozzle block Filter on page 213 13b2 Replace I P converter see Replacing the I P Converter on page 214 13c O ring s between I

Emerson FIELDVUEDVC6200f Instruction Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents